[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2017122110A1 - Display device, display module, and electronic instrument - Google Patents

Display device, display module, and electronic instrument Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017122110A1
WO2017122110A1 PCT/IB2017/050077 IB2017050077W WO2017122110A1 WO 2017122110 A1 WO2017122110 A1 WO 2017122110A1 IB 2017050077 W IB2017050077 W IB 2017050077W WO 2017122110 A1 WO2017122110 A1 WO 2017122110A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
oxide semiconductor
film
insulating film
semiconductor film
transistor
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/IB2017/050077
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
宍戸英明
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd filed Critical Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd
Publication of WO2017122110A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017122110A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10DINORGANIC ELECTRIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
    • H10D30/00Field-effect transistors [FET]
    • H10D30/60Insulated-gate field-effect transistors [IGFET]
    • H10D30/67Thin-film transistors [TFT]

Definitions

  • One embodiment of the present invention relates to a display device, a display module, and an electronic device.
  • one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above technical field.
  • the technical field of one embodiment of the invention disclosed in this specification and the like relates to an object, a method, or a manufacturing method.
  • this invention relates to a process, a machine, a manufacture, or a composition (composition of matter).
  • one embodiment of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device, a display device, a light-emitting device, a power storage device, a memory device, a driving method thereof, or a manufacturing method thereof.
  • a technique for forming a transistor also referred to as a field effect transistor (FET) or a thin film transistor (TFT)) using a semiconductor layer formed over a substrate having an insulating surface has attracted attention.
  • the transistor is widely applied to an electronic device such as a display device.
  • Transistors used in demultiplexers are required to have a high current supply capability. Therefore, in the transistor in the demultiplexer of Patent Document 1, it is necessary that the semiconductor layer has a U-shape (comb shape) and has a large channel width. In this case, there is a problem that the transistor size becomes large and it is difficult to narrow the frame of the display device.
  • an object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a display device or the like having a novel structure.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is a display device including a demultiplexer, the demultiplexer including a transistor, the transistor including a first insulating film over the first conductive film, and the first insulating film over the first insulating film.
  • a first oxide semiconductor film, a second insulating film over the first oxide semiconductor film, a second oxide semiconductor film over the second insulating film, a first oxide semiconductor film, and A third insulating film over the second oxide semiconductor film, and the first conductive layer and the second oxide semiconductor film are formed on the first insulating film and the second insulating film, respectively.
  • a display device that is electrically connected to each other through provided openings.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is a display device including a demultiplexer, the demultiplexer including a transistor, the transistor including a first insulating film over the first conductive film, and the first insulating film over the first insulating film.
  • a first oxide semiconductor film; a second insulating film over the first oxide semiconductor film; a second oxide semiconductor film over the second insulating film; and a second oxide semiconductor film A second conductive film, a first oxide semiconductor film, and a third insulating film over the second conductive film, the first conductive layer, the second oxide semiconductor film, Is a display device that is electrically connected to each other through openings provided in the first insulating film and the second insulating film.
  • the first oxide semiconductor film includes a channel region in contact with the second insulating film, a source region in contact with the third insulating film, and a drain region in contact with the third insulating film.
  • the second oxide semiconductor film preferably includes a display device having a carrier density higher than that of the first oxide semiconductor film.
  • the third insulating film is preferably a display device including one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen.
  • one or both of the first oxide semiconductor film and the second oxide semiconductor film includes oxygen, In, Zn, and M (M is Al, Ga, Y, Or a display device having Sn).
  • one or both of the first oxide semiconductor film and the second oxide semiconductor film includes a crystal part, and the crystal part is a display device having c-axis alignment. preferable.
  • One embodiment of the present invention can provide a display device or the like having a novel structure.
  • a display device or the like having a novel structure with a narrow frame can be provided.
  • a display device or the like with a novel structure in which pixels can be arranged with high definition can be provided.
  • a display device or the like having a novel structure in which an increase in manufacturing cost is suppressed can be provided.
  • the effects of one embodiment of the present invention are not limited to the effects listed above.
  • the effects listed above do not preclude the existence of other effects.
  • the other effects are effects not mentioned in this item described in the following description. Effects not mentioned in this item can be derived from the description of the specification or drawings by those skilled in the art, and can be appropriately extracted from these descriptions.
  • one embodiment of the present invention has at least one of the above effects and / or other effects. Accordingly, one embodiment of the present invention may not have the above-described effects depending on circumstances.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates a block diagram of a display device and a block diagram of a demultiplexer.
  • the figure explaining the block diagram of a demultiplexer. The figure explaining the circuit diagram of a demultiplexer.
  • the figure explaining the circuit diagram of a demultiplexer. 10A and 10B illustrate a top surface and a cross section of a transistor. 6A and 6B illustrate energy bands in a transistor in which an oxide semiconductor film is used for a channel region.
  • 10A and 10B illustrate a top surface and a cross section of a transistor.
  • 10A and 10B illustrate a top surface and a cross section of a transistor.
  • 10A and 10B illustrate a top surface and a cross section of a transistor.
  • 6A and 6B illustrate a cross section of a transistor.
  • 6A and 6B illustrate a cross section of a transistor.
  • 10 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a method for manufacturing a transistor.
  • 10 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a method for manufacturing a transistor.
  • 10 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a method for manufacturing a transistor.
  • FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a method for manufacturing a transistor.
  • FIGS. 4A to 4C illustrate structural analysis by XRD of a CAAC-OS and a single crystal oxide semiconductor, and FIGS. Sectional TEM image of CAAC-OS, planar TEM image and image analysis image thereof. The figure which shows the electron diffraction pattern of nc-OS, and the cross-sectional TEM image of nc-OS. Cross-sectional TEM image of a-like OS.
  • FIG. 6 shows changes in crystal parts of an In—Ga—Zn oxide due to electron irradiation.
  • FIG. 14 is a top view illustrating one embodiment of a display device.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of a display device.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of a display device.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of a display device.
  • 10A and 10B are a block diagram and a circuit diagram illustrating a display device. The figure explaining a display module. 10A and 10B each illustrate an electronic device. 10 is a graph comparing drain currents of a transistor of one embodiment of the present invention and an LTPS transistor.
  • a transistor is an element having at least three terminals including a gate, a drain, and a source.
  • a channel region is provided between the drain (drain terminal, drain region or drain electrode) and the source (source terminal, source region or source electrode), and a current flows through the drain, channel region, and source. It is something that can be done.
  • a channel region refers to a region through which a current mainly flows.
  • the functions of the source and drain may be switched when transistors with different polarities are used or when the direction of current changes during circuit operation. Therefore, in this specification and the like, the terms source and drain can be used interchangeably.
  • “electrically connected” includes a case of being connected via “something having an electric action”.
  • the “thing having some electric action” is not particularly limited as long as it can exchange electric signals between connection targets.
  • “thing having some electric action” includes electrodes, wiring, switching elements such as transistors, resistance elements, inductors, capacitors, and other elements having various functions.
  • parallel means a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of ⁇ 10 ° to 10 °. Therefore, the case of ⁇ 5 ° to 5 ° is also included.
  • Very refers to a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of 80 ° to 100 °. Therefore, the case of 85 ° to 95 ° is also included.
  • film and “layer” can be interchanged.
  • conductive layer may be changed to the term “conductive film”.
  • insulating film may be changed to the term “insulating layer” in some cases.
  • off-state current refers to drain current when a transistor is off (also referred to as a non-conduction state or a cutoff state).
  • the off state is a state where the voltage Vgs between the gate and the source is lower than the threshold voltage Vth in the n-channel transistor, and the voltage Vgs between the gate and the source in the p-channel transistor unless otherwise specified. Is higher than the threshold voltage Vth.
  • the off-state current of an n-channel transistor sometimes refers to a drain current when the voltage Vgs between the gate and the source is lower than the threshold voltage Vth.
  • the transistor off current may depend on Vgs. Therefore, the off-state current of the transistor being I or less sometimes means that there exists a value of Vgs at which the off-state current of the transistor is I or less.
  • the off-state current of a transistor may refer to an off-state current in an off state at a predetermined Vgs, an off state in a Vgs within a predetermined range, or an off state in Vgs at which a sufficiently reduced off current is obtained.
  • the drain current when Vgs is 0.5 V is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 A
  • the drain current when Vgs is 0.1 V is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 13 A.
  • the n-channel transistor has a drain current of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 19 A when Vgs is ⁇ 0.5 V and a drain current of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 22 A when Vgs is ⁇ 0.8 V. Since the drain current of the transistor is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 19 A or less when Vgs is ⁇ 0.5 V or Vgs is in the range of ⁇ 0.5 V to ⁇ 0.8 V, the off-state current of the transistor is 1 It may be said that it is below x10 ⁇ -19> A. Since there is Vgs at which the drain current of the transistor is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 22 A or less, the off-state current of the transistor may be 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 22 A or less.
  • the off-state current of a transistor having a channel width W may be represented by a current value flowing around the channel width W.
  • the current value flows around a predetermined channel width (for example, 1 ⁇ m).
  • the unit of off-current may be represented by a unit having a dimension of current / length (for example, A / ⁇ m).
  • Transistor off-state current may depend on temperature.
  • off-state current may represent off-state current at room temperature, 60 ° C., 85 ° C., 95 ° C., or 125 ° C. unless otherwise specified. Alternatively, it may represent a temperature at which reliability required for the transistor or the like is guaranteed, or an off-state current at a temperature at which the transistor or the like is used (for example, any one temperature of 5 ° C. to 35 ° C.). is there.
  • the off-state current of a transistor is I or less means that room temperature, 60 ° C., 85 ° C., 95 ° C., 125 ° C., a temperature at which the reliability required for the transistor is guaranteed, or a temperature at which the transistor is used (For example, any one temperature of 5 ° C. to 35 ° C.) may indicate that there is a value of Vgs at which the off-state current of the transistor is I or less.
  • the off-state current of the transistor may depend on the voltage Vds between the drain and the source.
  • the off-state current is Vds of 0.1V, 0.8V, 1V, 1.2V, 1.8V, 2.5V, 3V, 3.3V, 10V, 12V, 16V unless otherwise specified. Or an off-current at 20V.
  • Vds in which reliability required for the transistor is guaranteed, or off-state current in Vds in which the transistor is used may be represented.
  • the off-state current of the transistor is equal to or less than I.
  • Vds is 0.1V, 0.8V, 1V, 1.2V, 1.8V, 2.5V, 3V, 3.3V, 10V, 12V, 16V, 20V In some cases, there is a value of Vgs at which the off current of the transistor is less than or equal to Vds at which the reliability required for the transistor is guaranteed or Vds used in the transistor.
  • the drain may be read as the source. That is, the off-state current sometimes refers to a current that flows through the source when the transistor is off.
  • off-state current may refer to current that flows between a source and a drain when a transistor is off, for example.
  • Circuit Configuration Example 1 A circuit configuration of the demultiplexer will be described.
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram of a display device.
  • the display device 10 includes a source driver 20, a data distribution circuit 30, a pixel unit 40, a gate driver 50A, and a gate driver 50B.
  • the source driver 20 is preferably an integrated circuit (Integrated Circuit; IC), that is, a source driver IC.
  • IC Integrated Circuit
  • a high-speed operation such as an operation of outputting a data signal to the source line can be easily performed.
  • the data distribution circuit 30 distributes and outputs data signals output from n (n is a natural number) output terminals of the source driver 30 to (m ⁇ n) source lines by controlling m sampling signals. To do.
  • the pixel unit 40 has a plurality of pixels. Each pixel is connected to a source line and a scanning line.
  • gate drivers 50A and 50B are arranged, one gate driver may be used. By arranging them on the left and right, for example, the odd-numbered and even-numbered scanning lines can be driven separately.
  • the data distribution circuit 30 can be represented by a block diagram shown as an example in FIG.
  • the data distribution circuit 30 includes n demultiplexers 31_1 to 31_n.
  • the plurality of demultiplexers 31_1 to 31_n are provided according to the number of output terminals of the source driver 30.
  • the number of output terminals of the source driver 30 is n, and the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n can be output from the respective terminals.
  • the demultiplexers 31_1 to 31_n distribute and output the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n output to the n output terminals of the source driver 20 to the source lines SL_1 to SL_2n at different timings.
  • data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n are output to different source lines in different periods by two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2. By changing the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n depending on the period, different data signals can be output to the source lines SL_1 to SL_2n.
  • the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n are used as data signals supplied to the odd-numbered source lines, and the demultiplexers 31_1 to 31_n output the data signals to the odd-numbered source lines.
  • the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n are used as data signals to be supplied to even-numbered source lines, and the demultiplexers 31_1 to 31_n output the data signals to even-numbered source lines.
  • the number of terminals that connect the source driver 20 and the pixel portion 40 can be reduced.
  • the number of source lines increases as the number of pixels increases. Therefore, reducing the number of terminals between the source driver 20 and the pixel portion 40 is particularly effective.
  • the transistor included in the demultiplexer can output a data voltage to more source lines even if the number of output terminals of the source driver is small. Therefore, it is suitable for a display device in which pixels are arranged with high definition. Since the number of connection failures can be reduced by reducing the number of output terminals of the source driver, an increase in manufacturing cost can be suppressed.
  • FIG. 1B a circuit configuration of one demultiplexer illustrated in FIG. 1B will be described.
  • One demultiplexer shown in FIG. 1B that is, two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, distributes from one source driver 20 terminal (terminal that outputs the data signal DATA) to two source lines SL_A and SL_B.
  • the demultiplexer 31 to be used can be represented by a symbol shown in FIG.
  • the symbol shown in FIG. 2A can be represented by a circuit diagram shown in FIG.
  • the 2B includes two transistors 32 and 33.
  • the transistor 32 is controlled to be conductive or non-conductive by the sampling signal SMP_1.
  • the transistor 33 is controlled to be conductive or non-conductive by the sampling signal SMP_2.
  • the transistors 32 and 33 each include an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer.
  • the transistors 32 and 33 each include a first gate electrode and a second gate electrode, and electrically convert an oxide semiconductor film that functions as a semiconductor layer by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode.
  • Surrounding structure Like the transistors 32 and 33, a device structure of a transistor that surrounds an oxide semiconductor film in which a channel region is formed by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode is surrounded by a surround channel (s-channel). Called structure.
  • the s-channel structure will be described in detail later in ⁇ 1-5 Transistor configuration example>.
  • FIG. 2C shows a timing chart for explaining the operation of the demultiplexer 31 shown in FIG.
  • a period THO is one horizontal selection period.
  • Period T HO sampling signal SMP_1 the sampling signal SMP_2 and different timings (period T WR_A, T WR_B) and high level.
  • the transistors 32 and 33 are sequentially turned on. Therefore, the data signal DATA_A is supplied to the source line SL_A from one output terminal of the source driver 20 to which the data signal DATA is supplied, and the data signal DATA_B is supplied to the source line SL_B from one output terminal of the source driver 20 to which the data signal DATA is supplied. Can be distributed at different times.
  • a structure in which a different voltage (eg, a voltage for initialization) different from the data signal may be applied in a period in which the data signal is applied.
  • the transistor included in the demultiplexer includes an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer, off-state current can be reduced. Therefore, it is advantageous in reducing the layout area without taking a configuration for reducing the off-current such as increasing the channel length of the transistor. Therefore, a display device with a narrow frame can be obtained.
  • the transistor included in the demultiplexer has an s-channel structure
  • the thickness of the gate insulating film provided above the semiconductor layer can be reduced as compared with the gate insulating film of the bottom-gate transistor.
  • the s-channel structure is employed, an oxide semiconductor film in which a channel region is formed is electrically surrounded by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. Therefore, the amount of current flowing through the transistor can be increased. Therefore, it is suitable as a transistor included in the demultiplexer.
  • Circuit configuration example 2> A configuration example of the data distribution circuit illustrated in FIG. 1B will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • FIG. 3A is a block diagram of the data distribution circuit 30A.
  • a data distribution circuit 30A illustrated in FIG. 3A illustrates demultiplexers 34_1 to 34_4 as an example.
  • the demultiplexer 34_1 distributes the data signal DATA_1 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 to the source line SL_R1 or SL_B1 with the two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, and outputs them.
  • the demultiplexer 34_2 distributes the data signal DATA_2 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 by the two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, and outputs them to the source line SL_G1 or SL_R2.
  • the demultiplexer 34_3 distributes the data signal DATA_3 supplied to the two output terminals of the source driver 20 by using the two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, and outputs them to the source line SL_G2 or SL_R3.
  • the demultiplexer 34_4 distributes the data signal DATA_4 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 by using the two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, and outputs them to the source line SL_B2 or SL_G3.
  • the pixel connected to each source line is described as a pixel in which pixels corresponding to three colors of RGB (red, green, and blue) are arranged in stripes.
  • the source line SL_R1 is a source line connected to the pixel in the first column of red.
  • the source line SL_G1 is a source line connected to the pixels in the first column of green.
  • the source line SL_B1 is a source line connected to the pixels in the first column of blue.
  • FIG. 3B illustrates a circuit configuration of one demultiplexer illustrated in FIG.
  • one demultiplexer shown in FIG. 3A that is, two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2
  • the terminal of one source driver 20 (terminal that outputs the data signal DATA) is changed to two source lines SL_C and SL_D.
  • the demultiplexer 34 to be distributed can be represented by a symbol shown in FIG.
  • the symbol shown in FIG. 3B can be represented by the circuit diagram shown in FIG.
  • the source line SL_C in FIG. 3B corresponds to, for example, an odd column (or even column) source line.
  • a source line SL_D in FIG. 3B corresponds to, for example, a source line in an odd column (or even column) different from the source line SL_C. That is, FIG. 3A can be represented by the circuit diagram illustrated in FIG.
  • the transistors 35_1 and 36_1 connected to the source lines SL_R1 and SL_B1 constitute a circuit corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, the data signals DATA_1 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and supplied to the source lines SL_R1 and SL_B1 by making the timings of the sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2 different.
  • the transistors 35_2 and 36_2 connected to the source lines SL_G1 and SL_R2 are circuits corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, by making the timings of the sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2 different, the data signal DATA_2 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and given to the source lines SL_G1 and SL_R2.
  • the transistors 35_3 and 36_3 connected to the source lines SL_G2 and SL_R3 form a circuit corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, the data signals DATA_3 supplied to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and supplied to the source lines SL_G2 and SL_R3 by making the timings of the sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2 different.
  • the transistors 35_4 and 36_4 connected to the source lines SL_B2 and SL_G3 form a circuit corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, by making the timings of the sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2 different, the data signal DATA_4 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and given to the source lines SL_B2 and SL_G3.
  • the polarity of the data signal applied to one output terminal of the source driver is the same, the data signals DATA_1 and DATA_3 corresponding to the odd columns, and the data signal DATA_2 corresponding to the even columns.
  • the source line inversion drive can be easily realized by making the polarity different from that of DATA_4. Therefore, it is particularly preferable when the pixel in the pixel portion has a liquid crystal element.
  • the transistors 35_1 to 35_4 and 36_1 to 36_4 included in the demultiplexer 34 included in the data distribution circuit 30A each include an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer.
  • the transistors 35_1 to 35_4 and 36_1 to 36_4 each include a first gate electrode and a second gate electrode, and function as a semiconductor layer by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. An electrically surrounding s-channel structure is adopted.
  • the transistor included in the demultiplexer includes an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer, off-state current can be reduced. Therefore, it is advantageous in reducing the layout area without taking a configuration for reducing the off-current such as increasing the channel length of the transistor. Therefore, a display device with a narrow frame can be obtained.
  • the transistor included in the demultiplexer has an s-channel structure
  • the thickness of the gate insulating film provided above the semiconductor layer can be reduced as compared with the gate insulating film of the bottom-gate transistor.
  • the s-channel structure is employed, an oxide semiconductor film in which a channel region is formed is electrically surrounded by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. Therefore, the amount of current flowing through the transistor can be increased. Therefore, it is suitable as a transistor included in the demultiplexer.
  • Circuit Configuration Example 3 A structure different from the data distribution circuit illustrated in FIG. 1B will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram of the data distribution circuit 30B.
  • the data distribution circuit 30B illustrated in FIG. 5 illustrates demultiplexers 37_1 to 37_n as an example.
  • the demultiplexers 37_1 to 37_n distribute and output the data signal given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 to the three source lines at different timings.
  • the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n given to the output terminal of the source driver 20 in different periods are output to the source lines SL_1 to SL_3n by three sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3.
  • the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n supplied to the output terminal of the source driver 20 in the first period are output to the source lines (for example, SL_1, SL_4, SL_3n-2, etc.) corresponding to the (3n-2) th column.
  • Data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n supplied to the output terminal of the source driver 20 in the second period are output to source lines (for example, SL_2, SL_5, SL_3n-1, etc.) corresponding to the (3n-1) th column.
  • Data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n supplied to the output terminal of the source driver 20 in the third period are output to source lines (for example, SL_3, SL_6, SL_3n, etc.) corresponding to the (3n) th column.
  • the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n given to the output terminal of the source driver 20 are distributed and output to (3n) source lines by making them different in the first period, the second period, and the third period. be able to. Therefore, the number of terminals that connect the source driver 20 and the pixel portion 40 can be reduced. In a display device having high-definition pixels, the number of source lines increases as the number of pixels increases. Therefore, reducing the number of terminals between the source driver 20 and the pixel portion 40 is particularly effective.
  • the demultiplexer 37 distributed to SL_G can be represented by a symbol shown in FIG.
  • the symbol shown in FIG. 6A can be represented by a circuit diagram shown in FIG.
  • the source line SL_E in FIG. 6B corresponds to the source line corresponding to the (3n-2) th column, for example. Further, the source line SL_F in FIG. 6B corresponds to the source line corresponding to the (3n ⁇ 1) th column, for example. Further, the source line SL_G in FIG. 6B corresponds to the source line corresponding to the (3n) column, for example.
  • the 6B includes three transistors 41, 42, and 43.
  • the transistor 41 is controlled to be conductive or non-conductive by the sampling signal SMP_1.
  • the transistor 42 is controlled to be conductive or non-conductive by the sampling signal SMP_2.
  • the transistor 43 is controlled to be conductive or non-conductive by the sampling signal SMP_3.
  • the transistors 41 to 43 included in the demultiplexer 37 included in the data distribution circuit 30B each include an oxide semiconductor layer in the semiconductor layer.
  • the transistors 41 to 43 each include a first gate electrode and a second gate electrode, and electrically convert an oxide semiconductor film that functions as a semiconductor layer by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode.
  • the surrounding s-channel structure is used.
  • FIG. 6C shows a timing chart for explaining the operation of the demultiplexer 37 shown in FIG.
  • a period THO is one horizontal selection period.
  • the transistors 41 to 43 are sequentially turned on. Therefore, the data signal DATA_E is supplied from one output terminal of the source driver 20 to which the data signal DATA is supplied to the source line SL_E, and the data signal DATA_F is supplied from the one output terminal of the source driver 20 to which the data signal DATA is supplied to the source line SL_F.
  • the data signal DATA_G can be distributed at different timings from one output terminal of the source driver 20 to which DATA is supplied to the source line SL_G.
  • the transistor included in the demultiplexer includes an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer, off-state current can be reduced. Therefore, it is advantageous in reducing the layout area without taking a configuration for reducing the off-current such as increasing the channel length of the transistor. Therefore, a display device with a narrow frame can be obtained.
  • the transistor included in the demultiplexer has an s-channel structure
  • the thickness of the gate insulating film provided above the semiconductor layer can be reduced as compared with the gate insulating film of the bottom-gate transistor.
  • the s-channel structure is employed, an oxide semiconductor film in which a channel region is formed is electrically surrounded by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. Therefore, the amount of current flowing through the transistor can be increased. Therefore, it is suitable as a transistor included in the demultiplexer.
  • Circuit Configuration Example 4 A configuration example of the data distribution circuit shown in FIG. 5 will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • FIG. 7A is a block diagram of the data distribution circuit 30C.
  • the data distribution circuit 30C illustrated in FIG. 7A illustrates demultiplexers 44_1 to 44_4 as an example.
  • the demultiplexer 44_1 distributes and outputs the data signal DATA_1 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 to the source lines SL_R1, SL_B1, or SL_G2 by three sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3.
  • the demultiplexer 44_2 distributes the data signal DATA_2 supplied to one output terminal of the source driver 20 by using the three sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3, and outputs them to the source lines SL_G1, SL_R2, or SL_B2.
  • the demultiplexer 44_3 distributes the data signal DATA_3 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 by the three sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3, and outputs them to the source lines SL_R3, SL_B3, or SL_G4.
  • the demultiplexer 44_4 distributes the data signal DATA_4 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 by the three sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3, and outputs them to the source lines SL_G3, SL_R4, or SL_B4.
  • the pixel connected to each source line is described as a pixel in which pixels corresponding to three colors of RGB (red, green, and blue) are arranged in stripes.
  • the source line SL_R1 is a source line connected to the pixel in the first column of red.
  • the source line SL_G1 is a source line connected to the pixels in the first column of green.
  • the source line SL_B1 is a source line connected to the pixels in the first column of blue.
  • FIG. 7B illustrates a circuit configuration of one demultiplexer illustrated in FIG.
  • one demultiplexer shown in FIG. 7A that is, two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, three source lines SL_H, SL_I, and one source driver 20 terminals (terminals that output the data signal DATA)
  • the demultiplexer 34 distributed to SL_J can be represented by a symbol shown in FIG.
  • the symbol shown in FIG. 7B can be represented by the circuit diagram shown in FIG.
  • the source line SL_H in FIG. 7B corresponds to, for example, an odd column (or even column) source line.
  • the source line SL_I in FIG. 7B corresponds to, for example, an odd column (or even column) source line different from the source lines SL_H and SL_J.
  • the source line SL_J in FIG. 7B corresponds to, for example, an odd column (or even column) source line different from the source lines SL_H and SL_I. That is, FIG. 7A can be represented by the circuit diagram illustrated in FIG.
  • the transistors 45_1, 46_1, and 47_1 connected to the source lines SL_R1, SL_B1, and SL_G2 are circuits corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, the data signal DATA_1 applied to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and supplied to the source line SL_R1, the source lines SL_B1, and SL_G2 by making the timings of the sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3 different.
  • the transistors 45_2, 46_2, and 47_2 connected to the source lines SL_G1, SL_R2, and SL_B2 form a circuit corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, by varying the timing of the sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3, the data signal DATA_2 applied to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and provided to the source lines SL_G1, SL_R2, and SL_B2.
  • the transistors 45_3, 46_3 and the transistor 47_3 connected to the source lines SL_R3, SL_B3, and SL_G4 form a circuit corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, the data signals DATA_3 applied to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and supplied to the source lines SL_R3, SL_B3, and SL_G4 by making the timings of the sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3 different.
  • the transistors 45_4, 46_4, and 47_4 connected to the source lines SL_G3, SL_R4, and SL_B4 are circuits corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, by varying the timing of the sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3, the data signal DATA_4 applied to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and supplied to the source lines SL_G3, SL_R4, and SL_B4.
  • the configuration of FIG. 8 is that the data signals applied to one output terminal of the source driver have the same polarity in the horizontal selection period, the data signals DATA_1 and DATA_3 corresponding to the odd columns, and the data signal DATA_2 corresponding to the even columns.
  • the source line inversion drive can be easily realized by making the polarity different from that of DATA_4. Therefore, it is particularly preferable when the pixel in the pixel portion has a liquid crystal element.
  • the transistors 45_1 to 45_4, 46_1 to 46_4, and 47_1 to 47_4 included in the demultiplexer 34 included in the data distribution circuit 30A each include an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer.
  • the transistors 45_1 to 45_4, 46_1 to 46_4, and 47_1 to 47_4 each include a first gate electrode and a second gate electrode, and function as a semiconductor layer by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode.
  • An s-channel structure that electrically surrounds the oxide semiconductor film is employed.
  • the transistor included in the demultiplexer includes an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer, off-state current can be reduced. Therefore, it is advantageous in reducing the layout area without taking a configuration for reducing the off-current such as increasing the channel length of the transistor. Therefore, a display device with a narrow frame can be obtained.
  • the transistor included in the demultiplexer has an s-channel structure
  • the thickness of the gate insulating film provided above the semiconductor layer can be reduced as compared with the gate insulating film of the bottom-gate transistor.
  • the s-channel structure is employed, an oxide semiconductor film in which a channel region is formed is electrically surrounded by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. Therefore, the amount of current flowing through the transistor can be increased. Therefore, it is suitable as a transistor included in the demultiplexer.
  • Transistor Configuration Example 1> 9A and 9B illustrate structure examples of transistors applicable to the transistors 32 to 33, the transistors 35_1 to 35_4, 36_1 to 36_4, the transistors 41 to 43, and the transistors 45_1 to 45_4, 46_1 to 46_4, and 47_1 to 47_4. A description will be given using (C).
  • FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C illustrate an example of a transistor. Note that the transistors illustrated in FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C have an s-channel structure.
  • FIG. 9A is a top view of the transistor 100
  • FIG. 9B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 9A
  • FIG. 9C is FIG. 9A. It is sectional drawing between dashed-dotted lines Y1-Y2.
  • components such as the insulating film 110 are omitted for clarity.
  • some components may be omitted in the following drawings as in FIG. 9A.
  • the alternate long and short dash line X1-X2 direction may be referred to as a channel length (L) direction
  • the alternate long and short dash line Y1-Y2 direction may be referred to as a channel width (W) direction.
  • 9A, 9B, and 9C includes a conductive film 106 formed over a substrate 102, an insulating film 104 over the conductive film 106, and an oxide semiconductor film 108 over the insulating film 104.
  • the insulating film 110 over the oxide semiconductor film 108, the oxide semiconductor film 112 over the insulating film 110, the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor film 108, the insulating film 116 over the oxide semiconductor film 112, and the opening 143.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 includes a channel region 108 i in contact with the insulating film 110, a source region 108 s in contact with the insulating film 116, and a drain region 108 d in contact with the insulating film 116. Have.
  • the opening 143 is provided in the insulating films 104 and 110.
  • the conductive film 106 is electrically connected to the oxide semiconductor film 112 through the opening 143. Therefore, the same potential is applied to the conductive film 106 and the oxide semiconductor film 112.
  • the transistor 100 includes an insulating film 118 over the insulating film 116, a conductive film 120a electrically connected to the source region 108s through the opening 141a provided in the insulating films 116 and 118, and the insulating film 116. , 118 may be provided, and the conductive film 120b electrically connected to the drain region 108d through the opening 141b provided in the opening 118b.
  • the conductive film 106 functions as a first gate electrode (also referred to as a bottom gate electrode), and the oxide semiconductor film 112 functions as a second gate electrode (also referred to as a top gate electrode).
  • the insulating film 104 has a function as a first gate insulating film, and the insulating film 110 has a function as a second gate insulating film.
  • the transistor 100 illustrated in FIGS. 9A to 9C has a structure in which a conductive film or an oxide semiconductor film which functions as a gate electrode is provided above and below the oxide semiconductor film 108.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 faces the conductive film 106 functioning as the first gate electrode and the oxide semiconductor film 112 functioning as the second gate electrode. And is sandwiched between conductive films or oxide semiconductor films functioning as two gate electrodes.
  • the length of the oxide semiconductor film 112 in the channel width direction is longer than the length of the oxide semiconductor film 108 in the channel width direction, and the entire channel width direction of the oxide semiconductor film 108 is oxidized through the insulating film 110.
  • the physical semiconductor film 112 is covered.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112 and the conductive film 106 are connected to each other in the opening 143 provided in the insulating film 104 and the insulating film 110, one of the side surfaces in the channel width direction of the oxide semiconductor film 108 is an insulating film. It faces the oxide semiconductor film 112 with 110 interposed therebetween.
  • the conductive film 106 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are connected to each other through the opening 143 provided in the insulating film 104 and the insulating film 110, and the insulating film 104 and the insulating film 110 are interposed therebetween.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 is surrounded.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 100 is electrically converted by the electric field of the conductive film 106 functioning as the first gate electrode and the oxide semiconductor film 112 functioning as the second gate electrode. Can be surrounded.
  • the transistor 100 can effectively apply an electric field for inducing a channel by the conductive film 106 or the oxide semiconductor film 112 to the oxide semiconductor film 108. Therefore, the current driving capability of the transistor 100 is improved, and high on-current characteristics can be obtained. Further, since the on-state current can be increased, the transistor 100 can be miniaturized.
  • the transistor 100 since the transistor 100 has a structure surrounded by the conductive film 106 and the oxide semiconductor film 112, the mechanical strength of the transistor 100 can be increased.
  • an opening different from the opening 143 may be formed on the side where the opening 143 of the oxide semiconductor film 108 is not formed in the channel width direction of the transistor 100.
  • the insulating film 104 may be referred to as a first insulating film
  • the insulating film 116 may be referred to as a second insulating film
  • the insulating film 118 may be referred to as a third insulating film.
  • the insulating film 110 functions as a gate insulating film
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112 functions as a gate electrode.
  • the conductive film 120a functions as a source electrode
  • the conductive film 120b functions as a drain electrode.
  • the insulating film 116 has one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen. With the structure in which the insulating film 116 includes one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen, one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen can be supplied to the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112 has a function of supplying oxygen to the insulating film 110.
  • excess oxygen can be contained in the insulating film 110.
  • the insulating film 110 includes the excess oxygen region, the excess oxygen can be supplied into the oxide semiconductor film 108, more specifically, the channel region 108i.
  • a highly reliable display device can be provided.
  • excess oxygen may be supplied to the insulating film 104 formed below the oxide semiconductor film 108.
  • oxygen contained in the insulating film 104 can be supplied to the source region 108s and the drain region 108d included in the oxide semiconductor film 108.
  • the resistance in the source region 108s and the drain region 108d may increase.
  • the insulating film 110 formed over the oxide semiconductor film 108 has excess oxygen, it is possible to selectively supply excess oxygen only to the channel region 108i.
  • the carrier density in the source region 108s and the drain region 108d may be selectively increased.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112 is supplied with one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen from the insulating film 116, so that the carrier density is increased.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112 also has a function as an oxide conductor (OC: Oxide Conductor). Therefore, the oxide semiconductor film 112 has a higher carrier density than the oxide semiconductor film 108.
  • the source region 108s, the drain region 108d, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 included in the oxide semiconductor film 108 may each include an element that forms oxygen vacancies.
  • the element that forms oxygen vacancies typically include hydrogen, boron, carbon, nitrogen, fluorine, phosphorus, sulfur, chlorine, and a rare gas.
  • rare gas elements include helium, neon, argon, krypton, and xenon.
  • the bond between the metal element and oxygen in the oxide semiconductor film is cut, and oxygen vacancies are formed.
  • oxygen bonded to the metal element in the oxide semiconductor film is bonded to the impurity element, so that oxygen is released from the metal element and oxygen vacancies are formed. The As a result, the carrier density in the oxide semiconductor film is increased and the conductivity is increased.
  • the side end portion of the insulating film 110 and the side end portion of the oxide semiconductor film 112 have a region where they are aligned.
  • the transistor 100 has a structure in which the upper end portion of the insulating film 110 and the lower end portion of the oxide semiconductor film 112 are substantially aligned.
  • the above structure can be obtained by processing the insulating film 110 using the oxide semiconductor film 112 as a mask.
  • a substrate Various substrates can be used as the substrate 102, and the substrate 102 is not limited to a specific substrate.
  • a substrate a semiconductor substrate (for example, a single crystal substrate or a silicon substrate), an SOI substrate, a glass substrate, a quartz substrate, a plastic substrate, a metal substrate, a stainless steel substrate, a substrate having stainless steel foil, a tungsten substrate, Examples include a substrate having a tungsten foil, a flexible substrate, a laminated film, a paper containing a fibrous material, or a base film.
  • the glass substrate include barium borosilicate glass, aluminoborosilicate glass, and soda lime glass.
  • Examples of the flexible substrate, the laminated film, and the base film include the following.
  • plastics represented by polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and polyethersulfone (PES).
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • PES polyethersulfone
  • Another example is a synthetic resin such as acrylic.
  • examples include polypropylene, polyester, polyvinyl fluoride, and polyvinyl chloride.
  • examples include polyamide, polyimide, aramid, epoxy, an inorganic vapor deposition film, and papers.
  • a transistor by manufacturing a transistor using a semiconductor substrate, a single crystal substrate, an SOI substrate, or the like, a transistor with small variation in characteristics, size, or shape, high current capability, and small size can be manufactured. . When a circuit is formed using such transistors, the power consumption of the circuit can be reduced or the circuit can be highly integrated.
  • a flexible substrate may be used as the substrate 102, and the transistor may be formed directly over the flexible substrate.
  • a separation layer may be provided between the substrate 102 and the transistor. The separation layer can be used to separate the substrate 102 from the substrate 102 and transfer it to another substrate after part or all of the transistor is completed thereover. At that time, the transistor can be transferred to a substrate having poor heat resistance or a flexible substrate. Note that, for example, a structure in which an inorganic film of a tungsten film and a silicon oxide film is stacked, or a structure in which an organic resin film such as polyimide is formed over a substrate can be used for the above-described release layer.
  • Examples of a substrate on which a transistor is transferred include a paper substrate, a cellophane substrate, an aramid film substrate, a polyimide film substrate, a stone substrate, a wood substrate, a cloth substrate (natural fiber) in addition to the above-described substrate capable of forming a transistor.
  • a substrate on which a transistor is transferred includes a paper substrate, a cellophane substrate, an aramid film substrate, a polyimide film substrate, a stone substrate, a wood substrate, a cloth substrate (natural fiber) in addition to the above-described substrate capable of forming a transistor.
  • synthetic fibers including nylon, polyurethane, polyester
  • recycled fibers including acetate, cupra, rayon, recycled polyester
  • leather substrates rubber substrates, and the like.
  • the insulating film 104 can be formed using a sputtering method, a CVD method, an evaporation method, a pulsed laser deposition (PLD) method, a printing method, a coating method, or the like as appropriate.
  • a sputtering method for example, an oxide insulating film or a nitride insulating film can be formed as a single layer or a stacked layer.
  • at least a region in contact with the oxide semiconductor film 108 in the insulating film 104 is preferably formed using an oxide insulating film.
  • oxygen contained in the insulating film 104 can be transferred to the oxide semiconductor film 108 by heat treatment.
  • the thickness of the insulating film 104 can be 50 nm or more, 100 nm or more and 3000 nm or less, or 200 nm or more and 1000 nm or less.
  • the insulating film 104 for example, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, silicon nitride, aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, gallium oxide, Ga—Zn oxide, or the like may be used, and the insulating film 104 can be provided as a single layer or a stacked layer.
  • a stacked structure of a silicon nitride film and a silicon oxynitride film is used as the insulating film 104.
  • oxygen can be efficiently introduced into the oxide semiconductor film 108 by using the insulating film 104 as a stacked structure and using a silicon nitride film on the lower layer side and a silicon oxynitride film on the upper layer side.
  • oxide semiconductor film One or both of the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 is formed using a metal oxide such as In-M-Zn oxide (M is Al, Ga, Y, or Sn). Further, as the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112, an In—Ga oxide or an In—Zn oxide may be used. In particular, the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are preferably formed using a metal oxide including the same constituent elements because manufacturing costs can be reduced.
  • a metal oxide such as In-M-Zn oxide (M is Al, Ga, Y, or Sn).
  • M is Al, Ga, Y, or Sn
  • an In—Ga oxide or an In—Zn oxide may be used.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are preferably formed using a metal oxide including the same constituent elements because manufacturing costs can be reduced.
  • the atomic ratio of In to M is higher than 25 atomic% when In is set to 100 atomic%.
  • M is less than 75 atomic%, or In is higher than 34 atomic% and M is less than 66 atomic%.
  • the energy gap of the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 is preferably 2 eV or more, 2.5 eV or more, or 3 eV or more.
  • the thickness of the oxide semiconductor film 108 is 3 nm to 200 nm, preferably 3 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 60 nm.
  • the thickness of the oxide semiconductor film 112 is 5 nm to 500 nm, preferably 10 nm to 300 nm, more preferably 20 nm to 100 nm.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are In-M-Zn oxide
  • the atomic ratio of the metal element of the sputtering target used for forming the In-M-Zn oxide is In ⁇ M It is preferable to satisfy M and Zn ⁇ M.
  • the atomic ratio of the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 to be formed may vary by about plus or minus 40% of the atomic ratio of the metal element contained in the sputtering target.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 when silicon or carbon which is one of Group 14 elements is included, oxygen vacancies increase, which may be n-type. Therefore, in the oxide semiconductor film 108, particularly in the channel region 108i, the concentration of silicon or carbon (concentration obtained by secondary ion mass spectrometry) is 2 ⁇ 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less, or 2 ⁇ 10 17 atoms. / Cm 3 or less. As a result, the transistor has electrical characteristics (also referred to as normally-off characteristics) in which the threshold voltage is positive.
  • the concentration of alkali metal or alkaline earth metal obtained by secondary ion mass spectrometry is 1 ⁇ 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less, or 2 ⁇ 10 16 atoms / cm 3 or less. Can do.
  • an alkali metal and an alkaline earth metal are combined with an oxide semiconductor, carriers may be generated, and the off-state current of the transistor may be increased. Therefore, it is preferable to reduce the concentration of alkali metal or alkaline earth metal in the channel region 108i.
  • the transistor has electrical characteristics (also referred to as normally-off characteristics) in which the threshold voltage is positive.
  • the nitrogen concentration obtained by secondary ion mass spectrometry may be 5 ⁇ 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less.
  • the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film can be reduced by reducing the impurity element.
  • oxygen vacancies (Vo) in the oxide semiconductor film As a factor that affects the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film, oxygen vacancies (Vo) in the oxide semiconductor film, impurities in the oxide semiconductor film, and the like can be given.
  • the density of defect states increases when hydrogen is bonded to the oxygen vacancies (this state is also referred to as VoH).
  • the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film can be controlled by controlling the density of defect states in the oxide semiconductor film.
  • the object is to suppress a negative shift in the threshold voltage of the transistor or to reduce the off-state current of the transistor, it is preferable to reduce the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film.
  • the impurity concentration in the oxide semiconductor film may be decreased and the defect level density may be decreased.
  • a low impurity concentration and a low density of defect states are referred to as high purity intrinsic or substantially high purity intrinsic.
  • the carrier density of the high-purity intrinsic oxide semiconductor film is less than 8 ⁇ 10 15 cm ⁇ 3 , preferably less than 1 ⁇ 10 11 cm ⁇ 3 , more preferably less than 1 ⁇ 10 10 cm ⁇ 3 , and 1 ⁇ What is necessary is just to set it as 10 ⁇ -9 > cm ⁇ -3 > or more.
  • the carrier density of an oxide semiconductor film it is preferable to increase the carrier density of an oxide semiconductor film.
  • the impurity concentration of the oxide semiconductor film may be slightly increased or the defect state density of the oxide semiconductor film may be slightly increased.
  • the band gap of the oxide semiconductor film is preferably made smaller.
  • an oxide semiconductor film with a slightly high impurity concentration or a slightly high defect state density within a range where the on / off ratio of the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor can be obtained can be regarded as substantially intrinsic.
  • the oxide semiconductor film with the increased carrier density is slightly n-type. Therefore, an oxide semiconductor film with an increased carrier density may be referred to as “Slightly-n”.
  • the carrier density of the substantially intrinsic oxide semiconductor film is preferably 1 ⁇ 10 5 cm ⁇ 3 or more and less than 1 ⁇ 10 18 cm ⁇ 3 , preferably 1 ⁇ 10 7 cm ⁇ 3 or more and 1 ⁇ 10 17 cm ⁇ 3 or less. More preferably, it is 1 ⁇ 10 9 cm ⁇ 3 or more and 5 ⁇ 10 16 cm ⁇ 3 or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 10 cm ⁇ 3 or more and 1 ⁇ 10 16 cm ⁇ 3 or less, and further preferably 1 ⁇ 10 11 cm ⁇ 3. More preferably, it is 1 ⁇ 10 15 cm ⁇ 3 or less.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an energy band in a transistor in which an oxide semiconductor film is used for a channel region.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an example of the energy band of the gate electrode, the gate insulating film, the oxide semiconductor film, and the source or drain electrode in contact with the oxide semiconductor film.
  • a silicon oxide film is used as the gate insulating film, and an In—Ga—Zn oxide is used as the oxide semiconductor film. Further, the transition level ( ⁇ f) of defects that can be formed in the silicon oxide film is formed at a position separated by about 3.1 eV from the conduction band of the gate insulating film, and the oxidation when the gate voltage (Vg) is 30V.
  • the Fermi level (Ef) of the silicon oxide film at the interface between the physical semiconductor film and the silicon oxide film is formed at a position separated from the conduction band of the gate insulating film by about 3.6 eV. Note that the Fermi level of the silicon oxide film varies depending on the gate voltage.
  • the Fermi level (Ef) of the silicon oxide film at the interface between the oxide semiconductor film and the silicon oxide film is lowered.
  • white circles in FIG. 10 represent electrons (carriers), and X in FIG. 10 represents defect levels in the silicon oxide film.
  • the carriers when carriers are thermally excited in a state where a gate voltage is applied, the carriers are trapped at the defect level (X in the figure), and from the plus (“+”) to the neutral (“0”). ”),
  • the charge state of the defect level changes. That is, when the value obtained by adding the above-described thermal excitation energy to the Fermi level (Ef) of the silicon oxide film becomes higher than the defect transition level ( ⁇ f), the charge state of the defect level in the silicon oxide film is positive. From this state, the transistor becomes neutral, and the threshold voltage of the transistor fluctuates in the positive direction.
  • the depth at which the Fermi level at the interface between the gate insulating film and the oxide semiconductor film is formed may be different.
  • the conduction band of the gate insulating film moves upward in the vicinity of the interface between the gate insulating film and the oxide semiconductor film.
  • a defect level (X in FIG. 10) that can be formed in the gate insulating film also moves upward, the energy difference between the Fermi level at the interface between the gate insulating film and the oxide semiconductor film increases.
  • the charge trapped in the gate insulating film is reduced.
  • the change in the charge state of the defect level that can be formed in the above-described silicon oxide film is reduced, and the gate bias heat ( The variation of the threshold voltage of the transistor under stress can be reduced under stress (Gate Bias Temperature: GBT).
  • the source region 108s, the drain region 108d, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are in contact with the insulating film 116.
  • the source region 108 s, the drain region 108 d, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are in contact with the insulating film 116, so that either the source region 108 s, the drain region 108 d, or the oxide semiconductor film 112 is hydrogen or nitrogen or Since both are added, the carrier density is increased.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 may have a non-single-crystal structure.
  • the non-single crystal structure includes, for example, a CAAC-OS (C Axis Crystalline Oxide Semiconductor) described later, a polycrystalline structure, a microcrystalline structure described later, or an amorphous structure.
  • the amorphous structure has the highest density of defect states
  • the CAAC-OS has the lowest density of defect states.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 includes a single-layer film including two or more of an amorphous structure region, a microcrystalline structure region, a polycrystalline structure region, a CAAC-OS region, and a single crystal structure region, Or the structure where this film
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112 includes a single-layer film including two or more of an amorphous structure region, a microcrystalline structure region, a polycrystalline structure region, a CAAC-OS region, and a single crystal structure region, Or the structure where this film
  • the channel region 108i may have different crystallinity from the source region 108s and the drain region 108d. Specifically, in the oxide semiconductor film 108, the source region 108s and the drain region 108d may have lower crystallinity than the channel region 108i. This is because when the impurity element is added to the source region 108s and the drain region 108d, the source region 108s and the drain region 108d are damaged, and crystallinity is lowered.
  • the insulating film 110 can be formed using a single layer or a stacked layer of an oxide insulating film or a nitride insulating film. Note that in order to improve interface characteristics with the oxide semiconductor film 108, at least a region in contact with the oxide semiconductor film 108 in the insulating film 110 is preferably formed using an oxide insulating film.
  • the insulating film 110 for example, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, silicon nitride, aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, gallium oxide, Ga—Zn oxide, or the like may be used, and the insulating film 110 can be provided as a single layer or a stacked layer.
  • an insulating film having a blocking effect of oxygen, hydrogen, water, or the like as the insulating film 110, diffusion of oxygen from the oxide semiconductor film 108 to the outside and hydrogen from the outside to the oxide semiconductor film 108 are performed. Invasion of water, etc. can be prevented.
  • the insulating film having a blocking effect of oxygen, hydrogen, water, and the like include aluminum oxide, aluminum oxynitride, gallium oxide, gallium oxynitride, yttrium oxide, yttrium oxynitride, hafnium oxide, and hafnium oxynitride.
  • hafnium silicate HfSiO x
  • hafnium silicate to which nitrogen is added HfSi x O y N z
  • hafnium aluminate to which nitrogen is added
  • hafnium oxide By using a high-k material such as yttrium oxide, gate leakage of the transistor can be reduced.
  • oxygen contained in the insulating film 110 can be moved to the oxide semiconductor film 108 by heat treatment.
  • the thickness of the insulating film 110 can be 5 nm to 400 nm, 5 nm to 300 nm, or 10 nm to 250 nm.
  • the insulating film 116 includes one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen.
  • An example of the insulating film 116 is a nitride insulating film.
  • the nitride insulating film can be formed using silicon nitride, silicon nitride oxide, aluminum nitride, aluminum nitride oxide, or the like.
  • the concentration of hydrogen contained in the insulating film 116 is preferably 1 ⁇ 10 22 atoms / cm 3 or more.
  • the insulating film 116 is in contact with the source region 108s and the drain region 108d of the oxide semiconductor film 108.
  • the insulating film 116 is in contact with the oxide semiconductor film 112.
  • each of the source region 108s, the drain region 108d, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 may have a region where the hydrogen concentration in the film is the same by being in contact with the insulating film 116.
  • an oxide insulating film or a nitride insulating film can be formed as a single layer or a stacked layer.
  • the insulating film 118 for example, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, silicon nitride, aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, gallium oxide, Ga—Zn oxide, or the like may be used, and the insulating film 118 can be provided as a single layer or a stacked layer.
  • the insulating film 118 is preferably a film that functions as a barrier film of hydrogen, water, etc. from the outside.
  • the thickness of the insulating film 118 can be greater than or equal to 30 nm and less than or equal to 500 nm, or greater than or equal to 100 nm and less than or equal to 400 nm.
  • the conductive films 106, 120a, and 120b can be formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum evaporation method, a pulse laser deposition (PLD) method, a thermal CVD method, or the like.
  • a metal element selected from aluminum, chromium, copper, tantalum, titanium, molybdenum, nickel, iron, cobalt, and tungsten, or an alloy containing the above metal element as a component It can be formed using an alloy or the like in which the above metal elements are combined.
  • a metal element selected from one or more of manganese and zirconium may be used.
  • the conductive films 106, 120a, and 120b may have a single-layer structure or a stacked structure including two or more layers.
  • a single layer structure of an aluminum film containing silicon, a single layer structure of a copper film containing manganese, a two layer structure in which a titanium film is laminated on an aluminum film, a two layer structure in which a titanium film is laminated on a titanium nitride film, and nitriding Two-layer structure in which tungsten film is laminated on titanium film, two-layer structure in which tungsten film is laminated on tantalum nitride film or tungsten nitride film, two-layer structure in which copper film is laminated on copper film containing manganese, on titanium film
  • the conductive films 106, 120a, and 120b are made of indium tin oxide (Indium Tin Oxide: ITO), indium oxide containing tungsten oxide, indium zinc oxide containing tungsten oxide, indium oxide containing titanium oxide, and titanium oxide.
  • ITO Indium Tin Oxide
  • a light-transmitting conductive material such as indium tin oxide containing silicon, indium zinc oxide, or indium tin oxide containing silicon (In-Sn-Si oxide: also referred to as ITSO) can be used.
  • ITSO indium tin oxide
  • a stacked structure of the above light-transmitting conductive material and the above metal element can be employed.
  • the thickness of the conductive films 106, 120a, and 120b can be 30 nm to 500 nm, or 100 nm to 400 nm.
  • FIG. 11A is a top view of the transistor 150
  • FIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 11A
  • FIG. 11C is FIG. It is sectional drawing between dashed-dotted lines Y1-Y2.
  • a transistor 150 illustrated in FIGS. 11A to 11C includes a conductive film 106 formed over a substrate 102, an insulating film 104 over the conductive film 106, and an oxide semiconductor film 108 over the insulating film 104.
  • the insulating film 110 over the oxide semiconductor film 108, the oxide semiconductor film 112 over the insulating film 110, the conductive film 114 over the oxide semiconductor film 112, the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor film 108, and the conductive film Insulating film 116 on opening 114 and opening 143.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 includes a channel region 108 i in contact with the insulating film 110, a source region 108 s in contact with the insulating film 116, and a drain region 108 d in contact with the insulating film 116. Have.
  • the opening 143 is provided in the insulating films 104 and 110.
  • the conductive film 106 is electrically connected to the oxide semiconductor film 112 through the opening 143. Therefore, the same potential is applied to the conductive film 106 and the oxide semiconductor film 112.
  • the transistor 150 includes the insulating film 118 over the insulating film 116, the conductive film 120a electrically connected to the source region 108s through the opening 141a provided in the insulating films 116 and 118, and the insulating film 116. , 118 may be provided, and the conductive film 120b electrically connected to the drain region 108d through the opening 141b provided in the opening 118b.
  • the conductive film 106 functions as a first gate electrode (also referred to as a bottom gate electrode), and the oxide semiconductor film 112 and the conductive film 114 are also referred to as second gate electrodes (also referred to as top gate electrodes). ).
  • the conductive film 114 has a function of making the oxide semiconductor film 112 an n-type.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112 functions as part of the gate electrode.
  • the insulating film 104 has a function as a first gate insulating film
  • the insulating film 110 has a function as a second gate insulating film.
  • the transistor 150 illustrated in FIGS. 11A to 11C has a structure in which a conductive film or an oxide semiconductor film functioning as a gate electrode is provided above and below the oxide semiconductor film 108.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 150 includes the conductive film 106 functioning as the first gate electrode and the oxide semiconductor film 112 and conductive film 114 functioning as the second gate electrode. It can be electrically surrounded by the electric field.
  • the transistor 150 can effectively apply an electric field for inducing a channel by the conductive film 106 or the oxide semiconductor film 112 and the conductive film 114 to the oxide semiconductor film 108. Therefore, the current driving capability of the transistor 150 is improved, and high on-current characteristics can be obtained. Further, since the on-state current can be increased, the transistor 150 can be miniaturized.
  • the transistor 100 has a structure surrounded by the conductive film 106, the oxide semiconductor film 112, and the conductive film 114, the mechanical strength of the transistor 150 can be increased.
  • the insulating film 116 has one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen. With the structure in which the insulating film 116 includes one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen, either or both of nitrogen and hydrogen can be supplied to the source region 108s and the drain region 108d.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112 has a function of supplying oxygen to the insulating film 110.
  • excess oxygen can be contained in the insulating film 110.
  • the insulating film 110 includes the excess oxygen region, the excess oxygen can be supplied into the channel region 108i.
  • a highly reliable display device can be provided.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112 has high carrier density when it is in contact with the conductive film 114 after oxygen is supplied to the insulating film 110.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112 also has a function as an oxide conductor (OC). Therefore, the oxide semiconductor film 112 can function as part of the gate electrode without increasing the number of manufacturing steps.
  • the conductive film 114 is formed using the same formation method and the same material as the conductive films 106, 120a, and 120b described above.
  • the conductive film 114 is preferably formed using titanium, copper, or tungsten by a sputtering method.
  • titanium, copper, or tungsten for the conductive film 114, conductivity of the oxide semiconductor film 112 in contact with the conductive film 114 can be improved.
  • the conductive film 114 may have a stacked structure.
  • the stacked structure for example, a structure having a copper film on a copper film containing manganese or a structure having an aluminum film on a tungsten film may be used.
  • FIG. 12A is a top view of the transistor 100B
  • FIG. 12B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 12A
  • FIG. 12C is FIG. It is sectional drawing between dashed-dotted lines Y1-Y2.
  • the lower end portion of the oxide semiconductor film 112 included in the transistor 100B is formed inside the upper end portion of the insulating film 110.
  • the side end portion of the insulating film 110 is located outside the side end portion of the oxide semiconductor film 112.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112 and the insulating film 110 are processed with the same mask, the oxide semiconductor film 112 is processed with a wet etching method, and the insulating film 110 is processed with a dry etching method. can do.
  • the region 108f may be formed in the oxide semiconductor film 108 in some cases.
  • the region 108f is formed between the channel region 108i and the source region 108s, and between the channel region 108i and the drain region 108d.
  • the region 108f functions as either a high resistance region or a low resistance region.
  • the high-resistance region is a region that has the same resistance as the channel region 108 i and does not overlap with the oxide semiconductor film 112 that functions as a gate electrode.
  • the region 108f functions as a so-called offset region.
  • the region 108f may be 1 ⁇ m or less in the channel length (L) direction in order to suppress a decrease in on-state current of the transistor 100B.
  • the low resistance region is a region having a resistance lower than that of the channel region 108i and higher than that of the source region 108s and the drain region 108d.
  • the region 108f functions as a so-called LDD (Lightly Doped Drain) region.
  • LDD Lightly Doped Drain
  • the region 108f is a low-resistance region
  • one or both of hydrogen and nitrogen is supplied from the insulating film 116 to the region 108f, or the insulating film 110 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are used as masks.
  • the impurity is added to the oxide semiconductor film 108 through the insulating film 110.
  • the transistor 150B described above can have a structure similar to that of the transistor 100B by changing the shape of the oxide semiconductor film 112 functioning as the second gate electrode.
  • FIGS. 13 (A), (B), and (C) An example of this case is shown in FIGS. 13 (A), (B), and (C).
  • 13A is a top view of the transistor 150B
  • FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 13A
  • FIG. It is sectional drawing between dashed-dotted lines Y1-Y2 of A).
  • FIG. 14A and 14B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100C.
  • a top view of the transistor 100C is similar to the transistor 100B illustrated in FIG. 12A, and thus will be described with reference to FIG. 14A is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 12A, and FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line Y1-Y2 in FIG.
  • the transistor 100C is different from the transistor 100B described above in that an insulating film 122 functioning as a planarization insulating film is provided.
  • Other configurations are similar to those of the transistor 100B described above, and have the same effects.
  • the insulating film 122 has a function of flattening unevenness caused by a transistor or the like.
  • the insulating film 122 only needs to be insulative and is formed using an inorganic material or an organic material.
  • the inorganic material include a silicon oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film, a silicon nitride oxide film, a silicon nitride film, an aluminum oxide film, and an aluminum nitride film.
  • photosensitive resin materials such as an acrylic resin or a polyimide resin, are mentioned, for example.
  • the shape of the opening included in the insulating film 122 is smaller than that of the openings 141a and 141b.
  • the shape is not limited to this, and for example, the openings 141a and 141b are used.
  • the shape may be the same as or larger than the openings 141a and 141b.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the conductive films 120a and 120b are provided over the insulating film 118.
  • the insulating film 122 may be provided over the conductive films 120a and 120b.
  • 15A and 15B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100F.
  • a top view of the transistor 100F is similar to the transistor 100 illustrated in FIG. 9A, and thus will be described with reference to FIG. 9A.
  • 15A is a cross-sectional view taken along alternate long and short dash line X1-X2 in FIG. 9A
  • FIG. 15B is a cross-sectional view taken along alternate long and short dash line Y1-Y2 in FIG.
  • the transistor 100F is different from the transistor 100 described above in the structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108. Other configurations are similar to those of the transistor 100 described above, and have the same effects.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 100F includes an oxide semiconductor film 108_1 over the insulating film 116, an oxide semiconductor film 108_2 over the oxide semiconductor film 108_1, and an oxide semiconductor film 108_3 over the oxide semiconductor film 108_2. Have.
  • the channel region 108i, the source region 108s, and the drain region 108d each have a three-layer structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108_1, the oxide semiconductor film 108_2, and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3.
  • FIG. 16A and 16B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100G.
  • a top view of the transistor 100G is similar to the transistor 100 illustrated in FIG. 9A, and thus will be described with reference to FIG. 16A is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 9A, and FIG. 16B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line Y1-Y2 in FIG.
  • the transistor 100G is different from the transistor 100 described above in the structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108. Other configurations are similar to those of the transistor 100 described above, and have the same effects.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 100G includes an oxide semiconductor film 108_2 over the insulating film 116 and an oxide semiconductor film 108_3 over the oxide semiconductor film 108_2.
  • the channel region 108i, the source region 108s, and the drain region 108d each have a two-layer structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3.
  • the transistor 100G has a multilayer structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3 in the channel region 108i.
  • the band structure of the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1, 108_2, and 108_3, and the insulating film 110, and the band structure of the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_2, 108_3, and the insulating film 110 are described with reference to FIGS. Will be described.
  • FIG. 17A illustrates an example of a band structure in the film thickness direction of a stacked structure including the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1, 108_2, and 108_3, and the insulating film 110.
  • FIG. 17B illustrates an example of a band structure in the thickness direction of a stacked structure including the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_2 and 108_3, and the insulating film 110.
  • the band structure indicates the energy level (Ec) of the lower end of the conduction band of the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1, 108_2, and 108_3, and the insulating film 110 for easy understanding.
  • FIG. 10 is a band diagram of a structure using an oxide semiconductor film.
  • the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band changes gently.
  • the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band changes gently. In other words, it can be said that it is continuously changed or continuously joined.
  • a trap center or a recombination center is formed at the interface between the oxide semiconductor film 108_1 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 or the interface between the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3. It is assumed that there is no impurity that forms such a defect level.
  • each film is continuously formed without being exposed to the air using a multi-chamber film formation apparatus (sputtering apparatus) including a load lock chamber. It is necessary to laminate them.
  • sputtering apparatus sputtering apparatus
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 becomes a well, and a channel region is formed in the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 in the transistor including the above stacked structure. Recognize.
  • the trap level can be further away from the oxide semiconductor film 108_2.
  • the trap level may be farther from the vacuum level than the energy level (Ec) at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 functioning as a channel region, and electrons are likely to accumulate in the trap level. . Accumulation of electrons at the trap level results in a negative fixed charge, and the threshold voltage of the transistor shifts in the positive direction. Therefore, a structure in which the trap level is closer to the vacuum level than the energy level (Ec) at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 is preferable. By doing so, electrons are unlikely to accumulate in the trap level, the on-state current of the transistor can be increased, and field effect mobility can be increased.
  • the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 each have an energy level at the lower end of the conduction band that is closer to the vacuum level than the oxide semiconductor film 108_2. Typically, the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2. And the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 is 0.15 eV or more, 0.5 eV or more, 2 eV or less, or 1 eV or less.
  • the difference between the electron affinity of the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 and the electron affinity of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 is 0.15 eV or more, 0.5 eV or more, 2 eV or less, or 1 eV or less.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 becomes a main current path.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 functions as a channel region
  • the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 function as oxide insulating films.
  • the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 are preferably formed using one or more metal elements included in the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 in which a channel region is formed.
  • the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 are formed using a material with sufficiently low conductivity in order to prevent the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 from functioning as part of the channel region. Therefore, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 can also be referred to as oxide insulating films because of their physical properties and / or functions.
  • the electron affinity difference between the vacuum level and the energy level at the bottom of the conduction band
  • the energy level at the bottom of the conduction band is an oxide.
  • a material having a difference (band offset) from the lower energy level of the conduction band of the semiconductor film 108_2 is used.
  • the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 is determined so that the conduction level of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 is reduced. It is preferable to use a material closer to the vacuum level than the energy level at the lower end of the band.
  • the difference between the energy level at the bottom of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and the energy level at the bottom of the conduction bands of the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 is 0.2 eV or more, preferably 0.5 eV or more. It is preferable.
  • the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 do not include a spinel crystal structure.
  • the constituent elements of the conductive films 120a and 120b enter the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 at the interface between the spinel crystal structure and another region. May diffuse.
  • the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 be a CAAC-OS because blocking properties of constituent elements of the conductive films 120a and 120b, for example, a copper element are increased.
  • the configuration using the film is exemplified, the configuration is not limited thereto.
  • FIGS. 14A to 14C are cross-sectional views in the channel length (L) direction and the channel width (W) direction, which illustrate a method for manufacturing the transistor 100.
  • a conductive film 106 is formed on the substrate 102.
  • the insulating film 104 is formed over the substrate 102 and the conductive film 106, and an oxide semiconductor film is formed over the insulating film 104.
  • the oxide semiconductor film is processed into an island shape, so that the oxide semiconductor film 107 is formed (see FIG. 18A).
  • the conductive film 106 can be formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum evaporation method, a pulse laser deposition (PLD) method, a thermal CVD method, or the like.
  • a tungsten film with a thickness of 100 nm is formed as the conductive film 106 by a sputtering method.
  • the insulating film 104 can be formed using a sputtering method, a CVD method, a vapor deposition method, a pulsed laser deposition (PLD) method, a printing method, a coating method, or the like as appropriate.
  • a 400-nm-thick silicon nitride film and a 50-nm-thick silicon oxynitride film are formed as the insulating film 104 using a PECVD apparatus.
  • oxygen may be added to the insulating film 104 after the insulating film 104 is formed.
  • oxygen added to the insulating film 104 include oxygen radicals, oxygen atoms, oxygen atom ions, and oxygen molecular ions.
  • the addition method include an ion doping method, an ion implantation method, and a plasma treatment method.
  • oxygen may be added to the insulating film 104 through the film.
  • a metal element selected from indium, zinc, gallium, tin, aluminum, chromium, tantalum, titanium, molybdenum, nickel, iron, cobalt, and tungsten, and the above-described metal element are components.
  • Conductive materials such as alloys described above, alloys combining the above metal elements, metal nitrides including the above metal elements, metal oxides including the above metal elements, and metal nitride oxides including the above metal elements Can be used.
  • the amount of oxygen added to the insulating film 104 can be increased by exciting oxygen with a microwave to generate high-density oxygen plasma.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 107 can be formed by a sputtering method, a coating method, a pulsed laser deposition method, a laser ablation method, a thermal CVD method, or the like. Note that the oxide semiconductor film 107 can be processed by forming a mask over the oxide semiconductor film by a lithography process and then etching part of the oxide semiconductor film using the mask. Alternatively, the element-separated oxide semiconductor film 107 may be directly formed by a printing method.
  • an RF power supply device When an oxide semiconductor film is formed by a sputtering method, an RF power supply device, an AC power supply device, a DC power supply device, or the like can be used as appropriate as a power supply device for generating plasma.
  • a sputtering gas for forming the oxide semiconductor film a rare gas (typically argon), oxygen, a rare gas, and a mixed gas of oxygen are used as appropriate. Note that in the case of a mixed gas of a rare gas and oxygen, it is preferable to increase the gas ratio of oxygen to the rare gas.
  • the substrate temperature is set to 150 ° C. to 750 ° C., 150 ° C. to 450 ° C., or 200 ° C. to 350 ° C. Forming a film is preferable because crystallinity can be improved.
  • heat treatment may be performed to dehydrogenate or dehydrate the oxide semiconductor film 107.
  • the temperature of the heat treatment is typically 150 ° C. or higher and lower than the substrate strain point, 250 ° C. or higher and 450 ° C. or lower, or 300 ° C. or higher and 450 ° C. or lower.
  • the heat treatment can be performed in an inert gas atmosphere containing nitrogen or a rare gas such as helium, neon, argon, xenon, or krypton.
  • heating may be performed in an oxygen atmosphere.
  • the inert atmosphere and the oxygen atmosphere do not contain hydrogen, water, or the like.
  • the treatment time may be 3 minutes or more and 24 hours or less.
  • an electric furnace, an RTA apparatus, or the like can be used for the heat treatment.
  • the RTA apparatus heat treatment can be performed at a temperature equal to or higher than the strain point of the substrate for a short time. Therefore, the heat treatment time can be shortened.
  • the oxide semiconductor film is formed while being heated, or after the oxide semiconductor film is formed, heat treatment is performed, so that the hydrogen concentration obtained by secondary ion mass spectrometry in the oxide semiconductor film is 5 ⁇ 10 19 atoms / cm 3 or less, or 1 ⁇ 10 19 atoms / cm 3 or less, 5 ⁇ 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less, or 1 ⁇ 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less, or 5 ⁇ 10 17 atoms / cm 3 or less, Alternatively, it can be set to 1 ⁇ 10 16 atoms / cm 3 or less.
  • the insulating film 110_0 is formed over the insulating film 104 and the oxide semiconductor film 107 (see FIG. 18B).
  • a silicon oxide film or a silicon oxynitride film can be formed by a PECVD method.
  • a deposition gas and an oxidation gas containing silicon as the source gas.
  • the deposition gas containing silicon include silane, disilane, trisilane, and fluorinated silane.
  • the oxidizing gas include oxygen, ozone, dinitrogen monoxide, and nitrogen dioxide.
  • the flow rate of the oxidizing gas is greater than 20 times and less than 100 times, or greater than or equal to 40 times and less than or equal to 80 times, and the pressure in the treatment chamber is less than 100 Pa or less than 50 Pa.
  • the substrate placed in the processing chamber evacuated in the PECVD apparatus is held at 280 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower, and a source gas is introduced into the processing chamber so that the pressure in the processing chamber is 20 Pa or higher and 250 Pa.
  • a dense silicon oxide film or silicon oxynitride film can be formed as the insulating film 110_0 under conditions where the pressure is higher than or equal to 100 Pa and lower than or equal to 250 Pa and high-frequency power is supplied to an electrode provided in the treatment chamber.
  • the insulating film 110_0 may be formed by a plasma CVD method using a microwave.
  • Microwave refers to the frequency range from 300 MHz to 300 GHz.
  • the electron temperature is low and the electron energy is small.
  • the ratio used for accelerating electrons is small, it can be used for dissociation and ionization of more molecules, and high density plasma (high density plasma) can be excited. . Therefore, the insulating film 110_0 with little plasma damage to the deposition surface and deposits and few defects can be formed.
  • the insulating film 110_0 can be formed by a CVD method using an organosilane gas.
  • the organic silane gas include ethyl silicate (TEOS: chemical formula Si (OC 2 H 5 ) 4 ), tetramethylsilane (TMS: chemical formula Si (CH 3 ) 4 ), tetramethylcyclotetrasiloxane (TMCTS), and octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane.
  • silicon-containing compounds such as (OMCTS), hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS), triethoxysilane (SiH (OC 2 H 5 ) 3 ), trisdimethylaminosilane (SiH (N (CH 3 ) 2 ) 3 ) it can.
  • HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
  • SiH (OC 2 H 5 ) 3 triethoxysilane
  • SiH (N (CH 3 ) 2 ) 3 ) trisdimethylaminosilane
  • a silicon oxynitride film with a thickness of 100 nm is formed using a PECVD apparatus.
  • the opening 143 As a method for forming the opening 143, a wet etching method and / or a dry etching method can be used as appropriate. In this embodiment, the opening 143 is formed using a dry etching method.
  • an oxide semiconductor film 112_0 is formed over the insulating film 110_0 so as to cover the opening 143. Note that when the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 is formed, oxygen is added from the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 to the insulating film 110_0 (see FIG. 18D).
  • a sputtering method is preferably used in an atmosphere containing oxygen gas at the time of formation.
  • oxygen can be preferably added to the insulating film 110_0.
  • oxygen added to the insulating film 110_0 is schematically represented by an arrow.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 so as to cover the opening 143, the conductive film 106 and the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 are electrically connected to each other.
  • a mask 140 is formed by a lithography process at a desired position over the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 (see FIG. 19A).
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 is processed by etching from above the mask 140, so that the island-shaped oxide semiconductor film 112 is formed (see FIG. 19B).
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 is processed by a wet etching method.
  • the insulating film 110_0 is processed by etching from above the mask 140 to form the island-shaped insulating film 110 (see FIG. 19C).
  • the insulating film 110_0 is processed using a dry etching method.
  • the thickness of the oxide semiconductor film 107 in a region where the oxide semiconductor film 112 is not overlapped may be thin.
  • the thickness of the insulating film 104 in a region where the oxide semiconductor film 107 does not overlap may be reduced.
  • an impurity element 145 is added over the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor film 107, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 (see FIG. 19D).
  • the impurity element 145 As a method for adding the impurity element 145, there are an ion doping method, an ion implantation method, a plasma treatment method, and the like.
  • the impurity element can be added by performing plasma treatment by generating plasma in a gas atmosphere containing the impurity element to be added.
  • a dry etching apparatus, an ashing apparatus, a plasma CVD apparatus, a high-density plasma CVD apparatus, or the like can be used as an apparatus for generating the plasma.
  • source gases for the impurity element 145 B 2 H 6 , PH 3 , CH 4 , N 2 , NH 3 , AlH 3 , AlCl 3 , SiH 4 , Si 2 H 6 , F 2 , HF, H 2 and rare
  • One or more of the gases can be used.
  • one or more of B 2 H 6 , PH 3 , N 2 , NH 3 , AlH 3 , AlCl 3 , F 2 , HF, and H 2 diluted with a rare gas can be used.
  • One or more of B 2 H 6 , PH 3 , N 2 , NH 3 , AlH 3 , AlCl 3 , F 2 , HF, and H 2 diluted with a rare gas is used to convert the impurity element 145 into the oxide semiconductor film 107 and By adding the oxide semiconductor film 112, one or more of a rare gas, hydrogen, boron, carbon, nitrogen, fluorine, phosphorus, sulfur, and chlorine can be added to the oxide semiconductor film 107 and the oxide semiconductor film 112. it can.
  • one of B 2 H 6 , PH 3 , CH 4 , N 2 , NH 3 , AlH 3 , AlCl 3 , SiH 4 , Si 2 H 6 , F 2 , HF, and H 2 may be added to the oxide semiconductor film 107 and the oxide semiconductor film 112.
  • rare A gas may be added to the oxide semiconductor film 107 and the oxide semiconductor film 112.
  • the addition of the impurity element 145 may be controlled by appropriately setting implantation conditions such as an acceleration voltage and a dose.
  • the acceleration voltage may be 10 kV to 100 kV and the dose may be 1 ⁇ 10 13 ions / cm 2 to 1 ⁇ 10 16 ions / cm 2 , for example, 1 ⁇ It may be 10 14 ions / cm 2 .
  • an acceleration voltage of 30 kV and a dose amount of 1 ⁇ 10 13 ions / cm 2 or more and 5 ⁇ 10 16 ions / cm 2 or less may be used, for example, 1 ⁇ 10 15 ions. / Cm 2 is sufficient.
  • the structure in which the impurity element 145 is added after the mask 140 is removed is illustrated; however, the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the impurity element 145 is left in a state where the mask 140 remains. Addition may be performed.
  • argon is added to the oxide semiconductor film 107 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 as the impurity element 145 using a doping apparatus. Note that although the structure in which argon is added as the impurity element 145 is described in this embodiment, the present invention is not limited thereto, and for example, the step of adding the impurity element 145 may not be performed.
  • the impurity element 145 when the impurity element 145 is added, a large amount of impurities are added to a region where the surface of the oxide semiconductor film 107 is exposed (a region to be the source region 108s and the drain region 108d later).
  • an impurity element 145 is added through the insulating film 110 to a region where the oxide semiconductor film 112 of the oxide semiconductor film 107 does not overlap and the insulating film 110 overlaps (a region to be a region 108f later). Therefore, the amount of the impurity element 145 added is smaller than that of the source region 108s and the drain region 108d.
  • argon is added to the oxide semiconductor film 107 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 as the impurity element 145 using a doping apparatus.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto, and for example, the step of adding the impurity element 145 may not be performed.
  • the region 108f has an impurity concentration equivalent to that of the channel region 108i.
  • the insulating film 116 is formed over the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor film 107, the insulating film 110, and the oxide semiconductor film 112. Note that when the insulating film 116 is formed, the oxide semiconductor film 107 in contact with the insulating film 116 becomes the source region 108s and the drain region 108d. In addition, the oxide semiconductor film 107 that is not in contact with the insulating film 116, in other words, the oxide semiconductor film 107 that is in contact with the insulating film 110 serves as a channel region 108i. Thus, the oxide semiconductor film 108 including the channel region 108i, the source region 108s, and the drain region 108d is formed (see FIG. 20A).
  • the insulating film 116 can be formed by selecting a material that can be used for the insulating film 116.
  • a 100-nm-thick silicon nitride film is formed as the insulating film 116 using a PECVD apparatus.
  • the oxide semiconductor film 112 By using a silicon nitride film as the insulating film 116, hydrogen in the silicon nitride film enters the oxide semiconductor film 112, the source region 108 s, and the drain region 108 d in contact with the insulating film 116, so that the oxide semiconductor film 112 and the source region
  • the carrier density of 108s and the drain region 108d can be increased.
  • a region 108f is formed between the channel region 108i and the source region 108s, and between the channel region 108i and the drain region 108d.
  • an insulating film 118 is formed over the insulating film 116 (see FIG. 20B).
  • the insulating film 118 can be formed by selecting a material that can be used for the insulating film 118.
  • a 300-nm-thick silicon oxynitride film is formed as the insulating film 118 using a PECVD apparatus.
  • an insulating film 122 is formed over the insulating film 118 (see FIG. 20D).
  • the insulating film 122 functions as a planarization insulating film.
  • the insulating film 122 has openings at positions overlapping with the openings 141a and 141b.
  • a photosensitive acrylic resin is applied using a spin coater, and then a desired region of the acrylic resin is exposed to expose the insulating film 122 having an opening.
  • a conductive film 120 is formed over the insulating film 122 so as to cover the openings 141a and 141b (see FIG. 21A).
  • part of the conductive film 120 is etched to form conductive films 120a and 120b (see FIG. 21B). .
  • a dry etching method is used for processing the conductive film 120. Further, when the conductive film 120 is processed, part of the upper portion of the insulating film 122 may be removed.
  • the transistor 100C illustrated in FIG. 14 can be manufactured.
  • a film (an insulating film, an oxide semiconductor film, a conductive film, or the like) included in the transistor 100 is formed by a sputtering method, a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method, a vacuum evaporation method, a pulse laser deposition (PLD) method, or an ALD (atom). It can be formed using a layer deposition method. Alternatively, it can be formed by a coating method or a printing method. As a film forming method, a sputtering method and a plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) method are typical, but a thermal CVD method may be used. An example of the thermal CVD method is an MOCVD (metal organic chemical vapor deposition) method.
  • MOCVD metal organic chemical vapor deposition
  • the inside of a chamber is set to atmospheric pressure or reduced pressure, and a raw material gas and an oxidant are simultaneously sent into the chamber, reacted in the vicinity of the substrate or on the substrate, and deposited on the substrate.
  • the thermal CVD method is a film forming method that does not generate plasma, and thus has an advantage that no defect is generated due to plasma damage.
  • film formation is performed by setting the inside of the chamber to atmospheric pressure or reduced pressure, introducing and reacting a source gas for reaction into the chamber, and repeating this.
  • An inert gas such as argon or nitrogen
  • two or more kinds of source gases may be sequentially supplied to the chamber.
  • an inert gas is introduced after the reaction of the first source gas so that a plurality of types of source gases are not mixed, and a second source gas is introduced.
  • the second source gas may be introduced after the first source gas is exhausted by evacuation instead of introducing the inert gas.
  • the first source gas is adsorbed and reacted on the surface of the substrate to form the first layer, and the second source gas introduced later is adsorbed and reacted to make the second layer the first layer.
  • a thin film is formed by being laminated on top. By repeating this gas introduction sequence a plurality of times until the desired thickness is achieved, a thin film having excellent step coverage can be formed. Since the thickness of the thin film can be adjusted by the number of repeated gas introductions, precise film thickness adjustment is possible, which is suitable for manufacturing a fine FET.
  • a thermal CVD method such as an MOCVD method can form a film such as the above-described conductive film, insulating film, oxide semiconductor film, or metal oxide film.
  • a film such as the above-described conductive film, insulating film, oxide semiconductor film, or metal oxide film.
  • an In—Ga—Zn—O film is formed.
  • trimethylindium (In (CH 3 ) 3 ), trimethyl gallium (Ga (CH 3 ) 3 ), and dimethyl zinc are used (Zn (CH 3 ) 2 ).
  • triethylgallium (Ga (C 2 H 5 ) 3 ) can be used instead of trimethylgallium
  • diethylzinc (Zn (C 2 H 5 ) 2 ) is used instead of dimethylzinc.
  • a hafnium oxide film is formed by a film formation apparatus using ALD
  • a liquid containing a solvent and a hafnium precursor hafnium alkoxide or tetrakisdimethylamide hafnium (TDMAH, Hf [N (CH 3 ) 2 ] 4 )
  • hafnium precursor hafnium alkoxide or tetrakisdimethylamide hafnium (TDMAH, Hf [N (CH 3 ) 2 ] 4 )
  • TDMAH, Hf [N (CH 3 ) 2 ] 4 tetrakisdimethylamide hafnium
  • two gases of ozone (O 3 ) are used as an oxidizing agent.
  • a raw material gas obtained by vaporizing a liquid such as trimethylaluminum (TMA, Al (CH 3 ) 3 )
  • a liquid such as trimethylaluminum (TMA, Al (CH 3 ) 3
  • TMA trimethylaluminum
  • H 2 O Two types of gas, H 2 O, are used as the oxidizing agent.
  • Other materials include tris (dimethylamido) aluminum, triisobutylaluminum, aluminum tris (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-3,5-heptanedionate) and the like.
  • hexachlorodisilane is adsorbed on the film formation surface, and radicals of oxidizing gas (O 2 , dinitrogen monoxide) are supplied and adsorbed. React with things.
  • an initial tungsten film is formed by sequentially introducing WF 6 gas and B 2 H 6 gas, and then WF 6 gas and H 2 gas.
  • WF 6 gas and H 2 gas are sequentially introducing WF 6 gas and B 2 H 6 gas, and then WF 6 gas and H 2 gas.
  • SiH 4 gas may be used instead of B 2 H 6 gas.
  • an oxide semiconductor film such as an In—Ga—Zn—O film is formed by a film formation apparatus using ALD
  • an In—O layer is formed using In (CH 3 ) 3 gas and O 3 gas.
  • a GaO layer is formed using Ga (CH 3 ) 3 gas and O 3 gas, and then a ZnO layer is formed using Zn (CH 3 ) 2 gas and O 3 gas.
  • a mixed compound layer such as an In—Ga—O layer, an In—Zn—O layer, or a Ga—Zn—O layer may be formed using these gases.
  • O 3 may be used of H 2 O gas obtained by bubbling water with an inert gas such as Ar in place of the gas, but better to use an O 3 gas containing no H are preferred.
  • oxide semiconductor is classified into a single crystal oxide semiconductor and a non-single-crystal oxide semiconductor.
  • a non-single-crystal oxide semiconductor a CAAC-OS (c-axis-aligned crystal oxide semiconductor), a polycrystalline oxide semiconductor, an nc-OS (nanocrystalline oxide semiconductor), a pseudo-amorphous oxide semiconductor (a-like oxide semiconductor) : Amorphous-like oxide semiconductor) and amorphous oxide semiconductors.
  • oxide semiconductors are classified into amorphous oxide semiconductors and other crystalline oxide semiconductors.
  • a crystalline oxide semiconductor include a single crystal oxide semiconductor, a CAAC-OS, a polycrystalline oxide semiconductor, and an nc-OS.
  • Amorphous structures are generally isotropic, have no heterogeneous structure, are metastable, have no fixed atomic arrangement, have a flexible bond angle, have short-range order, but long-range order It is said that it does not have.
  • a stable oxide semiconductor cannot be called a complete amorphous semiconductor.
  • an oxide semiconductor that is not isotropic (for example, has a periodic structure in a minute region) cannot be called a complete amorphous oxide semiconductor.
  • an a-like OS is not isotropic but has an unstable structure having a void (also referred to as a void). In terms of being unstable, a-like OS is physically similar to an amorphous oxide semiconductor.
  • CAAC-OS First, the CAAC-OS will be described.
  • CAAC-OS is a kind of oxide semiconductor having a plurality of c-axis aligned crystal parts (also referred to as pellets).
  • CAAC-OS is analyzed by X-ray diffraction (XRD: X-Ray Diffraction)
  • XRD X-ray Diffraction
  • CAAC-OS having an InGaZnO 4 crystal classified into the space group R-3m is subjected to structural analysis by an out-of-plane method
  • a diffraction angle (2 ⁇ ) as illustrated in FIG. Shows a peak near 31 °. Since this peak is attributed to the (009) plane of the InGaZnO 4 crystal, in CAAC-OS, the crystal has a c-axis orientation, and the plane on which the c-axis forms a CAAC-OS film (formation target) It can also be confirmed that it faces a direction substantially perpendicular to the upper surface.
  • a peak may also appear when 2 ⁇ is around 36 °.
  • the peak where 2 ⁇ is around 36 ° is attributed to the crystal structure classified into the space group Fd-3m. Therefore, the CAAC-OS preferably does not show the peak.
  • FIG. 22E shows a diffraction pattern obtained when an electron beam with a probe diameter of 300 nm is incident on the same sample in a direction perpendicular to the sample surface.
  • a ring-shaped diffraction pattern is confirmed from FIG. Therefore, it can be seen that the a-axis and the b-axis of the pellet included in the CAAC-OS have no orientation even by electron diffraction using an electron beam with a probe diameter of 300 nm.
  • the first ring in FIG. 22E is considered to be derived from the (010) plane and the (100) plane of the InGaZnO 4 crystal. Further, it is considered that the second ring in FIG. 22E is caused by the (110) plane or the like.
  • FIG. 23A shows a high-resolution TEM image of a cross section of the CAAC-OS observed from a direction substantially parallel to the sample surface.
  • a spherical aberration correction function was used for observation of the high-resolution TEM image.
  • a high-resolution TEM image using the spherical aberration correction function is particularly referred to as a Cs-corrected high-resolution TEM image.
  • the Cs-corrected high resolution TEM image can be observed, for example, with an atomic resolution analytical electron microscope JEM-ARM200F manufactured by JEOL Ltd.
  • FIG. 23A shows a pellet that is a region where metal atoms are arranged in layers. It can be seen that the size of one pellet is 1 nm or more and 3 nm or more. Therefore, the pellet can also be referred to as a nanocrystal (nc).
  • the CAAC-OS can also be referred to as an oxide semiconductor including CANC (C-Axis aligned nanocrystals).
  • CANC C-Axis aligned nanocrystals.
  • the pellet reflects the unevenness of the surface or top surface of the CAAC-OS and is parallel to the surface or top surface of the CAAC-OS.
  • FIGS. 23B and 23C show Cs-corrected high-resolution TEM images of the plane of the CAAC-OS observed from the direction substantially perpendicular to the sample surface.
  • FIGS. 23D and 23E are images obtained by performing image processing on FIGS. 23B and 23C, respectively.
  • an image processing method will be described.
  • an FFT image is acquired by performing Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processing on FIG.
  • FFT Fast Fourier Transform
  • IFFT inverse fast Fourier transform
  • the image acquired in this way is called an FFT filtered image.
  • the FFT filtered image is an image obtained by extracting periodic components from the Cs-corrected high-resolution TEM image, and shows a lattice arrangement.
  • FIG. 23D the portion where the lattice arrangement is disturbed is indicated by a broken line.
  • a region surrounded by a broken line is one pellet.
  • the location shown with the broken line is the connection part of a pellet and a pellet. Since the broken line has a hexagonal shape, it can be seen that the pellet has a hexagonal shape.
  • the shape of a pellet is not necessarily a regular hexagonal shape, and is often a non-regular hexagonal shape.
  • FIG. 23 (E) a portion where the orientation of the lattice arrangement changes between a region where the lattice arrangement is aligned and a region where another lattice arrangement is aligned is indicated by a dotted line, and the change in the orientation of the lattice arrangement is shown. It is indicated by a broken line.
  • a clear crystal grain boundary cannot be confirmed even in the vicinity of the dotted line.
  • a distorted hexagon can be formed by connecting the surrounding lattice points around the lattice points near the dotted line. That is, it can be seen that the formation of crystal grain boundaries is suppressed by distorting the lattice arrangement. This is because the CAAC-OS can tolerate distortion due to the fact that the bond distance between atoms is not dense in the ab plane direction, or the bond distance between atoms changes when a metal element is substituted. This is thought to be possible.
  • the CAAC-OS has a c-axis orientation and a crystal structure in which a plurality of pellets (nanocrystals) are connected in the ab plane direction and have a strain. Therefore, the CAAC-OS can also be referred to as an oxide semiconductor having CAA crystal (c-axis-aligned ab-plane-anchored crystal).
  • CAAC-OS is an oxide semiconductor with high crystallinity. Since the crystallinity of an oxide semiconductor may be deteriorated by entry of impurities, generation of defects, or the like, in reverse, the CAAC-OS can be said to be an oxide semiconductor with few impurities and defects (such as oxygen vacancies).
  • the impurity means an element other than the main components of the oxide semiconductor, such as hydrogen, carbon, silicon, or a transition metal element.
  • an element such as silicon which has a stronger bonding force with oxygen than a metal element included in an oxide semiconductor, disturbs the atomic arrangement of the oxide semiconductor by depriving the oxide semiconductor of oxygen, thereby reducing crystallinity. It becomes a factor.
  • heavy metals such as iron and nickel, argon, carbon dioxide, and the like have large atomic radii (or molecular radii), which disturbs the atomic arrangement of the oxide semiconductor and decreases crystallinity.
  • an impurity contained in the oxide semiconductor might serve as a carrier trap or a carrier generation source.
  • oxygen vacancies in the oxide semiconductor may serve as carrier traps or may serve as carrier generation sources by capturing hydrogen.
  • a CAAC-OS with few impurities and oxygen vacancies is an oxide semiconductor with low carrier density. Specifically, it is less than 8 ⁇ 10 11 / cm 3 , preferably less than 1 ⁇ 10 11 / cm 3 , more preferably less than 1 ⁇ 10 10 / cm 3 , and a carrier of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 / cm 3 or more.
  • a dense oxide semiconductor can be obtained. Such an oxide semiconductor is referred to as a highly purified intrinsic or substantially highly purified intrinsic oxide semiconductor.
  • the CAAC-OS has a low impurity concentration and a low density of defect states. That is, it can be said that the oxide semiconductor has stable characteristics.
  • nc-OS is analyzed by XRD.
  • XRD X-ray diffraction
  • FIG. 24B shows a diffraction pattern (nanobeam electron diffraction pattern) obtained when an electron beam with a probe diameter of 1 nm is incident on the same sample. From FIG. 24B, a plurality of spots are observed in the ring-shaped region. Therefore, nc-OS does not confirm order when an electron beam with a probe diameter of 50 nm is incident, but confirms order when an electron beam with a probe diameter of 1 nm is incident.
  • the nc-OS has a highly ordered region, that is, a crystal in a thickness range of less than 10 nm. Note that there are some regions where a regular electron diffraction pattern is not observed because the crystal faces in various directions.
  • FIG. 24D shows a Cs-corrected high-resolution TEM image of a cross section of the nc-OS observed from a direction substantially parallel to the formation surface.
  • the nc-OS has a region in which a crystal part can be confirmed, such as a portion indicated by an auxiliary line, and a region in which a clear crystal part cannot be confirmed in a high-resolution TEM image.
  • a crystal part included in the nc-OS has a size of 1 nm to 10 nm, particularly a size of 1 nm to 3 nm in many cases. Note that an oxide semiconductor in which the size of a crystal part is greater than 10 nm and less than or equal to 100 nm is sometimes referred to as a microcrystalline oxide semiconductor.
  • the nc-OS may not be able to clearly confirm a crystal grain boundary in a high-resolution TEM image.
  • the nanocrystal may have the same origin as the pellet in the CAAC-OS. Therefore, the crystal part of nc-OS is sometimes referred to as a pellet below.
  • nc-OS has periodicity in atomic arrangement in a minute region (for example, a region of 1 nm to 10 nm, particularly a region of 1 nm to 3 nm).
  • the nc-OS has no regularity in crystal orientation between different pellets. Therefore, orientation is not seen in the whole film. Therefore, the nc-OS may not be distinguished from an a-like OS or an amorphous oxide semiconductor depending on an analysis method.
  • nc-OS is an oxide semiconductor having RANC (Random Aligned nanocrystals), or an oxide having NANC (Non-Aligned nanocrystals). It can also be called a semiconductor.
  • Nc-OS is an oxide semiconductor having higher regularity than an amorphous oxide semiconductor. Therefore, the nc-OS has a lower density of defect states than an a-like OS or an amorphous oxide semiconductor. Note that the nc-OS does not have regularity in crystal orientation between different pellets. Therefore, the nc-OS has a higher density of defect states than the CAAC-OS.
  • the a-like OS is an oxide semiconductor having a structure between the nc-OS and an amorphous oxide semiconductor.
  • FIG. 25 shows a high-resolution cross-sectional TEM image of the a-like OS.
  • FIG. 25A is a high-resolution cross-sectional TEM image of the a-like OS at the start of electron irradiation.
  • FIG. 25B is a high-resolution cross-sectional TEM image of the a-like OS after irradiation with electrons (e ⁇ ) of 4.3 ⁇ 10 8 e ⁇ / nm 2 . From FIG. 25A and FIG. 25B, it can be seen that in the a-like OS, a striped bright region extending in the vertical direction is observed from the start of electron irradiation. It can also be seen that the shape of the bright region changes after electron irradiation. The bright region is assumed to be a void or a low density region.
  • the a-like OS Since it has a void, the a-like OS has an unstable structure.
  • the a-like OS has an unstable structure as compared with the CAAC-OS and the nc-OS, a change in structure due to electron irradiation is shown.
  • Each sample is an In—Ga—Zn oxide.
  • a high-resolution cross-sectional TEM image of each sample is acquired.
  • Each sample has a crystal part by a high-resolution cross-sectional TEM image.
  • a unit cell of an InGaZnO 4 crystal has a structure in which three In—O layers and six Ga—Zn—O layers have a total of nine layers stacked in the c-axis direction.
  • the spacing between these adjacent layers is about the same as the lattice spacing (also referred to as d value) of the (009) plane, and the value is determined to be 0.29 nm from crystal structure analysis. Therefore, in the following, a portion where the interval between lattice fringes is 0.28 nm or more and 0.30 nm or less is regarded as a crystal part of InGaZnO 4 .
  • the lattice fringes correspond to the ab plane of the InGaZnO 4 crystal.
  • FIG. 26 is an example in which the average size of the crystal parts (22 to 30 locations) of each sample was investigated. Note that the length of the lattice stripes described above is the size of the crystal part. From FIG. 26, it can be seen that in the a-like OS, the crystal part becomes larger in accordance with the cumulative irradiation amount of electrons related to acquisition of a TEM image or the like. According to FIG. 26, in the crystal part (also referred to as initial nucleus) which was about 1.2 nm in the initial observation by TEM, the cumulative dose of electrons (e ⁇ ) is 4.2 ⁇ 10 8 e ⁇ / nm. In FIG. 2 , it can be seen that the crystal has grown to a size of about 1.9 nm.
  • FIG. 26 indicates that the crystal part sizes of the nc-OS and the CAAC-OS are approximately 1.3 nm and 1.8 nm, respectively, regardless of the cumulative electron dose.
  • a Hitachi transmission electron microscope H-9000NAR was used for electron beam irradiation and TEM observation.
  • the electron beam irradiation conditions were an acceleration voltage of 300 kV, a current density of 6.7 ⁇ 10 5 e ⁇ / (nm 2 ⁇ s), and an irradiation region diameter of 230 nm.
  • the crystal part may be grown by electron irradiation.
  • the crystal part is hardly grown by electron irradiation. That is, it can be seen that the a-like OS has an unstable structure as compared with the nc-OS and the CAAC-OS.
  • the a-like OS has a structure with a lower density than the nc-OS and the CAAC-OS. Specifically, the density of the a-like OS is 78.6% or more and less than 92.3% of the density of the single crystal having the same composition. Further, the density of the nc-OS and the density of the CAAC-OS are 92.3% or more and less than 100% of the density of the single crystal having the same composition. An oxide semiconductor that is less than 78% of the density of a single crystal is difficult to form.
  • the density of single crystal InGaZnO 4 having a rhombohedral structure is 6.357 g / cm 3 .
  • the density of a-like OS is 5.0 g / cm 3 or more and less than 5.9 g / cm 3.
  • the density of the nc-OS and the density of the CAAC-OS is 5.9 g / cm 3 or more and 6.3 g / less than cm 3 .
  • the density corresponding to the single crystal having a desired composition can be estimated by combining single crystals having different compositions at an arbitrary ratio. What is necessary is just to estimate the density corresponding to the single crystal of a desired composition using a weighted average with respect to the ratio which combines the single crystal from which a composition differs. However, the density is preferably estimated by combining as few kinds of single crystals as possible.
  • oxide semiconductors have various structures and various properties.
  • the oxide semiconductor may be a stacked film including two or more of an amorphous oxide semiconductor, an a-like OS, an nc-OS, and a CAAC-OS, for example.
  • FIG. 27 is a top view showing an example of the display device.
  • a display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 27 includes a pixel portion 702 provided over a first substrate 701, a demultiplexer 703, a source driver 704, a gate driver 706, and a pixel portion 702 provided over the first substrate 701.
  • the sealant 712 is disposed so as to surround the demultiplexer 703 and the gate driver 706, and the second substrate 705 is provided so as to face the first substrate 701.
  • the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705 are sealed with a sealant 712. That is, the pixel portion 702, the demultiplexer 703, and the gate driver 706 are sealed with the first substrate 701, the sealant 712, and the second substrate 705.
  • a display element is provided between the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705.
  • the display device 700 includes a pixel portion 702, a demultiplexer 703, a source driver 704, a gate driver 706, and a gate driver 706 in a region different from the region surrounded by the sealant 712 over the first substrate 701.
  • FPC terminal portions 708 Flexible printed circuit
  • an FPC 716 is connected to the FPC terminal portion 708, and various signals and the like are supplied to the pixel portion 702, the demultiplexer 703, the source driver 704, and the gate driver 706 by the FPC 716.
  • a signal line 710 is connected to each of the pixel portion 702, the demultiplexer 703, the source driver 704, the gate driver 706, and the FPC terminal portion 708.
  • Various signals and the like supplied by the FPC 716 are supplied to the pixel portion 702, the demultiplexer 703, the source driver 704, the gate driver 706, and the FPC terminal portion 708 through the signal line 710.
  • a plurality of gate drivers 706 may be provided in the display device 700.
  • the gate driver 706 is formed over the same first substrate 701 as the pixel portion 702 and the source driver is a source driver IC is shown as the display device 700, the present invention is not limited to this structure.
  • the source driver 704 may be formed on the first substrate 701.
  • the source driver IC can be provided by a COG (Chip On Glass) method, a wire bonding method, or the like.
  • the transistor exemplified in the above embodiment can be applied to a plurality of transistors in the gate driver 706 in addition to the transistor included in the demultiplexer 703 and the transistor included in the pixel.
  • the display device 700 can have various elements.
  • the element include, for example, an electroluminescence (EL) element (an EL element including an organic substance and an inorganic substance, an organic EL element, an inorganic EL element, an LED, and the like), a light-emitting transistor element (a transistor that emits light in response to current), an electron Emission element, liquid crystal element, electronic ink element, electrophoretic element, electrowetting element, plasma display panel (PDP), MEMS (micro electro mechanical system) display (for example, grading light valve (GLV), digital micromirror Devices (DMD), digital micro shutter (DMS) elements, interferometric modulation (IMOD) elements, etc.), piezoelectric ceramic displays, and the like.
  • EL electroluminescence
  • a light-emitting transistor element a transistor that emits light in response to current
  • an electron Emission element for example, grading light valve (GLV), digital micromirror Devices (DMD), digital micro shutter (DMS) elements,
  • An example of a display device using an EL element is an EL display.
  • a display device using an electron-emitting device there is a field emission display (FED), a SED type flat display (SED: Surface-conduction Electron-emitter Display), or the like.
  • FED field emission display
  • SED SED type flat display
  • a display device using a liquid crystal element there is a liquid crystal display (a transmissive liquid crystal display, a transflective liquid crystal display, a reflective liquid crystal display, a direct view liquid crystal display, a projection liquid crystal display) and the like.
  • An example of a display device using an electronic ink element or an electrophoretic element is electronic paper.
  • part or all of the pixel electrode may have a function as a reflective electrode.
  • part or all of the pixel electrode may have aluminum, silver, or the like.
  • a memory circuit such as an SRAM can be provided under the reflective electrode. Thereby, power consumption can be further reduced.
  • the color elements controlled by the pixels when performing color display are not limited to three colors of RGB (R represents red, G represents green, and B represents blue).
  • RGB red
  • G represents green
  • B represents blue
  • it may be composed of four pixels: an R pixel, a G pixel, a B pixel, and a W (white) pixel.
  • one color element may be configured by two colors of RGB, and two different colors may be selected and configured depending on the color element.
  • one or more colors such as yellow, cyan, and magenta may be added to RGB.
  • the size of the display area may be different for each dot of the color element.
  • the disclosed invention is not limited to a display device for color display, and can be applied to a display device for monochrome display.
  • a colored layer (also referred to as a color filter) may be used in order to display white light (W) in a backlight (an organic EL element, an inorganic EL element, an LED, a fluorescent lamp, or the like) and display a full color display device.
  • a backlight an organic EL element, an inorganic EL element, an LED, a fluorescent lamp, or the like
  • red (R), green (G), blue (B), yellow (Y), and the like can be used in appropriate combination for the colored layer.
  • the colored layer the color reproducibility can be increased as compared with the case where the colored layer is not used.
  • white light in a region having no colored layer may be directly used for display by arranging a region having a colored layer and a region having no colored layer.
  • a decrease in luminance due to the colored layer can be reduced during bright display, and power consumption can be reduced by about 20% to 30%.
  • a self-luminous element such as an organic EL element or an inorganic EL element
  • R, G, B, Y, and W may be emitted from elements having respective emission colors.
  • power consumption may be further reduced as compared with the case where a colored layer is used.
  • colorization method in addition to a method (color filter method) in which part of the light emission from the white light emission described above is converted into red, green, and blue through a color filter, red, green, and blue light emission is performed.
  • a method of using each (three-color method) or a method of converting a part of light emission from blue light emission into red or green (color conversion method, quantum dot method) may be applied.
  • FIGS. 28 is a cross-sectional view taken along one-dot chain line QR shown in FIG. 27 and has a configuration using a liquid crystal element as a display element.
  • FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view taken along one-dot chain line QR shown in FIG. 27, and has a configuration in which an EL element is used as a display element.
  • a display device 700 illustrated in FIGS. 28 and 29 includes a lead wiring portion 711, a pixel portion 702, a demultiplexer 703, and an FPC terminal portion 708. Further, the lead wiring portion 711 includes a signal line 710. In addition, the pixel portion 702 includes a transistor 750 and a capacitor 790. In addition, the demultiplexer 703 includes a transistor 752.
  • the transistor 750 and the transistor 752 have the same structure as the transistor 100 described above. Note that as the structures of the transistor 750 and the transistor 752, other transistors described in the above embodiment may be used.
  • the transistor used in this embodiment includes an oxide semiconductor film which is highly purified and suppresses formation of oxygen vacancies.
  • the transistor can have low off-state current. Therefore, the holding time of an electric signal such as an image signal can be increased, and the writing interval can be set longer in the power-on state. Therefore, since the frequency of the refresh operation can be reduced, there is an effect of suppressing power consumption.
  • the capacitor 790 includes a first oxide semiconductor film included in the transistor 750, a lower electrode formed through a step of processing the same oxide semiconductor film, and a conductive material functioning as a source electrode and a drain electrode included in the transistor 750. A film and an upper electrode formed through a process of processing the same conductive film. In addition, a step of forming the same insulating film as the second insulating film and the insulating film functioning as the third insulating film included in the transistor 750 between the lower electrode and the upper electrode is performed. An insulating film formed through the above is provided. That is, the capacitor 790 has a stacked structure in which an insulating film functioning as a dielectric is sandwiched between a pair of electrodes.
  • a planarization insulating film 770 is provided over the transistor 750, the transistor 752, and the capacitor 790.
  • planarization insulating film 770 an organic material having heat resistance such as polyimide resin, acrylic resin, polyimide amide resin, benzocyclobutene resin, polyamide resin, or epoxy resin can be used. Note that the planarization insulating film 770 may be formed by stacking a plurality of insulating films formed using these materials. Further, the planarization insulating film 770 may be omitted.
  • the signal line 710 is formed through the same process as the conductive film functioning as the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistors 750 and 752.
  • the signal line 710 is a conductive film formed through a different process from the source and drain electrodes of the transistors 750 and 752, for example, an oxide semiconductor formed through the same process as an oxide semiconductor film functioning as a gate electrode.
  • a membrane may be used.
  • a material containing a copper element is used as the signal line 710, signal delay due to wiring resistance is small and display on a large screen is possible.
  • the FPC terminal portion 708 includes a connection electrode 760, an anisotropic conductive film 780, and an FPC 716.
  • the connection electrode 760 is formed through the same process as the conductive film functioning as the source and drain electrodes of the transistors 750 and 752.
  • the connection electrode 760 is electrically connected to a terminal included in the FPC 716 through an anisotropic conductive film 780.
  • first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705 for example, glass substrates can be used.
  • a flexible substrate may be used as the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705.
  • the flexible substrate include a plastic substrate.
  • a structure body 778 is provided between the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705.
  • the structure body 778 is a columnar spacer obtained by selectively etching an insulating film, and is provided to control the distance (cell gap) between the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705. Note that a spherical spacer may be used as the structure body 778.
  • a light shielding film 738 functioning as a black matrix, a colored film 736 functioning as a color filter, and an insulating film 734 in contact with the light shielding film 738 and the colored film 736 are provided.
  • a display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 28 includes a liquid crystal element 775.
  • the liquid crystal element 775 includes a conductive film 772, a conductive film 774, and a liquid crystal layer 776.
  • the conductive film 774 is provided on the second substrate 705 side and functions as a counter electrode.
  • a display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 28 can display an image by controlling transmission and non-transmission of light by changing the alignment state of the liquid crystal layer 776 depending on voltages applied to the conductive films 772 and 774.
  • the conductive film 772 is connected to a conductive film functioning as a source electrode and a drain electrode of the transistor 750.
  • the conductive film 772 is formed over the planarization insulating film 770 and functions as a pixel electrode, that is, one electrode of a display element.
  • the conductive film 772 functions as a reflective electrode.
  • a display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 28 is a so-called reflective color liquid crystal display device that displays light through a colored film 736 by reflecting light with a conductive film 772 using external light.
  • a conductive film that is transparent to visible light or a conductive film that is reflective to visible light can be used.
  • a conductive film that transmits visible light for example, a material containing one kind selected from indium (In), zinc (Zn), and tin (Sn) may be used.
  • a material containing aluminum or silver is preferably used. In this embodiment, a conductive film that reflects visible light is used as the conductive film 772.
  • unevenness is provided in part of the planarization insulating film 770 of the pixel portion 702.
  • the unevenness can be formed, for example, by forming the planarization insulating film 770 with a resin film and providing the unevenness on the surface of the resin film.
  • the conductive film 772 functioning as a reflective electrode is formed along the unevenness. Accordingly, when external light is incident on the conductive film 772, light can be diffusely reflected on the surface of the conductive film 772, and visibility can be improved.
  • the display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 28 is described as an example of a reflective color liquid crystal display device; however, the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the conductive film 772 is transmitted by using a light-transmitting conductive film in visible light.
  • Type color liquid crystal display device In the case of a transmissive color liquid crystal display device, the unevenness provided in the planarization insulating film 770 may not be provided.
  • an alignment film may be provided on each of the conductive films 772 and 774 on the side in contact with the liquid crystal layer 776.
  • an optical member optical substrate
  • a polarizing member such as a polarizing member, a retardation member, or an antireflection member
  • circularly polarized light using a polarizing substrate and a retardation substrate may be used.
  • a backlight, a sidelight, or the like may be used as the light source.
  • thermotropic liquid crystal When a liquid crystal element is used as the display element, a thermotropic liquid crystal, a low molecular liquid crystal, a polymer liquid crystal, a polymer dispersed liquid crystal, a ferroelectric liquid crystal, an antiferroelectric liquid crystal, or the like can be used. These liquid crystal materials exhibit a cholesteric phase, a smectic phase, a cubic phase, a chiral nematic phase, an isotropic phase, and the like depending on conditions.
  • a liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase without using an alignment film may be used.
  • the blue phase is one of the liquid crystal phases.
  • the temperature of the cholesteric liquid crystal is increased, the blue phase appears immediately before the transition from the cholesteric phase to the isotropic phase. Since the blue phase appears only in a narrow temperature range, a liquid crystal composition mixed with several percent by weight or more of a chiral agent is used for the liquid crystal layer in order to improve the temperature range.
  • a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase and a chiral agent has a short response speed and is optically isotropic, so that alignment treatment is unnecessary.
  • a liquid crystal material exhibiting a blue phase has a small viewing angle dependency.
  • a liquid crystal element when used as a display element, a TN (Twisted Nematic) mode, an IPS (In-Plane-Switching) mode, an FFS (Fringe Field Switching) mode, an ASM (Axial Symmetrical Aligned MicroOcell) mode.
  • a Compensated Birefringence mode, an FLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal) mode, an AFLC (Antiferroelectric Liquid Crystal) mode, and the like can be used.
  • a normally black liquid crystal display device such as a transmissive liquid crystal display device employing a vertical alignment (VA) mode may be used.
  • VA vertical alignment
  • the vertical alignment mode There are several examples of the vertical alignment mode. For example, an MVA (Multi-Domain Vertical Alignment) mode, a PVA (Patterned Vertical Alignment) mode, an ASV mode, and the like can be used.
  • a display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 29 includes a light-emitting element 782.
  • the light-emitting element 782 includes a conductive film 784, an EL layer 786, and a conductive film 788.
  • the display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 29 can display an image when the EL layer 786 included in the light-emitting element 782 emits light.
  • the conductive film 784 is connected to a conductive film functioning as a source electrode and a drain electrode of the transistor 750.
  • the conductive film 784 is formed over the planarization insulating film 770 and functions as a pixel electrode, that is, one electrode of a display element.
  • a conductive film that transmits visible light or a conductive film that reflects visible light can be used.
  • a material containing one kind selected from indium (In), zinc (Zn), and tin (Sn) may be used.
  • As the conductive film having reflectivity in visible light for example, a material containing aluminum or silver is preferably used.
  • an insulating film 730 is provided over the planarization insulating film 770 and the conductive film 784.
  • the insulating film 730 covers part of the conductive film 784.
  • the light-emitting element 782 has a top emission structure. Therefore, the conductive film 788 has a light-transmitting property and transmits light emitted from the EL layer 786.
  • the top emission structure is illustrated, but is not limited thereto. For example, a bottom emission structure in which light is emitted to the conductive film 784 side or a dual emission structure in which light is emitted to both the conductive film 784 and the conductive film 788 can be used.
  • a coloring film 736 is provided at a position overlapping with the light emitting element 782, and a light shielding film 738 is provided at a position overlapping with the insulating film 730, the routing wiring portion 711, and the source driver 704. Further, the coloring film 736 and the light shielding film 738 are covered with an insulating film 734. A space between the light emitting element 782 and the insulating film 734 is filled with a sealing film 732. Note that in the display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 29, the structure in which the colored film 736 is provided is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, in the case where the EL layer 786 is formed by separate coating, the coloring film 736 may not be provided.
  • FIG. 30 illustrates the transistors M1 and M2, the liquid crystal element LC, and the light emitting element EL.
  • a display device illustrated in FIG. 31A includes a region having a pixel of a display element (hereinafter referred to as a pixel portion 502) and a circuit portion (hereinafter referred to as a pixel portion 502) that is disposed outside the pixel portion 502 and includes a circuit for driving the pixel. , A driver circuit portion 504), a circuit having a function of protecting elements (hereinafter referred to as a protection circuit 506), and a terminal portion 507. Note that the protection circuit 506 may be omitted.
  • part or all of the drive circuit portion 504 is formed on the same substrate as the pixel portion 502. Thereby, the number of parts and the number of terminals can be reduced.
  • part or all of the driver circuit portion 504 is formed by COG or TAB (Tape Automated Bonding). Can be implemented.
  • the pixel unit 502 includes a circuit (hereinafter referred to as a pixel circuit 501) for driving a plurality of display elements arranged in X rows (X is a natural number of 2 or more) and Y columns (Y is a natural number of 2 or more).
  • the driving circuit unit 504 outputs a signal for selecting a pixel (scanning signal) (hereinafter referred to as a gate driver 504a) and a circuit for supplying a signal (data signal) for driving a display element of the pixel (hereinafter referred to as a data signal).
  • Source driver 504b, demultiplexer 504c and the like.
  • the gate driver 504a has a shift register and the like.
  • the gate driver 504a receives a signal for driving the shift register via the terminal portion 507, and outputs a signal.
  • the gate driver 504a receives a start pulse signal, a clock signal, and the like and outputs a pulse signal.
  • the gate driver 504a has a function of controlling the potential of a wiring to which a scan signal is supplied (hereinafter referred to as scan lines GL_1 to GL_X).
  • scan lines GL_1 to GL_X a plurality of gate drivers 504a may be provided, and the scanning lines GL_1 to GL_X may be divided and controlled by the plurality of gate drivers 504a.
  • the gate driver 504a has a function of supplying an initialization signal.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the gate driver 504a can supply another signal.
  • the source driver 504b has a shift register and the like. In addition to a signal for driving the shift register, the source driver 504b receives a signal (image signal) as a source of a data signal through the terminal portion 507.
  • the source driver 504b has a function of generating a data signal to be written in the pixel circuit 501 based on the image signal.
  • the source driver 504b has a function of controlling output of a data signal in accordance with a pulse signal obtained by inputting a start pulse, a clock signal, or the like.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the source driver 504b can supply another signal.
  • the demultiplexer 504c is configured using, for example, the transistor described in the above embodiment.
  • the demultiplexer 504c can time-divide the data signal by sequentially turning on the plurality of transistors, and can output the data signal to wirings to which the data signal is applied (hereinafter referred to as data lines DL_1 to DL_Y).
  • Each of the plurality of pixel circuits 501 receives a pulse signal through one of the plurality of scanning lines GL to which the scanning signal is applied, and receives the data signal through one of the plurality of data lines DL to which the data signal is applied. Entered. In each of the plurality of pixel circuits 501, writing and holding of data signals are controlled by the gate driver 504a.
  • the pixel circuit 501 in the m-th row and the n-th column receives a pulse signal from the gate driver 504a through the scanning line GL_m (m is a natural number equal to or less than X), and the data line DL_n (n Is a natural number less than or equal to Y), the data signal is input from the demultiplexer 504c.
  • the protection circuit 506 shown in FIG. 31A is connected to, for example, the scanning line GL which is a wiring between the gate driver 504a and the pixel circuit 501.
  • the protection circuit 506 is connected to a data line DL that is a wiring between the source driver 504 b and the pixel circuit 501.
  • the protection circuit 506 can be connected to a wiring between the gate driver 504 a and the terminal portion 507.
  • the protection circuit 506 can be connected to a wiring between the source driver 504 b and the terminal portion 507.
  • the protection circuit 506 can be connected to a wiring between the demultiplexer 504 c and the terminal portion 507.
  • the terminal portion 507 is a portion where a terminal for inputting a power supply, a control signal, and an image signal from an external circuit to the display device is provided.
  • the protection circuit 506 is a circuit that brings the wiring and another wiring into a conductive state when a potential outside a certain range is applied to the wiring to which the protection circuit 506 is connected.
  • the plurality of pixel circuits 501 illustrated in FIG. 31A can have a structure illustrated in FIG. 31B, for example.
  • a pixel circuit 501 illustrated in FIG. 31B includes a liquid crystal element 570, a transistor 550, and a capacitor 560.
  • the transistor described in the above embodiment can be applied to the transistor 550.
  • One potential of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570 is appropriately set according to the specification of the pixel circuit 501.
  • the alignment state of the liquid crystal element 570 is set by written data. Note that a common potential (common potential) may be applied to one of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570 included in each of the plurality of pixel circuits 501. Further, a different potential may be applied to one of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570 of the pixel circuit 501 in each row.
  • a driving method of a display device including the liquid crystal element 570, a TN mode, an STN mode, a VA mode, an ASM (axially aligned micro-cell) mode, an OCB (Optically Compensated Birefringence) mode, and an FLC (Frequential) mode.
  • AFLC Anti Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal
  • MVA mode MVA mode
  • PVA Powerned Vertical Alignment
  • IPS mode Packed Vertical Alignment
  • FFS mode Transverse Bend Alignment
  • TBA Transverse Bend Alignment
  • ECB Electrode Controlled Birefringence
  • PDLC Polymer Dispersed Liquid Crystal
  • PNLC Polymer Network Liquid Crystal mode
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and various liquid crystal elements and driving methods thereof can be used.
  • one of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 550 is electrically connected to the data line DL_n, and the other is electrically connected to the other of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570.
  • the In addition, the gate electrode of the transistor 550 is electrically connected to the scan line GL_m.
  • the transistor 550 has a function of controlling data writing of the data signal by being turned on or off.
  • One of the pair of electrodes of the capacitor 560 is electrically connected to a wiring to which a potential is supplied (hereinafter, potential supply line VL), and the other is electrically connected to the other of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570.
  • potential supply line VL a wiring to which a potential is supplied
  • the capacitor 560 functions as a storage capacitor for storing written data.
  • the pixel circuit 501 in each row is sequentially selected by the gate driver 504a illustrated in FIG. Write data.
  • the pixel circuit 501 in which data is written is in a holding state when the transistor 550 is turned off. By sequentially performing this for each row, an image can be displayed.
  • the plurality of pixel circuits 501 illustrated in FIG. 31A can have a structure illustrated in FIG. 31C, for example.
  • the pixel circuit 501 illustrated in FIG. 31C includes transistors 552 and 554, a capacitor 562, and a light-emitting element 572.
  • the transistor described in any of the above embodiments can be applied to one or both of the transistor 552 and the transistor 554.
  • One of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 552 is electrically connected to a wiring to which a data signal is supplied (hereinafter referred to as a signal line DL_n). Further, the gate electrode of the transistor 552 is electrically connected to a wiring to which a gate signal is supplied (hereinafter referred to as a scanning line GL_m).
  • the transistor 552 has a function of controlling data writing of the data signal by being turned on or off.
  • One of the pair of electrodes of the capacitor 562 is electrically connected to the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 552, and the other is electrically connected to the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 554.
  • the capacitor element 562 functions as a storage capacitor for storing written data.
  • One of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 554 is electrically connected to a wiring to which a potential is applied (hereinafter referred to as a potential supply line VL_a). Further, the gate electrode of the transistor 554 is electrically connected to the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 552.
  • One of an anode and a cathode of the light-emitting element 572 is electrically connected to the potential supply line VL_b, and the other is electrically connected to the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 554.
  • the light-emitting element 572 for example, an organic electroluminescence element (also referred to as an organic EL element) or the like can be used.
  • the light-emitting element 572 is not limited thereto, and an inorganic EL element made of an inorganic material may be used.
  • one of the potential supply line VL_a and the potential supply line VL_b is supplied with the high power supply potential VDD, and the other is supplied with the low power supply potential VSS.
  • the pixel circuits 501 in each row are sequentially selected by the gate driver 504a illustrated in FIG. Write.
  • the pixel circuit 501 in which data is written is in a holding state when the transistor 552 is turned off. Further, the amount of current flowing between the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 554 is controlled in accordance with the potential of the written data signal, and the light-emitting element 572 emits light with luminance corresponding to the amount of flowing current. By sequentially performing this for each row, an image can be displayed.
  • a display module 8000 shown in FIG. 32 includes a touch panel 8004 connected to the FPC 8003, a display panel 8006 connected to the FPC 8005, a backlight 8007, a frame 8009, a printed circuit board 8010, and a battery between the upper cover 8001 and the lower cover 8002. 8011.
  • the display device of one embodiment of the present invention can be used for the display panel 8006, for example.
  • the shape and dimensions of the upper cover 8001 and the lower cover 8002 can be changed as appropriate in accordance with the sizes of the touch panel 8004 and the display panel 8006.
  • a resistive film type or capacitive type touch panel can be used by being superimposed on the display panel 8006.
  • the counter substrate (sealing substrate) of the display panel 8006 can have a touch panel function.
  • an optical sensor can be provided in each pixel of the display panel 8006 to provide an optical touch panel.
  • the backlight 8007 has a light source 8008.
  • FIG. 32 illustrates the configuration in which the light source 8008 is provided over the backlight 8007, the present invention is not limited to this.
  • a light source 8008 may be provided at the end of the backlight 8007 and a light diffusing plate may be used.
  • the backlight 8007 may not be provided.
  • the frame 8009 has a function as an electromagnetic shield for blocking electromagnetic waves generated by the operation of the printed circuit board 8010 in addition to the protection function of the display panel 8006.
  • the frame 8009 may have a function as a heat sink.
  • the printed circuit board 8010 has a power supply circuit, a signal processing circuit for outputting a video signal and a clock signal.
  • a power supply for supplying power to the power supply circuit an external commercial power supply may be used, or a power supply using a battery 8011 provided separately may be used.
  • the battery 8011 can be omitted when a commercial power source is used.
  • the display module 8000 may be additionally provided with a member such as a polarizing plate, a retardation plate, and a prism sheet.
  • FIG. 33A to FIG. 33G illustrate electronic devices. These electronic devices include a housing 9000, a display portion 9001, a speaker 9003, operation keys 9005 (including a power switch or operation switch), a connection terminal 9006, and a sensor 9007 (force, displacement, position, speed, acceleration, angular velocity, Includes functions to measure rotation speed, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical, sound, time, hardness, electric field, current, voltage, power, radiation, flow rate, humidity, gradient, vibration, odor or infrared ), A microphone 9008, and the like.
  • operation keys 9005 including a power switch or operation switch
  • connection terminal 9006 includes a connection terminal 9006
  • a sensor 9007 force, displacement, position, speed, acceleration, angular velocity, Includes functions to measure rotation speed, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical, sound, time, hardness, electric field, current, voltage, power, radiation, flow rate, humidity, gradient, vibration, odor or infrared
  • the electronic devices illustrated in FIGS. 33A to 33G can have a variety of functions. For example, a function for displaying various information (still images, moving images, text images, etc.) on the display unit, a touch panel function, a function for displaying a calendar, date or time, a function for controlling processing by various software (programs), Wireless communication function, function for connecting to various computer networks using the wireless communication function, function for transmitting or receiving various data using the wireless communication function, and reading and displaying the program or data recorded on the recording medium It can have a function of displaying on the section. Note that the functions of the electronic devices illustrated in FIGS. 33A to 33G are not limited to these, and can include a variety of functions. Although not illustrated in FIGS.
  • the electronic device may have a plurality of display portions.
  • the electronic device is equipped with a camera, etc., to capture still images, to capture moving images, to store captured images on a recording medium (externally or built into the camera), and to display captured images on the display unit And the like.
  • FIGS. 33A to 33G Details of the electronic devices illustrated in FIGS. 33A to 33G will be described below.
  • FIG. 33A is a perspective view showing the television device 9100.
  • the television device 9100 can incorporate the display portion 9001 with a large screen, for example, a display portion 9001 with a size of 50 inches or more, or 100 inches or more.
  • FIG. 33B is a perspective view showing the portable information terminal 9101.
  • the portable information terminal 9101 has one or a plurality of functions selected from, for example, a telephone, a notebook, an information browsing device, or the like. Specifically, it can be used as a smartphone.
  • the portable information terminal 9101 may include a speaker 9003, a connection terminal 9006, a sensor 9007, and the like.
  • the portable information terminal 9101 can display characters and image information on the plurality of surfaces.
  • three operation buttons 9050 also referred to as operation icons or simply icons
  • information 9051 indicated by a broken-line rectangle can be displayed on another surface of the display portion 9001.
  • a display that notifies an incoming call such as an e-mail, SNS (social networking service) or a telephone, a title such as an e-mail or SNS, a sender name such as an e-mail or SNS, a date, a time , Battery level, antenna reception strength and so on.
  • an operation button 9050 or the like may be displayed instead of the information 9051 at a position where the information 9051 is displayed.
  • FIG. 33C is a perspective view showing the portable information terminal 9102.
  • the portable information terminal 9102 has a function of displaying information on three or more surfaces of the display portion 9001.
  • information 9052, information 9053, and information 9054 are displayed on different planes.
  • the user of the portable information terminal 9102 can check the display (information 9053 here) in a state where the portable information terminal 9102 is stored in the chest pocket of clothes.
  • the telephone number or name of the caller of the incoming call is displayed at a position where it can be observed from above portable information terminal 9102.
  • the user can check the display and determine whether to receive a call without taking out the portable information terminal 9102 from the pocket.
  • FIG. 33D is a perspective view showing a wristwatch-type portable information terminal 9200.
  • the portable information terminal 9200 can execute various applications such as a mobile phone, electronic mail, text browsing and creation, music playback, Internet communication, and computer games.
  • the display portion 9001 is provided with a curved display surface, and can perform display along the curved display surface.
  • the portable information terminal 9200 can execute short-range wireless communication with a communication standard. For example, it is possible to talk hands-free by communicating with a headset capable of wireless communication.
  • the portable information terminal 9200 includes a connection terminal 9006 and can directly exchange data with other information terminals via a connector. Charging can also be performed through the connection terminal 9006. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power feeding without using the connection terminal 9006.
  • FIG. 33E), 33 (F), and 33 (G) are perspective views showing a foldable portable information terminal 9201.
  • FIG. FIG. 33E is a perspective view of a state in which the portable information terminal 9201 is expanded
  • FIG. 33F is a state in which the portable information terminal 9201 is expanded or is in the middle of changing from the folded state to the other.
  • FIG. 33G is a perspective view of the portable information terminal 9201 folded.
  • the portable information terminal 9201 is excellent in portability in the folded state, and in the expanded state, the portable information terminal 9201 is excellent in display listability due to a seamless wide display area.
  • a display portion 9001 included in the portable information terminal 9201 is supported by three housings 9000 connected by a hinge 9055.
  • the portable information terminal 9201 By bending between the two housings 9000 via the hinge 9055, the portable information terminal 9201 can be reversibly deformed from the expanded state to the folded state.
  • the portable information terminal 9201 can be bent with a curvature radius of 1 mm to 150 mm.
  • the drain currents of the transistor of one embodiment of the present invention and the LTPS (Low Temperature Poly Silicon) transistor were compared.
  • the transistor of one embodiment of the present invention is the transistor illustrated in the above ⁇ 1-5 Example of transistor structure> (hereinafter referred to as TGSA-OS).
  • the LTPS transistor is a general n-channel transistor (hereinafter referred to as N-ch LTPS) and a p-channel transistor (hereinafter referred to as P-ch LTPS).
  • FIG. 34 is a graph comparing the drain currents of TGSA-OS, N-ch LTPS, and P-ch LTPS in order of the transistor size from the left.
  • FIG. 34 shows the channel width (W) and channel length (L) of each transistor.
  • the TGSA-OS was confirmed to have characteristics comparable to the drain current between N-ch LTPS and P-ch LTPS of the same size.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Thin Film Transistor (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a display device in which transistors are reduced in size and the frame is narrowed. The present invention provides a display device having a first insulating film on a first electroconductive film, a first oxide semiconductor film on the first insulating film, a second insulating film on the first oxide semiconductor film, a second oxide semiconductor film on the second insulating film, and a third insulating film on the first oxide semiconductor film and the second oxide semiconductor film. The display device has a demultiplexer having transistors in which a first electroconductive layer and the second oxide semiconductor film are electrically connected via openings provided in the first insulating film and the second insulating film.

Description

表示装置、表示モジュール、および電子機器Display device, display module, and electronic device

 本発明の一態様は、表示装置、表示モジュール、および電子機器に関する。 One embodiment of the present invention relates to a display device, a display module, and an electronic device.

 なお、本発明の一態様は、上記の技術分野に限定されない。本明細書等で開示する発明の一態様の技術分野は、物、方法、または、製造方法に関する。または、本発明は、プロセス、マシン、マニュファクチャ、または、組成物(コンポジション・オブ・マター)に関する。特に、本発明の一態様は、半導体装置、表示装置、発光装置、蓄電装置、記憶装置、それらの駆動方法、またはそれらの製造方法に関する。 Note that one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above technical field. The technical field of one embodiment of the invention disclosed in this specification and the like relates to an object, a method, or a manufacturing method. Or this invention relates to a process, a machine, a manufacture, or a composition (composition of matter). In particular, one embodiment of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device, a display device, a light-emitting device, a power storage device, a memory device, a driving method thereof, or a manufacturing method thereof.

 絶縁表面を有する基板上に形成された半導体層を用いてトランジスタ(電界効果トランジスタ(FET)、または薄膜トランジスタ(TFT)ともいう)を構成する技術が注目されている。該トランジスタは、表示装置のような電子デバイスに広く応用されている。 2. Description of the Related Art A technique for forming a transistor (also referred to as a field effect transistor (FET) or a thin film transistor (TFT)) using a semiconductor layer formed over a substrate having an insulating surface has attracted attention. The transistor is widely applied to an electronic device such as a display device.

 近年、スマートフォンのように、高精細な画素を有する表示装置を備えた電子機器が普及している。このような電子機器の表示装置では、データ信号を供給するための配線の数が増え、ソースドライバの出力端子数が増加する。 In recent years, electronic devices equipped with a display device having high-definition pixels, such as smartphones, have become widespread. In such a display device of an electronic device, the number of wirings for supplying data signals increases, and the number of output terminals of the source driver increases.

 ソースドライバの出力端子数の増加を抑制するため、ソースドライバと画素との間に、デマルチプレクサを設ける構成が提案されている(例えば、特許文献1を参照)。 In order to suppress an increase in the number of output terminals of the source driver, a configuration in which a demultiplexer is provided between the source driver and the pixel has been proposed (for example, see Patent Document 1).

国際公開第2011/096125号International Publication No. 2011/096125

 デマルチプレクサに用いるトランジスタは、電流供給能力が高いことが求められる。そのため、特許文献1のデマルチプレクサにおけるトランジスタでは、半導体層をU字形状(櫛歯形状)として、チャネル幅の大きいトランジスタとする必要があった。この場合、トランジスタサイズが大きくなり、表示装置の狭額縁化が難しくなるといった課題があった。 Transistors used in demultiplexers are required to have a high current supply capability. Therefore, in the transistor in the demultiplexer of Patent Document 1, it is necessary that the semiconductor layer has a U-shape (comb shape) and has a large channel width. In this case, there is a problem that the transistor size becomes large and it is difficult to narrow the frame of the display device.

 上記問題に鑑み、本発明の一態様は、新規な構成の表示装置等を提供することを課題の一とする。 In view of the above problems, an object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a display device or the like having a novel structure.

 または本発明の一態様は、狭額縁化が図られた、新規な構成の表示装置等を提供することを課題の一とする。または、本発明の一態様は、高精細に画素を配置することが可能な、新規な構成の表示装置等を提供することを課題の一とする。または、本発明の一態様は、製造コストの上昇が抑制された、新規な構成の表示装置等を提供することを課題の一とする。 Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a display device or the like having a novel structure with a narrowed frame. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a display device or the like with a novel structure in which pixels can be arranged with high definition. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a display device or the like having a novel structure in which an increase in manufacturing cost is suppressed.

 なお本発明の一態様の課題は、上記列挙した課題に限定されない。上記列挙した課題は、他の課題の存在を妨げるものではない。なお他の課題は、以下の記載で述べる、本項目で言及していない課題である。本項目で言及していない課題は、当業者であれば明細書又は図面等の記載から導き出せるものであり、これらの記載から適宜抽出することができる。なお、本発明の一態様は、上記列挙した記載、及び/又は他の課題のうち、少なくとも一つの課題を解決するものである。 Note that the problems of one embodiment of the present invention are not limited to the problems listed above. The problems listed above do not disturb the existence of other problems. Other issues are issues not mentioned in this section, which are described in the following description. Problems not mentioned in this item can be derived from descriptions of the specification or drawings by those skilled in the art, and can be appropriately extracted from these descriptions. Note that one embodiment of the present invention solves at least one of the above-described description and / or other problems.

 本発明の一態様は、デマルチプレクサを有する表示装置であって、デマルチプレクサは、トランジスタを有し、トランジスタは、第1の導電膜上の第1の絶縁膜と、第1の絶縁膜上の第1の酸化物半導体膜と、第1の酸化物半導体膜上の第2の絶縁膜と、第2の絶縁膜上の第2の酸化物半導体膜と、第1の酸化物半導体膜、及び第2の酸化物半導体膜上の第3の絶縁膜と、を有し、第1の導電層と、第2の酸化物半導体膜と、は、第1の絶縁膜と第2の絶縁膜に設けられた開口部で互いに電気的に接続される表示装置。 One embodiment of the present invention is a display device including a demultiplexer, the demultiplexer including a transistor, the transistor including a first insulating film over the first conductive film, and the first insulating film over the first insulating film. A first oxide semiconductor film, a second insulating film over the first oxide semiconductor film, a second oxide semiconductor film over the second insulating film, a first oxide semiconductor film, and A third insulating film over the second oxide semiconductor film, and the first conductive layer and the second oxide semiconductor film are formed on the first insulating film and the second insulating film, respectively. A display device that is electrically connected to each other through provided openings.

 本発明の一態様は、デマルチプレクサを有する表示装置であって、デマルチプレクサは、トランジスタを有し、トランジスタは、第1の導電膜上の第1の絶縁膜と、第1の絶縁膜上の第1の酸化物半導体膜と、第1の酸化物半導体膜上の第2の絶縁膜と、第2の絶縁膜上の第2の酸化物半導体膜と、第2の酸化物半導体膜上の第2の導電膜と、第1の酸化物半導体膜、及び第2の導電膜上の第3の絶縁膜と、を有し、第1の導電層と、第2の酸化物半導体膜と、は、第1の絶縁膜と第2の絶縁膜に設けられた開口部で互いに電気的に接続される表示装置である。 One embodiment of the present invention is a display device including a demultiplexer, the demultiplexer including a transistor, the transistor including a first insulating film over the first conductive film, and the first insulating film over the first insulating film. A first oxide semiconductor film; a second insulating film over the first oxide semiconductor film; a second oxide semiconductor film over the second insulating film; and a second oxide semiconductor film A second conductive film, a first oxide semiconductor film, and a third insulating film over the second conductive film, the first conductive layer, the second oxide semiconductor film, Is a display device that is electrically connected to each other through openings provided in the first insulating film and the second insulating film.

 本発明の一態様において、第1の酸化物半導体膜は、第2の絶縁膜と接するチャネル領域と、第3の絶縁膜と接するソース領域と、第3の絶縁膜と接するドレイン領域と、を有し、第2の酸化物半導体膜は、第1の酸化物半導体膜よりもキャリア密度が高い表示装置が好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the first oxide semiconductor film includes a channel region in contact with the second insulating film, a source region in contact with the third insulating film, and a drain region in contact with the third insulating film. The second oxide semiconductor film preferably includes a display device having a carrier density higher than that of the first oxide semiconductor film.

 本発明の一態様において、第3の絶縁膜は、窒素または水素のいずれか一方または双方を有する表示装置が好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the third insulating film is preferably a display device including one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen.

 本発明の一態様において、第1の酸化物半導体膜、及び第2の酸化物半導体膜のいずれか一方または双方は、酸素と、Inと、Znと、M(MはAl、Ga、Y、またはSn)とを有する表示装置が好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, one or both of the first oxide semiconductor film and the second oxide semiconductor film includes oxygen, In, Zn, and M (M is Al, Ga, Y, Or a display device having Sn).

 本発明の一態様において、第1の酸化物半導体膜、及び第2の酸化物半導体膜のいずれか一方または双方は、結晶部を有し、結晶部は、c軸配向性を有する表示装置が好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, one or both of the first oxide semiconductor film and the second oxide semiconductor film includes a crystal part, and the crystal part is a display device having c-axis alignment. preferable.

 なおその他の本発明の一態様については、以下で述べる実施の形態における説明、及び図面に記載されている。 Note that other aspects of the present invention are described in the following embodiments and drawings.

 本発明の一態様は、新規な構成の表示装置等を提供することができる。または本発明の一態様は、狭額縁化が図られた、新規な構成の表示装置等を提供することができる。または、本発明の一態様は、高精細に画素を配置することが可能な、新規な構成の表示装置等を提供することができる。または、本発明の一態様は、製造コストの上昇が抑制された、新規な構成の表示装置等を提供することができる。 One embodiment of the present invention can provide a display device or the like having a novel structure. Alternatively, according to one embodiment of the present invention, a display device or the like having a novel structure with a narrow frame can be provided. Alternatively, according to one embodiment of the present invention, a display device or the like with a novel structure in which pixels can be arranged with high definition can be provided. Alternatively, according to one embodiment of the present invention, a display device or the like having a novel structure in which an increase in manufacturing cost is suppressed can be provided.

 なお本発明の一態様の効果は、上記列挙した効果に限定されない。上記列挙した効果は、他の効果の存在を妨げるものではない。なお他の効果は、以下の記載で述べる、本項目で言及していない効果である。本項目で言及していない効果は、当業者であれば明細書又は図面等の記載から導き出せるものであり、これらの記載から適宜抽出することができる。なお、本発明の一態様は、上記列挙した効果、及び/又は他の効果のうち、少なくとも一つの効果を有するものである。従って本発明の一態様は、場合によっては、上記列挙した効果を有さない場合もある。 Note that the effects of one embodiment of the present invention are not limited to the effects listed above. The effects listed above do not preclude the existence of other effects. The other effects are effects not mentioned in this item described in the following description. Effects not mentioned in this item can be derived from the description of the specification or drawings by those skilled in the art, and can be appropriately extracted from these descriptions. Note that one embodiment of the present invention has at least one of the above effects and / or other effects. Accordingly, one embodiment of the present invention may not have the above-described effects depending on circumstances.

表示装置のブロック図およびデマルチプレクサのブロック図を説明する図。FIG. 6 illustrates a block diagram of a display device and a block diagram of a demultiplexer. デマルチプレクサのブロック図、回路図およびタイミングチャートを説明する図。The figure explaining the block diagram, circuit diagram, and timing chart of a demultiplexer. デマルチプレクサのブロック図を説明する図。The figure explaining the block diagram of a demultiplexer. デマルチプレクサの回路図を説明する図。The figure explaining the circuit diagram of a demultiplexer. デマルチプレクサのブロック図を説明する図。The figure explaining the block diagram of a demultiplexer. デマルチプレクサのブロック図、回路図およびタイミングチャートを説明する図。The figure explaining the block diagram, circuit diagram, and timing chart of a demultiplexer. デマルチプレクサのブロック図を説明する図。The figure explaining the block diagram of a demultiplexer. デマルチプレクサの回路図を説明する図。The figure explaining the circuit diagram of a demultiplexer. トランジスタの上面及び断面を説明する図。10A and 10B illustrate a top surface and a cross section of a transistor. 酸化物半導体膜をチャネル領域に用いるトランジスタにおけるエネルギーバンドを説明する図。6A and 6B illustrate energy bands in a transistor in which an oxide semiconductor film is used for a channel region. トランジスタの上面及び断面を説明する図。10A and 10B illustrate a top surface and a cross section of a transistor. トランジスタの上面及び断面を説明する図。10A and 10B illustrate a top surface and a cross section of a transistor. トランジスタの上面及び断面を説明する図。10A and 10B illustrate a top surface and a cross section of a transistor. トランジスタの断面を説明する図。6A and 6B illustrate a cross section of a transistor. トランジスタの断面を説明する図。6A and 6B illustrate a cross section of a transistor. トランジスタの断面を説明する図。6A and 6B illustrate a cross section of a transistor. バンド構造を説明する図。The figure explaining a band structure. トランジスタの作製方法を説明する断面図。10 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a method for manufacturing a transistor. トランジスタの作製方法を説明する断面図。10 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a method for manufacturing a transistor. トランジスタの作製方法を説明する断面図。10 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a method for manufacturing a transistor. トランジスタの作製方法を説明する断面図。10 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a method for manufacturing a transistor. CAAC−OSおよび単結晶酸化物半導体のXRDによる構造解析を説明する図、ならびにCAAC−OSの制限視野電子回折パターンを示す図。FIGS. 4A to 4C illustrate structural analysis by XRD of a CAAC-OS and a single crystal oxide semiconductor, and FIGS. CAAC−OSの断面TEM像、ならびに平面TEM像およびその画像解析像。Sectional TEM image of CAAC-OS, planar TEM image and image analysis image thereof. nc−OSの電子回折パターンを示す図、およびnc−OSの断面TEM像。The figure which shows the electron diffraction pattern of nc-OS, and the cross-sectional TEM image of nc-OS. a−like OSの断面TEM像。Cross-sectional TEM image of a-like OS. In−Ga−Zn酸化物の電子照射による結晶部の変化を示す図。FIG. 6 shows changes in crystal parts of an In—Ga—Zn oxide due to electron irradiation. 表示装置の一態様を示す上面図。FIG. 14 is a top view illustrating one embodiment of a display device. 表示装置の一態様を示す断面図。FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of a display device. 表示装置の一態様を示す断面図。FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of a display device. 表示装置の一態様を示す断面図。FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of a display device. 表示装置を説明するブロック図及び回路図。10A and 10B are a block diagram and a circuit diagram illustrating a display device. 表示モジュールを説明する図。The figure explaining a display module. 電子機器を説明する図。10A and 10B each illustrate an electronic device. 本発明の一態様のトランジスタとLTPSトランジスタのドレイン電流を比較するグラフ。10 is a graph comparing drain currents of a transistor of one embodiment of the present invention and an LTPS transistor.

 以下、実施の形態について図面を参照しながら説明する。但し、実施の形態は多くの異なる態様で実施することが可能であり、趣旨及びその範囲から逸脱することなくその形態及び詳細を様々に変更し得ることは当業者であれば容易に理解される。従って、本発明は、以下の実施の形態の記載内容に限定して解釈されるものではない。 Hereinafter, embodiments will be described with reference to the drawings. However, the embodiments can be implemented in many different modes, and it is easily understood by those skilled in the art that the modes and details can be variously changed without departing from the spirit and scope thereof. . Therefore, the present invention should not be construed as being limited to the description of the following embodiments.

 また、図面において、大きさ、層の厚さ、又は領域は、明瞭化のために誇張されている場合がある。よって、必ずしもそのスケールに限定されない。なお図面は、理想的な例を模式的に示したものであり、図面に示す形状又は値などに限定されない。 In the drawings, the size, the layer thickness, or the region is exaggerated for simplicity in some cases. Therefore, it is not necessarily limited to the scale. The drawings schematically show an ideal example, and are not limited to the shapes or values shown in the drawings.

 また、本明細書にて用いる「第1」、「第2」、「第3」という序数詞は、構成要素の混同を避けるために付したものであり、数的に限定するものではないことを付記する。 In addition, the ordinal numbers “first”, “second”, and “third” used in the present specification are attached to avoid confusion between components, and are not limited numerically. Appendices.

 また、本明細書において、「上に」、「下に」などの配置を示す語句は、構成同士の位置関係を、図面を参照して説明するために、便宜上用いている。また、構成同士の位置関係は、各構成を描写する方向に応じて適宜変化するものである。従って、明細書で説明した語句に限定されず、状況に応じて適切に言い換えることができる。 Further, in this specification, terms indicating arrangement such as “above” and “below” are used for convenience in order to describe the positional relationship between components with reference to the drawings. Moreover, the positional relationship between components changes suitably according to the direction which draws each structure. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the words and phrases described in the specification, and can be appropriately rephrased depending on the situation.

 また、本明細書等において、トランジスタとは、ゲートと、ドレインと、ソースとを含む少なくとも三つの端子を有する素子である。そして、ドレイン(ドレイン端子、ドレイン領域またはドレイン電極)とソース(ソース端子、ソース領域またはソース電極)の間にチャネル領域を有しており、ドレインとチャネル領域とソースとを介して電流を流すことができるものである。なお、本明細書等において、チャネル領域とは、電流が主として流れる領域をいう。 In this specification and the like, a transistor is an element having at least three terminals including a gate, a drain, and a source. A channel region is provided between the drain (drain terminal, drain region or drain electrode) and the source (source terminal, source region or source electrode), and a current flows through the drain, channel region, and source. It is something that can be done. Note that in this specification and the like, a channel region refers to a region through which a current mainly flows.

 また、ソースやドレインの機能は、異なる極性のトランジスタを採用する場合や、回路動作において電流の方向が変化する場合などには入れ替わることがある。このため、本明細書等においては、ソースやドレインの用語は、入れ替えて用いることができるものとする。 Also, the functions of the source and drain may be switched when transistors with different polarities are used or when the direction of current changes during circuit operation. Therefore, in this specification and the like, the terms source and drain can be used interchangeably.

 また、本明細書等において、「電気的に接続」には、「何らかの電気的作用を有するもの」を介して接続されている場合が含まれる。ここで、「何らかの電気的作用を有するもの」は、接続対象間での電気信号の授受を可能とするものであれば、特に制限を受けない。例えば、「何らかの電気的作用を有するもの」には、電極や配線をはじめ、トランジスタなどのスイッチング素子、抵抗素子、インダクタ、キャパシタ、その他の各種機能を有する素子などが含まれる。 In addition, in this specification and the like, “electrically connected” includes a case of being connected via “something having an electric action”. Here, the “thing having some electric action” is not particularly limited as long as it can exchange electric signals between connection targets. For example, “thing having some electric action” includes electrodes, wiring, switching elements such as transistors, resistance elements, inductors, capacitors, and other elements having various functions.

 また、本明細書等において、「平行」とは、二つの直線が−10°以上10°以下の角度で配置されている状態をいう。したがって、−5°以上5°以下の場合も含まれる。また、「垂直」とは、二つの直線が80°以上100°以下の角度で配置されている状態をいう。したがって、85°以上95°以下の場合も含まれる。 In addition, in this specification and the like, “parallel” means a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of −10 ° to 10 °. Therefore, the case of −5 ° to 5 ° is also included. “Vertical” refers to a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of 80 ° to 100 °. Therefore, the case of 85 ° to 95 ° is also included.

 また、本明細書等において、「膜」という用語と、「層」という用語とは、互いに入れ替えることが可能である。例えば、「導電層」という用語を、「導電膜」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。または、例えば、「絶縁膜」という用語を、「絶縁層」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。 In addition, in this specification and the like, the terms “film” and “layer” can be interchanged. For example, the term “conductive layer” may be changed to the term “conductive film”. Alternatively, for example, the term “insulating film” may be changed to the term “insulating layer” in some cases.

 また、本明細書等において、特に断りがない場合、オフ電流とは、トランジスタがオフ状態(非導通状態、遮断状態、ともいう)にあるときのドレイン電流をいう。オフ状態とは、特に断りがない場合、nチャネル型トランジスタでは、ゲートとソースの間の電圧Vgsがしきい値電圧Vthよりも低い状態、pチャネル型トランジスタでは、ゲートとソースの間の電圧Vgsがしきい値電圧Vthよりも高い状態をいう。例えば、nチャネル型のトランジスタのオフ電流とは、ゲートとソースの間の電圧Vgsがしきい値電圧Vthよりも低いときのドレイン電流を言う場合がある。 In this specification and the like, unless otherwise specified, off-state current refers to drain current when a transistor is off (also referred to as a non-conduction state or a cutoff state). The off state is a state where the voltage Vgs between the gate and the source is lower than the threshold voltage Vth in the n-channel transistor, and the voltage Vgs between the gate and the source in the p-channel transistor unless otherwise specified. Is higher than the threshold voltage Vth. For example, the off-state current of an n-channel transistor sometimes refers to a drain current when the voltage Vgs between the gate and the source is lower than the threshold voltage Vth.

 トランジスタのオフ電流は、Vgsに依存する場合がある。従って、トランジスタのオフ電流がI以下である、とは、トランジスタのオフ電流がI以下となるVgsの値が存在することを言う場合がある。トランジスタのオフ電流は、所定のVgsにおけるオフ状態、所定の範囲内のVgsにおけるオフ状態、または、十分に低減されたオフ電流が得られるVgsにおけるオフ状態、等におけるオフ電流を指す場合がある。 The transistor off current may depend on Vgs. Therefore, the off-state current of the transistor being I or less sometimes means that there exists a value of Vgs at which the off-state current of the transistor is I or less. The off-state current of a transistor may refer to an off-state current in an off state at a predetermined Vgs, an off state in a Vgs within a predetermined range, or an off state in Vgs at which a sufficiently reduced off current is obtained.

 一例として、しきい値電圧Vthが0.5Vであり、Vgsが0.5Vにおけるドレイン電流が1×10−9Aであり、Vgsが0.1Vにおけるドレイン電流が1×10−13Aであり、Vgsが−0.5Vにおけるドレイン電流が1×10−19Aであり、Vgsが−0.8Vにおけるドレイン電流が1×10−22Aであるようなnチャネル型トランジスタを想定する。当該トランジスタのドレイン電流は、Vgsが−0.5Vにおいて、または、Vgsが−0.5V乃至−0.8Vの範囲において、1×10−19A以下であるから、当該トランジスタのオフ電流は1×10−19A以下である、と言う場合がある。当該トランジスタのドレイン電流が1×10−22A以下となるVgsが存在するため、当該トランジスタのオフ電流は1×10−22A以下である、と言う場合がある。 As an example, when the threshold voltage Vth is 0.5 V, the drain current when Vgs is 0.5 V is 1 × 10 −9 A, and the drain current when Vgs is 0.1 V is 1 × 10 −13 A. Assume that the n-channel transistor has a drain current of 1 × 10 −19 A when Vgs is −0.5 V and a drain current of 1 × 10 −22 A when Vgs is −0.8 V. Since the drain current of the transistor is 1 × 10 −19 A or less when Vgs is −0.5 V or Vgs is in the range of −0.5 V to −0.8 V, the off-state current of the transistor is 1 It may be said that it is below x10 <-19> A. Since there is Vgs at which the drain current of the transistor is 1 × 10 −22 A or less, the off-state current of the transistor may be 1 × 10 −22 A or less.

 また、本明細書等では、チャネル幅Wを有するトランジスタのオフ電流を、チャネル幅Wあたりを流れる電流値で表す場合がある。また、所定のチャネル幅(例えば1μm)あたりを流れる電流値で表す場合がある。後者の場合、オフ電流の単位は、電流/長さの次元を持つ単位(例えば、A/μm)で表される場合がある。 In this specification and the like, the off-state current of a transistor having a channel width W may be represented by a current value flowing around the channel width W. In some cases, the current value flows around a predetermined channel width (for example, 1 μm). In the latter case, the unit of off-current may be represented by a unit having a dimension of current / length (for example, A / μm).

 トランジスタのオフ電流は、温度に依存する場合がある。本明細書において、オフ電流は、特に記載がない場合、室温、60℃、85℃、95℃、または125℃におけるオフ電流を表す場合がある。または、当該トランジスタ等に要求される信頼性が保証される温度、または、当該トランジスタ等が使用される温度(例えば、5℃乃至35℃のいずれか一の温度)におけるオフ電流、を表す場合がある。トランジスタのオフ電流がI以下である、とは、室温、60℃、85℃、95℃、125℃、当該トランジスタに要求される信頼性が保証される温度、または、当該トランジスタが使用される温度(例えば、5℃乃至35℃のいずれか一の温度)、におけるトランジスタのオフ電流がI以下となるVgsの値が存在することを指す場合がある。 ∙ Transistor off-state current may depend on temperature. In this specification, off-state current may represent off-state current at room temperature, 60 ° C., 85 ° C., 95 ° C., or 125 ° C. unless otherwise specified. Alternatively, it may represent a temperature at which reliability required for the transistor or the like is guaranteed, or an off-state current at a temperature at which the transistor or the like is used (for example, any one temperature of 5 ° C. to 35 ° C.). is there. The off-state current of a transistor is I or less means that room temperature, 60 ° C., 85 ° C., 95 ° C., 125 ° C., a temperature at which the reliability required for the transistor is guaranteed, or a temperature at which the transistor is used (For example, any one temperature of 5 ° C. to 35 ° C.) may indicate that there is a value of Vgs at which the off-state current of the transistor is I or less.

 トランジスタのオフ電流は、ドレインとソースの間の電圧Vdsに依存する場合がある。本明細書において、オフ電流は、特に記載がない場合、Vdsが0.1V、0.8V、1V、1.2V、1.8V、2.5V、3V、3.3V、10V、12V、16V、または20Vにおけるオフ電流を表す場合がある。または、当該トランジスタに要求される信頼性が保証されるVds、または、当該トランジスタが使用されるVdsにおけるオフ電流、を表す場合がある。トランジスタのオフ電流がI以下である、とは、Vdsが0.1V、0.8V、1V、1.2V、1.8V、2.5V、3V、3.3V、10V、12V、16V、20V、当該トランジスタに要求される信頼性が保証されるVds、または、当該トランジスタにおいて使用されるVds、におけるトランジスタのオフ電流がI以下となるVgsの値が存在することを指す場合がある。 The off-state current of the transistor may depend on the voltage Vds between the drain and the source. In this specification, the off-state current is Vds of 0.1V, 0.8V, 1V, 1.2V, 1.8V, 2.5V, 3V, 3.3V, 10V, 12V, 16V unless otherwise specified. Or an off-current at 20V. Alternatively, Vds in which reliability required for the transistor is guaranteed, or off-state current in Vds in which the transistor is used may be represented. The off-state current of the transistor is equal to or less than I. Vds is 0.1V, 0.8V, 1V, 1.2V, 1.8V, 2.5V, 3V, 3.3V, 10V, 12V, 16V, 20V In some cases, there is a value of Vgs at which the off current of the transistor is less than or equal to Vds at which the reliability required for the transistor is guaranteed or Vds used in the transistor.

 上記オフ電流の説明において、ドレインをソースと読み替えてもよい。つまり、オフ電流は、トランジスタがオフ状態にあるときのソースを流れる電流を言う場合もある。 In the description of the off-state current, the drain may be read as the source. That is, the off-state current sometimes refers to a current that flows through the source when the transistor is off.

 また、本明細書等では、オフ電流と同じ意味で、リーグ電流と記載する場合がある。また、本明細書等において、オフ電流とは、例えば、トランジスタがオフ状態にあるときに、ソースとドレインとの間に流れる電流を指す場合がある。 In addition, in this specification and the like, it may be described as league current in the same meaning as off-current. In this specification and the like, off-state current may refer to current that flows between a source and a drain when a transistor is off, for example.

(実施の形態1)
 本実施の形態では、デマルチプレクサを有する表示装置、およびトランジスタを有するデマルチプレクサ、ならびにトランジスタについて、図1乃至図21を用いて説明する。
(Embodiment 1)
In this embodiment, a display device including a demultiplexer, a demultiplexer including a transistor, and a transistor will be described with reference to FIGS.

<1−1.回路の構成例1>
 デマルチプレクサの回路構成について説明する。
<1-1. Circuit Configuration Example 1>
A circuit configuration of the demultiplexer will be described.

 図1(A)は、表示装置のブロック図である。表示装置10は、ソースドライバ20と、データ分配回路30と、画素部40と、ゲートドライバ50Aと、ゲートドライバ50Bと、を有する。 FIG. 1A is a block diagram of a display device. The display device 10 includes a source driver 20, a data distribution circuit 30, a pixel unit 40, a gate driver 50A, and a gate driver 50B.

 ソースドライバ20は、集積回路(Integrated Circuit;IC)、つまりソースドライバICであることが好ましい。ICとすることで、ソース線にデータ信号を出力する動作などの高速な動作を容易におこなうことができる。 The source driver 20 is preferably an integrated circuit (Integrated Circuit; IC), that is, a source driver IC. By using an IC, a high-speed operation such as an operation of outputting a data signal to the source line can be easily performed.

 データ分配回路30は、ソースドライバ30のn個(nは自然数)の出力端子から出力されるデータ信号を、m個のサンプリング信号の制御によって(m×n)本のソース線に分配して出力する。 The data distribution circuit 30 distributes and outputs data signals output from n (n is a natural number) output terminals of the source driver 30 to (m × n) source lines by controlling m sampling signals. To do.

 画素部40は、複数の画素を有する。各画素は、ソース線および走査線に接続される。 The pixel unit 40 has a plurality of pixels. Each pixel is connected to a source line and a scanning line.

 ゲートドライバ50A、50Bは、2つ配置したが、1つでもよい。左右に配置することで、例えば奇数行と偶数行の走査線を別々に駆動することができる。 Although two gate drivers 50A and 50B are arranged, one gate driver may be used. By arranging them on the left and right, for example, the odd-numbered and even-numbered scanning lines can be driven separately.

 データ分配回路30は、図1(B)に一例として示すブロック図で表すことができる。データ分配回路30は、n個のデマルチプレクサ31_1乃至31_nを有する。複数のデマルチプレクサ31_1乃至31_nは、ソースドライバ30の出力端子の数に応じて設けられる。図1(B)の場合、ソースドライバ30の出力端子の数はn個であり、それぞれの端子からデータ信号DATA_1乃至DATA_nを出力することができる。 The data distribution circuit 30 can be represented by a block diagram shown as an example in FIG. The data distribution circuit 30 includes n demultiplexers 31_1 to 31_n. The plurality of demultiplexers 31_1 to 31_n are provided according to the number of output terminals of the source driver 30. In the case of FIG. 1B, the number of output terminals of the source driver 30 is n, and the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n can be output from the respective terminals.

 デマルチプレクサ31_1乃至31_nは、ソースドライバ20のn個の出力端子に出力されるデータ信号DATA_1乃至DATA_nを、異なるタイミングでソース線SL_1乃至SL_2nに分配して出力する。図1(B)は、2個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2によって、異なる期間でデータ信号DATA_1乃至DATA_nを異なるソース線に出力する。データ信号DATA_1乃至DATA_nを期間に応じて異ならせることで、ソース線SL_1乃至SL_2nのそれぞれに異なるデータ信号を出力することができる。 The demultiplexers 31_1 to 31_n distribute and output the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n output to the n output terminals of the source driver 20 to the source lines SL_1 to SL_2n at different timings. In FIG. 1B, data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n are output to different source lines in different periods by two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2. By changing the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n depending on the period, different data signals can be output to the source lines SL_1 to SL_2n.

 例えば、第1の期間では、データ信号DATA_1乃至DATA_nを奇数列のソース線に与えるデータ信号とし、デマルチプレクサ31_1乃至31_nによって当該データ信号を奇数列のソース線に出力する。第2の期間では、データ信号DATA_1乃至DATA_nを偶数列のソース線に与えるデータ信号とし、デマルチプレクサ31_1乃至31_nによって当該データ信号を偶数列のソース線に出力する。第1の期間と第2の期間とでデータ信号DATA_1乃至DATA_nに与えるデータ電圧を異ならせてデマルチプレクサ31_1乃至31_nの出力先を切り替えることで、ソースドライバ30のn個の出力端子から出力されるデータ信号を(2n)本のソース線に分配して出力することができる。そのため、ソースドライバ20と画素部40とを接続する端子数の削減を図ることができる。高精細な画素を有する表示装置では画素数の増加と共にソース線の数が多くなるため、ソースドライバ20と画素部40との間の端子数を削減することは、特に有効である。 For example, in the first period, the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n are used as data signals supplied to the odd-numbered source lines, and the demultiplexers 31_1 to 31_n output the data signals to the odd-numbered source lines. In the second period, the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n are used as data signals to be supplied to even-numbered source lines, and the demultiplexers 31_1 to 31_n output the data signals to even-numbered source lines. By switching the output destination of the demultiplexers 31_1 to 31_n by changing the data voltage applied to the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n in the first period and the second period, the data signals are output from n output terminals of the source driver 30. Data signals can be distributed and output to (2n) source lines. Therefore, the number of terminals that connect the source driver 20 and the pixel portion 40 can be reduced. In a display device having high-definition pixels, the number of source lines increases as the number of pixels increases. Therefore, reducing the number of terminals between the source driver 20 and the pixel portion 40 is particularly effective.

 デマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタは、ソースドライバの出力端子数が少なくても、より多くのソース線にデータ電圧を出力することができる。そのため、高精細に画素を配置する表示装置に好適である。ソースドライバの出力端子の数を減らすことで接続不良の数を削減できるため、製造コストの上昇を抑制することができる。 The transistor included in the demultiplexer can output a data voltage to more source lines even if the number of output terminals of the source driver is small. Therefore, it is suitable for a display device in which pixels are arranged with high definition. Since the number of connection failures can be reduced by reducing the number of output terminals of the source driver, an increase in manufacturing cost can be suppressed.

 図2(A)乃至(C)では、図1(B)に図示したデマルチプレクサ一つの回路構成について説明する。図1(B)に示す一個のデマルチプレクサ、つまり2個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2によって、1つのソースドライバ20の端子(データ信号DATAを出力する端子)から2本のソース線SL_A、SL_Bに分配するデマルチプレクサ31は、図2(A)に示すシンボルで表すことができる。この図2(A)に示すシンボルは、図2(B)に示す回路図で表すことができる。 2A to 2C, a circuit configuration of one demultiplexer illustrated in FIG. 1B will be described. One demultiplexer shown in FIG. 1B, that is, two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, distributes from one source driver 20 terminal (terminal that outputs the data signal DATA) to two source lines SL_A and SL_B. The demultiplexer 31 to be used can be represented by a symbol shown in FIG. The symbol shown in FIG. 2A can be represented by a circuit diagram shown in FIG.

 図2(B)に示すデマルチプレクサ31は、2つのトランジスタ32、33を有する。トランジスタ32は、サンプリング信号SMP_1によって導通状態または非導通状態が制御される。トランジスタ33は、サンプリング信号SMP_2によって導通状態または非導通状態が制御される。サンプリング信号SMP_1とサンプリング信号SMP_2とを異なるタイミングで導通状態とすることで、データ信号DATAが与えられるソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子からソース線SL_AまたはSL_Bへのデータ信号の分配を行うことができる。 2B includes two transistors 32 and 33. The demultiplexer 31 illustrated in FIG. The transistor 32 is controlled to be conductive or non-conductive by the sampling signal SMP_1. The transistor 33 is controlled to be conductive or non-conductive by the sampling signal SMP_2. By making the sampling signal SMP_1 and the sampling signal SMP_2 conductive at different timings, the data signal can be distributed from one output terminal of the source driver 20 to which the data signal DATA is supplied to the source line SL_A or SL_B. .

 図2(B)に示すデマルチプレクサ31において、トランジスタ32、33は、半導体層に酸化物半導体膜を有する。そして、トランジスタ32、33は、第1のゲート電極および第2のゲート電極を有し、第1のゲート電極及び第2のゲート電極の電界によって半導体層として機能する酸化物半導体膜を電気的に取り囲む構成とする。トランジスタ32、33のように、第1のゲート電極及び第2のゲート電極の電界によって、チャネル領域が形成される酸化物半導体膜を電気的に取り囲むトランジスタのデバイス構造をsurrounded channel(s−channel)構造と呼ぶ。s−channel構造については、後述の<1−5 トランジスタの構成例>で詳述する。 In the demultiplexer 31 illustrated in FIG. 2B, the transistors 32 and 33 each include an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer. The transistors 32 and 33 each include a first gate electrode and a second gate electrode, and electrically convert an oxide semiconductor film that functions as a semiconductor layer by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. Surrounding structure. Like the transistors 32 and 33, a device structure of a transistor that surrounds an oxide semiconductor film in which a channel region is formed by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode is surrounded by a surround channel (s-channel). Called structure. The s-channel structure will be described in detail later in <1-5 Transistor configuration example>.

 図2(C)に、図2(B)に示すデマルチプレクサ31の動作を説明するためのタイミングチャートを示す。図2(C)中、期間THOは一水平選択期間である。期間THOでサンプリング信号SMP_1とサンプリング信号SMP_2とを異なるタイミング(期間TWR_A、TWR_B)でハイレベルとする。すると、トランジスタ32、33が順に導通状態となる。そのため、データ信号DATAが与えられるソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子からソース線SL_Aにデータ信号DATA_A、データ信号DATAが与えられるソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子からソース線SL_Bにデータ信号DATA_B、をそれぞれ異なるタイミングで分配することができる。なお図2(D)に図示するように、データ信号を与える期間において、データ信号とは異なる別の電圧(初期化のための電圧等)を与える構成としてもよい。 FIG. 2C shows a timing chart for explaining the operation of the demultiplexer 31 shown in FIG. In FIG. 2C, a period THO is one horizontal selection period. Period T HO sampling signal SMP_1 the sampling signal SMP_2 and different timings (period T WR_A, T WR_B) and high level. Then, the transistors 32 and 33 are sequentially turned on. Therefore, the data signal DATA_A is supplied to the source line SL_A from one output terminal of the source driver 20 to which the data signal DATA is supplied, and the data signal DATA_B is supplied to the source line SL_B from one output terminal of the source driver 20 to which the data signal DATA is supplied. Can be distributed at different times. Note that as illustrated in FIG. 2D, a structure in which a different voltage (eg, a voltage for initialization) different from the data signal may be applied in a period in which the data signal is applied.

 デマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタは、半導体層に酸化物半導体膜を有するため、オフ電流を小さくできる。そのため、トランジスタのチャネル長を大きくするなどのオフ電流を小さくするための構成をとることなく、レイアウト面積の縮小に有利である。そのため、狭額縁化が図られた表示装置とすることができる。 Since the transistor included in the demultiplexer includes an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer, off-state current can be reduced. Therefore, it is advantageous in reducing the layout area without taking a configuration for reducing the off-current such as increasing the channel length of the transistor. Therefore, a display device with a narrow frame can be obtained.

 またデマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタは、s−channel構造のため、半導体層の上方に設けられるゲート絶縁膜の膜厚を、ボトムゲート構造のトランジスタのゲート絶縁膜と比べて、小さくできる。加えて、s−channel構造のため、第1のゲート電極及び第2のゲート電極の電界によって、チャネル領域が形成される酸化物半導体膜を電気的に取り囲む構造とする。そのため、トランジスタに流れる電流量を大きくすることができる。そのため、デマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタとして好適である。 In addition, since the transistor included in the demultiplexer has an s-channel structure, the thickness of the gate insulating film provided above the semiconductor layer can be reduced as compared with the gate insulating film of the bottom-gate transistor. In addition, since the s-channel structure is employed, an oxide semiconductor film in which a channel region is formed is electrically surrounded by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. Therefore, the amount of current flowing through the transistor can be increased. Therefore, it is suitable as a transistor included in the demultiplexer.

<1−2.回路の構成例2>
 図1(B)に示すデータ分配回路の構成例について、図3、図4を用いて説明する。
<1-2. Circuit configuration example 2>
A configuration example of the data distribution circuit illustrated in FIG. 1B will be described with reference to FIGS.

 図3(A)は、データ分配回路30Aのブロック図である。図3(A)に示すデータ分配回路30Aは、一例として、デマルチプレクサ34_1乃至34_4を図示している。 FIG. 3A is a block diagram of the data distribution circuit 30A. A data distribution circuit 30A illustrated in FIG. 3A illustrates demultiplexers 34_1 to 34_4 as an example.

 デマルチプレクサ34_1は、ソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_1を、2個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2でソース線SL_R1またはSL_B1に分配して出力する。デマルチプレクサ34_2は、ソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_2を、2個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2で分配してソース線SL_G1またはSL_R2に出力する。デマルチプレクサ34_3は、ソースドライバ20の—つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_3を、2個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2で分配してソース線SL_G2またはSL_R3に出力する。デマルチプレクサ34_4は、ソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_4を、2個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2で分配してソース線SL_B2またはSL_G3に出力する。 The demultiplexer 34_1 distributes the data signal DATA_1 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 to the source line SL_R1 or SL_B1 with the two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, and outputs them. The demultiplexer 34_2 distributes the data signal DATA_2 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 by the two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, and outputs them to the source line SL_G1 or SL_R2. The demultiplexer 34_3 distributes the data signal DATA_3 supplied to the two output terminals of the source driver 20 by using the two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, and outputs them to the source line SL_G2 or SL_R3. The demultiplexer 34_4 distributes the data signal DATA_4 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 by using the two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, and outputs them to the source line SL_B2 or SL_G3.

 なお各ソース線に接続される画素は、RGB(赤緑青)の3色に対応する画素がストライプ配置しているものとして説明している。例えば、ソース線SL_R1は、赤の1列目の画素に接続されるソース線である。例えば、ソース線SL_G1は、緑の1列目の画素に接続されるソース線である。例えば、ソース線SL_B1は、青の1列目の画素に接続されるソース線である。 In addition, the pixel connected to each source line is described as a pixel in which pixels corresponding to three colors of RGB (red, green, and blue) are arranged in stripes. For example, the source line SL_R1 is a source line connected to the pixel in the first column of red. For example, the source line SL_G1 is a source line connected to the pixels in the first column of green. For example, the source line SL_B1 is a source line connected to the pixels in the first column of blue.

 図3(B)では、図3(A)に図示したデマルチプレクサ一個の回路構成について説明する。図3(A)に示す1個のデマルチプレクサ、つまり2個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2によって、1つのソースドライバ20の端子(データ信号DATAを出力する端子)から2本のソース線SL_C、SL_Dに分配するデマルチプレクサ34は、図3(B)に示すシンボルで表すことができる。この図3(B)に示すシンボルは、上述した図2(B)に示す回路図で表すことができる。 FIG. 3B illustrates a circuit configuration of one demultiplexer illustrated in FIG. By one demultiplexer shown in FIG. 3A, that is, two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, the terminal of one source driver 20 (terminal that outputs the data signal DATA) is changed to two source lines SL_C and SL_D. The demultiplexer 34 to be distributed can be represented by a symbol shown in FIG. The symbol shown in FIG. 3B can be represented by the circuit diagram shown in FIG.

 図3(B)におけるソース線SL_Cは、例えば奇数列(または偶数列)のソース線に対応する。また図3(B)におけるソース線SL_Dは、例えばソース線SL_Cとは異なる奇数列(または偶数列)のソース線に対応する。つまり、図3(A)は、図4に示す回路図で表すことができる。 The source line SL_C in FIG. 3B corresponds to, for example, an odd column (or even column) source line. A source line SL_D in FIG. 3B corresponds to, for example, a source line in an odd column (or even column) different from the source line SL_C. That is, FIG. 3A can be represented by the circuit diagram illustrated in FIG.

 図4の構成で、ソース線SL_R1およびSL_B1に接続されるトランジスタ35_1、および36_1が1個のデマルチプレクサに相当する回路となる。そのため、サンプリング信号SMP_1およびSMP_2のタイミングを異ならせることでソース線SL_R1およびSL_B1にソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_1を分配して与えることができる。 4, the transistors 35_1 and 36_1 connected to the source lines SL_R1 and SL_B1 constitute a circuit corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, the data signals DATA_1 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and supplied to the source lines SL_R1 and SL_B1 by making the timings of the sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2 different.

 ソース線SL_G1およびSL_R2に接続されるトランジスタ35_2および36_2が1個のデマルチプレクサに相当する回路となる。そのため、サンプリング信号SMP_1およびSMP_2のタイミングを異ならせることでソース線SL_G1およびSL_R2にソースドライバ20の—つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_2を分配して与えることができる。 The transistors 35_2 and 36_2 connected to the source lines SL_G1 and SL_R2 are circuits corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, by making the timings of the sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2 different, the data signal DATA_2 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and given to the source lines SL_G1 and SL_R2.

 ソース線SL_G2およびSL_R3に接続されるトランジスタ35_3および36_3が1個のデマルチプレクサに相当する回路となる。そのため、サンプリング信号SMP_1およびSMP_2のタイミングを異ならせることでソース線SL_G2およびSL_R3にソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_3を分配して与えることができる。 The transistors 35_3 and 36_3 connected to the source lines SL_G2 and SL_R3 form a circuit corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, the data signals DATA_3 supplied to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and supplied to the source lines SL_G2 and SL_R3 by making the timings of the sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2 different.

 ソース線SL_B2およびSL_G3に接続されるトランジスタ35_4および36_4が1個のデマルチプレクサに相当する回路となる。そのため、サンプリング信号SMP_1およびSMP_2のタイミングを異ならせることでソース線SL_B2およびSL_G3にソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_4を分配して与えることができる。 The transistors 35_4 and 36_4 connected to the source lines SL_B2 and SL_G3 form a circuit corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, by making the timings of the sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2 different, the data signal DATA_4 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and given to the source lines SL_B2 and SL_G3.

 図4の構成は、一水平選択期間において、ソースドライバの一つの出力端子に与えるデータ信号の極性を同じ極性とし、奇数列に対応するデータ信号DATA_1およびDATA_3と、偶数列に対応するデータ信号DATA_2およびDATA_4との極性を異ならせることで容易にソース線反転駆動を実現できる。そのため、画素部における画素が液晶素子を有する構成の場合、特に好ましい。 In the configuration of FIG. 4, in one horizontal selection period, the polarity of the data signal applied to one output terminal of the source driver is the same, the data signals DATA_1 and DATA_3 corresponding to the odd columns, and the data signal DATA_2 corresponding to the even columns. Further, the source line inversion drive can be easily realized by making the polarity different from that of DATA_4. Therefore, it is particularly preferable when the pixel in the pixel portion has a liquid crystal element.

 また図4の構成において、データ分配回路30Aが有するデマルチプレクサ34が有するトランジスタ35_1乃至35_4、36_1乃至36_4は、半導体層に酸化物半導体膜を有する。そして、トランジスタ35_1乃至35_4、36_1乃至36_4は、第1のゲート電極および第2のゲート電極を有し、第1のゲート電極及び第2のゲート電極の電界によって半導体層として機能する酸化物半導体膜電気的に取り囲むs−channel構造とする。 4, the transistors 35_1 to 35_4 and 36_1 to 36_4 included in the demultiplexer 34 included in the data distribution circuit 30A each include an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer. The transistors 35_1 to 35_4 and 36_1 to 36_4 each include a first gate electrode and a second gate electrode, and function as a semiconductor layer by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. An electrically surrounding s-channel structure is adopted.

 デマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタは、半導体層に酸化物半導体膜を有するため、オフ電流を小さくできる。そのため、トランジスタのチャネル長を大きくするなどのオフ電流を小さくするための構成をとることなく、レイアウト面積の縮小に有利である。そのため、狭額縁化が図られた表示装置とすることができる。 Since the transistor included in the demultiplexer includes an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer, off-state current can be reduced. Therefore, it is advantageous in reducing the layout area without taking a configuration for reducing the off-current such as increasing the channel length of the transistor. Therefore, a display device with a narrow frame can be obtained.

 またデマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタは、s−channel構造のため、半導体層の上方に設けられるゲート絶縁膜の膜厚を、ボトムゲート構造のトランジスタのゲート絶縁膜と比べて、小さくできる。加えて、s−channel構造のため、第1のゲート電極及び第2のゲート電極の電界によって、チャネル領域が形成される酸化物半導体膜を電気的に取り囲む構造とする。そのため、トランジスタに流れる電流量を大きくすることができる。そのため、デマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタとして好適である。 In addition, since the transistor included in the demultiplexer has an s-channel structure, the thickness of the gate insulating film provided above the semiconductor layer can be reduced as compared with the gate insulating film of the bottom-gate transistor. In addition, since the s-channel structure is employed, an oxide semiconductor film in which a channel region is formed is electrically surrounded by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. Therefore, the amount of current flowing through the transistor can be increased. Therefore, it is suitable as a transistor included in the demultiplexer.

<1−3.回路の構成例3>
 図1(B)に示すデータ分配回路と異なる構成について、図5、図6を用いて説明する。
<1-3. Circuit Configuration Example 3>
A structure different from the data distribution circuit illustrated in FIG. 1B will be described with reference to FIGS.

 図5は、データ分配回路30Bのブロック図である。図5に示すデータ分配回路30Bは、一例として、デマルチプレクサ37_1乃至37_nを図示している。 FIG. 5 is a block diagram of the data distribution circuit 30B. The data distribution circuit 30B illustrated in FIG. 5 illustrates demultiplexers 37_1 to 37_n as an example.

 デマルチプレクサ37_1乃至37_nは、ソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号を、3本のソース線に異なるタイミングで分配して出力する。図5は、3個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2、SMP_3によって、異なる期間でソースドライバ20の出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_1乃至DATA_nを、ソース線SL_1乃至SL_3nに出力する。 The demultiplexers 37_1 to 37_n distribute and output the data signal given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 to the three source lines at different timings. In FIG. 5, the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n given to the output terminal of the source driver 20 in different periods are output to the source lines SL_1 to SL_3n by three sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3.

 例えば、第1の期間でソースドライバ20の出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_1乃至DATA_nを(3n−2)列目に対応するソース線(例えばSL_1、SL_4、SL_3n−2等)に出力する。第2の期間でソースドライバ20の出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_1乃至DATA_nを(3n−1)列目に対応するソース線(例えばSL_2、SL_5、SL_3n−1等)に出力する。第3の期間でソースドライバ20の出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_1乃至DATA_nを(3n)列目に対応するソース線(例えばSL_3、SL_6、SL_3n等)に出力する。ソースドライバ20の出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_1乃至DATA_nは、第1の期間と第2の期間と第3の期間とで異ならせることで、(3n)本のソース線に分配して出力することができる。そのため、ソースドライバ20と画素部40とを接続する端子数の削減を図ることができる。高精細な画素を有する表示装置では画素数の増加と共にソース線の数が多くなるため、ソースドライバ20と画素部40との間の端子数を削減することは、特に有効である。 For example, the data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n supplied to the output terminal of the source driver 20 in the first period are output to the source lines (for example, SL_1, SL_4, SL_3n-2, etc.) corresponding to the (3n-2) th column. Data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n supplied to the output terminal of the source driver 20 in the second period are output to source lines (for example, SL_2, SL_5, SL_3n-1, etc.) corresponding to the (3n-1) th column. Data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n supplied to the output terminal of the source driver 20 in the third period are output to source lines (for example, SL_3, SL_6, SL_3n, etc.) corresponding to the (3n) th column. The data signals DATA_1 to DATA_n given to the output terminal of the source driver 20 are distributed and output to (3n) source lines by making them different in the first period, the second period, and the third period. be able to. Therefore, the number of terminals that connect the source driver 20 and the pixel portion 40 can be reduced. In a display device having high-definition pixels, the number of source lines increases as the number of pixels increases. Therefore, reducing the number of terminals between the source driver 20 and the pixel portion 40 is particularly effective.

 図5に示す1個のデマルチプレクサ、つまり3個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2、SMP_3によって、1つのソースドライバ20の出力端子(データ信号DATAを出力する端子)から3本のソース線SL_E、SL_F、SL_Gに分配するデマルチプレクサ37は、図6(A)に示すシンボルで表すことができる。この図6(A)に示すシンボルは、図6(B)に示す回路図で表すことができる。 One demultiplexer shown in FIG. 5, that is, three sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3, three output lines (terminals that output the data signal DATA) from one source driver 20 to three source lines SL_E, SL_F, The demultiplexer 37 distributed to SL_G can be represented by a symbol shown in FIG. The symbol shown in FIG. 6A can be represented by a circuit diagram shown in FIG.

 図6(B)におけるソース線SL_Eは、例えば(3n−2)列目に対応するソース線に対応する。また図6(B)におけるソース線SL_Fは、例えば(3n−1)列目に対応するソース線に対応する。また図6(B)におけるソース線SL_Gは、例えば(3n)列目に対応するソース線に対応する。 The source line SL_E in FIG. 6B corresponds to the source line corresponding to the (3n-2) th column, for example. Further, the source line SL_F in FIG. 6B corresponds to the source line corresponding to the (3n−1) th column, for example. Further, the source line SL_G in FIG. 6B corresponds to the source line corresponding to the (3n) column, for example.

 図6(B)に示すデマルチプレクサ37は、3つのトランジスタ41、42,43を有する。トランジスタ41は、サンプリング信号SMP_1によって導通状態または非導通状態が制御される。トランジスタ42は、サンプリング信号SMP_2によって導通状態または非導通状態が制御される。トランジスタ43は、サンプリング信号SMP_3によって導通状態または非導通状態が制御される。サンプリング信号SMP_1とサンプリング信号SMP_2とサンプリング信号SMP_3とを異なるタイミングで導通状態とすることで、ソースドライバ20の出力端子からソース線SL_E,ソース線SL_Fまたはソース線SL_Gへのデータ信号の分配を行うことができる。 6B includes three transistors 41, 42, and 43. The demultiplexer 37 illustrated in FIG. The transistor 41 is controlled to be conductive or non-conductive by the sampling signal SMP_1. The transistor 42 is controlled to be conductive or non-conductive by the sampling signal SMP_2. The transistor 43 is controlled to be conductive or non-conductive by the sampling signal SMP_3. By making the sampling signal SMP_1, the sampling signal SMP_2, and the sampling signal SMP_3 conductive at different timings, the data signal is distributed from the output terminal of the source driver 20 to the source line SL_E, the source line SL_F, or the source line SL_G. Can do.

 また図6(B)の構成において、データ分配回路30Bが有するデマルチプレクサ37が有するトランジスタ41乃至43は、半導体層に酸化物半導体層を有する。そして、トランジスタ41乃至43は、第1のゲート電極および第2のゲート電極を有し、第1のゲート電極及び第2のゲート電極の電界によって半導体層として機能する酸化物半導体膜を電気的に取り囲むs−channel構造とする。 6B, the transistors 41 to 43 included in the demultiplexer 37 included in the data distribution circuit 30B each include an oxide semiconductor layer in the semiconductor layer. The transistors 41 to 43 each include a first gate electrode and a second gate electrode, and electrically convert an oxide semiconductor film that functions as a semiconductor layer by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. The surrounding s-channel structure is used.

 図6(C)に、図6(B)に示すデマルチプレクサ37の動作を説明するためのタイミングチャートを示す。図6(C)中、期間THOは一水平選択期間である。期間THOでサンプリング信号SMP_1とサンプリング信号SMP_2とサンプリング信号SMP_3とを異なるタイミング(期間TWR_E、TWR_F、TWR_G)でハイレベルとする。すると、トランジスタ41乃至43が順に導通状態となる。そのため、データ信号DATAが与えられるソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子からソース線SL_Eにデータ信号DATA_E、データ信号DATAが与えられるソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子からソース線SL_Fにデータ信号DATA_F、データ信号DATAが与えられるソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子からソース線SL_Gにデータ信号DATA_G、をそれぞれ異なるタイミングで分配することができる。 FIG. 6C shows a timing chart for explaining the operation of the demultiplexer 37 shown in FIG. In FIG. 6C, a period THO is one horizontal selection period. Period T HO sampling signal SMP_1 the sampling signal SMP_2 the sampling signal SMP_3 and different timings (period T WR_E, T WR_F, T WR_G ) and high level. Then, the transistors 41 to 43 are sequentially turned on. Therefore, the data signal DATA_E is supplied from one output terminal of the source driver 20 to which the data signal DATA is supplied to the source line SL_E, and the data signal DATA_F is supplied from the one output terminal of the source driver 20 to which the data signal DATA is supplied to the source line SL_F. The data signal DATA_G can be distributed at different timings from one output terminal of the source driver 20 to which DATA is supplied to the source line SL_G.

 デマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタは、半導体層に酸化物半導体膜を有するため、オフ電流を小さくできる。そのため、トランジスタのチャネル長を大きくするなどのオフ電流を小さくするための構成をとることなく、レイアウト面積の縮小に有利である。そのため、狭額縁化が図られた表示装置とすることができる。 Since the transistor included in the demultiplexer includes an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer, off-state current can be reduced. Therefore, it is advantageous in reducing the layout area without taking a configuration for reducing the off-current such as increasing the channel length of the transistor. Therefore, a display device with a narrow frame can be obtained.

 またデマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタは、s−channel構造のため、半導体層の上方に設けられるゲート絶縁膜の膜厚を、ボトムゲート構造のトランジスタのゲート絶縁膜と比べて、小さくできる。加えて、s−channel構造のため、第1のゲート電極及び第2のゲート電極の電界によって、チャネル領域が形成される酸化物半導体膜を電気的に取り囲む構造とする。そのため、トランジスタに流れる電流量を大きくすることができる。そのため、デマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタとして好適である。 In addition, since the transistor included in the demultiplexer has an s-channel structure, the thickness of the gate insulating film provided above the semiconductor layer can be reduced as compared with the gate insulating film of the bottom-gate transistor. In addition, since the s-channel structure is employed, an oxide semiconductor film in which a channel region is formed is electrically surrounded by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. Therefore, the amount of current flowing through the transistor can be increased. Therefore, it is suitable as a transistor included in the demultiplexer.

<1−4.回路の構成例4>
 図5に示すデータ分配回路の構成例について、図7、図8を用いて説明する。
<1-4. Circuit Configuration Example 4>
A configuration example of the data distribution circuit shown in FIG. 5 will be described with reference to FIGS.

 図7(A)は、データ分配回路30Cのブロック図である。図7(A)に示すデータ分配回路30Cは、一例として、デマルチプレクサ44_1乃至44_4を図示している。 FIG. 7A is a block diagram of the data distribution circuit 30C. The data distribution circuit 30C illustrated in FIG. 7A illustrates demultiplexers 44_1 to 44_4 as an example.

 デマルチプレクサ44_1は、ソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_1を、3個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2、SMP_3でソース線SL_R1、SL_B1またはSL_G2に分配して出力する。デマルチプレクサ44_2は、ソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_2を、3個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2、SMP_3で分配してソース線SL_G1、SL_R2またはSL_B2に出力する。デマルチプレクサ44_3は、ソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_3を、3個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2、SMP_3で分配してソース線SL_R3、SL_B3またはSL_G4に出力する。デマルチプレクサ44_4は、ソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_4を、3個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2、SMP_3で分配してソース線SL_G3、SL_R4またはSL_B4に出力する。 The demultiplexer 44_1 distributes and outputs the data signal DATA_1 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 to the source lines SL_R1, SL_B1, or SL_G2 by three sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3. The demultiplexer 44_2 distributes the data signal DATA_2 supplied to one output terminal of the source driver 20 by using the three sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3, and outputs them to the source lines SL_G1, SL_R2, or SL_B2. The demultiplexer 44_3 distributes the data signal DATA_3 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 by the three sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3, and outputs them to the source lines SL_R3, SL_B3, or SL_G4. The demultiplexer 44_4 distributes the data signal DATA_4 given to one output terminal of the source driver 20 by the three sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3, and outputs them to the source lines SL_G3, SL_R4, or SL_B4.

 なお各ソース線に接続される画素は、RGB(赤緑青)の3色に対応する画素がストライプ配置しているものとして説明している。例えば、ソース線SL_R1は、赤の1列目の画素に接続されるソース線である。例えば、ソース線SL_G1は、緑の1列目の画素に接続されるソース線である。例えば、ソース線SL_B1は、青の1列目の画素に接続されるソース線である。 In addition, the pixel connected to each source line is described as a pixel in which pixels corresponding to three colors of RGB (red, green, and blue) are arranged in stripes. For example, the source line SL_R1 is a source line connected to the pixel in the first column of red. For example, the source line SL_G1 is a source line connected to the pixels in the first column of green. For example, the source line SL_B1 is a source line connected to the pixels in the first column of blue.

 図7(B)では、図7(A)に図示したデマルチプレクサ一個の回路構成について説明する。図7(A)に示す1個のデマルチプレクサ、つまり2個のサンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2によって、1つのソースドライバ20の端子(データ信号DATAを出力する端子)から3本のソース線SL_H、SL_I、SL_Jに分配するデマルチプレクサ34は、図7(B)に示すシンボルで表すことができる。この図7(B)に示すシンボルは、上述した図7(B)に示す回路図で表すことができる。 FIG. 7B illustrates a circuit configuration of one demultiplexer illustrated in FIG. By one demultiplexer shown in FIG. 7A, that is, two sampling signals SMP_1 and SMP_2, three source lines SL_H, SL_I, and one source driver 20 terminals (terminals that output the data signal DATA) The demultiplexer 34 distributed to SL_J can be represented by a symbol shown in FIG. The symbol shown in FIG. 7B can be represented by the circuit diagram shown in FIG.

 図7(B)におけるソース線SL_Hは、例えば奇数列(または偶数列)のソース線に対応する。また図7(B)におけるソース線SL_Iは、例えばソース線SL_H、SL_Jとは異なる奇数列(または偶数列)のソース線に対応する。また図7(B)におけるソース線SL_Jは、例えばソース線SL_H、SL_Iとは異なる奇数列(または偶数列)のソース線に対応する。つまり、図7(A)は、図8に示す回路図で表すことができる。 The source line SL_H in FIG. 7B corresponds to, for example, an odd column (or even column) source line. In addition, the source line SL_I in FIG. 7B corresponds to, for example, an odd column (or even column) source line different from the source lines SL_H and SL_J. In addition, the source line SL_J in FIG. 7B corresponds to, for example, an odd column (or even column) source line different from the source lines SL_H and SL_I. That is, FIG. 7A can be represented by the circuit diagram illustrated in FIG.

 図8の構成で、ソース線SL_R1、SL_B1およびSL_G2に接続されるトランジスタ45_1、46_1および47_1が1個のデマルチプレクサに相当する回路となる。そのため、サンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2およびSMP_3のタイミングを異ならせることでソース線SL_R1、ソース線SL_B1およびSL_G2にソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_1を分配して与えることができる。 In the configuration of FIG. 8, the transistors 45_1, 46_1, and 47_1 connected to the source lines SL_R1, SL_B1, and SL_G2 are circuits corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, the data signal DATA_1 applied to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and supplied to the source line SL_R1, the source lines SL_B1, and SL_G2 by making the timings of the sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3 different.

 ソース線SL_G1、SL_R2およびSL_B2に接続されるトランジスタ45_2、46_2および47_2が1個のデマルチプレクサに相当する回路となる。そのため、サンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2およびSMP_3のタイミングを異ならせることでソース線SL_G1、SL_R2およびSL_B2にソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_2を分配して与えることができる。 The transistors 45_2, 46_2, and 47_2 connected to the source lines SL_G1, SL_R2, and SL_B2 form a circuit corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, by varying the timing of the sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3, the data signal DATA_2 applied to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and provided to the source lines SL_G1, SL_R2, and SL_B2.

 ソース線SL_R3、SL_B3およびSL_G4に接続されるトランジスタ45_3、46_3およびトランジスタ47_3が1個のデマルチプレクサに相当する回路となる。そのため、サンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2およびSMP_3のタイミングを異ならせることでソース線SL_R3、SL_B3およびSL_G4にソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_3を分配して与えることができる。 The transistors 45_3, 46_3 and the transistor 47_3 connected to the source lines SL_R3, SL_B3, and SL_G4 form a circuit corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, the data signals DATA_3 applied to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and supplied to the source lines SL_R3, SL_B3, and SL_G4 by making the timings of the sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3 different.

 ソース線SL_G3、SL_R4およびSL_B4に接続されるトランジスタ45_4、46_4および47_4が1個のデマルチプレクサに相当する回路となる。そのため、サンプリング信号SMP_1、SMP_2およびSMP_3のタイミングを異ならせることでソース線SL_G3、SL_R4およびSL_B4にソースドライバ20の一つの出力端子に与えられるデータ信号DATA_4を分配して与えることができる。 The transistors 45_4, 46_4, and 47_4 connected to the source lines SL_G3, SL_R4, and SL_B4 are circuits corresponding to one demultiplexer. Therefore, by varying the timing of the sampling signals SMP_1, SMP_2, and SMP_3, the data signal DATA_4 applied to one output terminal of the source driver 20 can be distributed and supplied to the source lines SL_G3, SL_R4, and SL_B4.

 図8の構成は、—水平選択期間において、ソースドライバの一つの出力端子に与えるデータ信号の極性を同じ極性とし、奇数列に対応するデータ信号DATA_1、DATA_3と、偶数列に対応するデータ信号DATA_2、DATA_4との極性を異ならせることで容易にソース線反転駆動を実現できる。そのため、画素部における画素が液晶素子を有する構成の場合、特に好ましい。 The configuration of FIG. 8 is that the data signals applied to one output terminal of the source driver have the same polarity in the horizontal selection period, the data signals DATA_1 and DATA_3 corresponding to the odd columns, and the data signal DATA_2 corresponding to the even columns. The source line inversion drive can be easily realized by making the polarity different from that of DATA_4. Therefore, it is particularly preferable when the pixel in the pixel portion has a liquid crystal element.

 また図8の構成において、データ分配回路30Aが有するデマルチプレクサ34が有するトランジスタ45_1乃至45_4、46_1乃至46_4および47_1乃至47_4は、半導体層に酸化物半導体膜を有する。そして、トランジスタ45_1乃至45_4、46_1乃至46_4および47_1乃至47_4は、第1のゲート電極および第2のゲート電極を有し、第1のゲート電極及び第2のゲート電極の電界によって半導体層として機能する酸化物半導体膜電気的に取り囲むs−channel構造とする。 8, the transistors 45_1 to 45_4, 46_1 to 46_4, and 47_1 to 47_4 included in the demultiplexer 34 included in the data distribution circuit 30A each include an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer. The transistors 45_1 to 45_4, 46_1 to 46_4, and 47_1 to 47_4 each include a first gate electrode and a second gate electrode, and function as a semiconductor layer by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. An s-channel structure that electrically surrounds the oxide semiconductor film is employed.

 デマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタは、半導体層に酸化物半導体膜を有するため、オフ電流を小さくできる。そのため、トランジスタのチャネル長を大きくするなどのオフ電流を小さくするための構成をとることなく、レイアウト面積の縮小に有利である。そのため、狭額縁化が図られた表示装置とすることができる。 Since the transistor included in the demultiplexer includes an oxide semiconductor film in a semiconductor layer, off-state current can be reduced. Therefore, it is advantageous in reducing the layout area without taking a configuration for reducing the off-current such as increasing the channel length of the transistor. Therefore, a display device with a narrow frame can be obtained.

 またデマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタは、s−channel構造のため、半導体層の上方に設けられるゲート絶縁膜の膜厚を、ボトムゲート構造のトランジスタのゲート絶縁膜と比べて、小さくできる。加えて、s−channel構造のため、第1のゲート電極及び第2のゲート電極の電界によって、チャネル領域が形成される酸化物半導体膜を電気的に取り囲む構造とする。そのため、トランジスタに流れる電流量を大きくすることができる。そのため、デマルチプレクサが有するトランジスタとして好適である。 In addition, since the transistor included in the demultiplexer has an s-channel structure, the thickness of the gate insulating film provided above the semiconductor layer can be reduced as compared with the gate insulating film of the bottom-gate transistor. In addition, since the s-channel structure is employed, an oxide semiconductor film in which a channel region is formed is electrically surrounded by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode. Therefore, the amount of current flowing through the transistor can be increased. Therefore, it is suitable as a transistor included in the demultiplexer.

<1−5.トランジスタの構成例1>
 トランジスタ32乃至33、トランジスタ35_1乃至35_4、36_1乃至36_4、トランジスタ41乃至43、およびトランジスタ45_1乃至45_4、46_1乃至46_4および47_1乃至47_4に適用可能なトランジスタの構成例について、図9(A)(B)(C)を用いて説明する。
 図9(A)(B)(C)に、トランジスタの一例を示す。なお、図9(A)(B)(C)に示すトランジスタは、s−channel構造である。
<1-5. Transistor Configuration Example 1>
9A and 9B illustrate structure examples of transistors applicable to the transistors 32 to 33, the transistors 35_1 to 35_4, 36_1 to 36_4, the transistors 41 to 43, and the transistors 45_1 to 45_4, 46_1 to 46_4, and 47_1 to 47_4. A description will be given using (C).
FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C illustrate an example of a transistor. Note that the transistors illustrated in FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C have an s-channel structure.

 図9(A)は、トランジスタ100の上面図であり、図9(B)は図9(A)の一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図であり、図9(C)は図9(A)の一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図である。なお、図9(A)では、明瞭化のため、絶縁膜110などの構成要素を省略して図示している。なお、トランジスタの上面図においては、以降の図面においても図9(A)と同様に、構成要素の一部を省略して図示する場合がある。また、一点鎖線X1−X2方向をチャネル長(L)方向、一点鎖線Y1−Y2方向をチャネル幅(W)方向と呼称する場合がある。 9A is a top view of the transistor 100, FIG. 9B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 9A, and FIG. 9C is FIG. 9A. It is sectional drawing between dashed-dotted lines Y1-Y2. Note that in FIG. 9A, components such as the insulating film 110 are omitted for clarity. Note that in the top view of the transistor, some components may be omitted in the following drawings as in FIG. 9A. In addition, the alternate long and short dash line X1-X2 direction may be referred to as a channel length (L) direction, and the alternate long and short dash line Y1-Y2 direction may be referred to as a channel width (W) direction.

 図9(A)(B)(C)に示すトランジスタ100は、基板102上に形成された導電膜106と、導電膜106上の絶縁膜104と、絶縁膜104上の酸化物半導体膜108と、酸化物半導体膜108上の絶縁膜110と、絶縁膜110上の酸化物半導体膜112と、絶縁膜104、酸化物半導体膜108、及び酸化物半導体膜112上の絶縁膜116と、開口部143と、を有する。また、酸化物半導体膜108は、酸化物半導体膜112が重畳し、且つ絶縁膜110と接するチャネル領域108iと、絶縁膜116と接するソース領域108sと、絶縁膜116と接するドレイン領域108dと、を有する。 9A, 9B, and 9C includes a conductive film 106 formed over a substrate 102, an insulating film 104 over the conductive film 106, and an oxide semiconductor film 108 over the insulating film 104. The insulating film 110 over the oxide semiconductor film 108, the oxide semiconductor film 112 over the insulating film 110, the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor film 108, the insulating film 116 over the oxide semiconductor film 112, and the opening 143. The oxide semiconductor film 108 includes a channel region 108 i in contact with the insulating film 110, a source region 108 s in contact with the insulating film 116, and a drain region 108 d in contact with the insulating film 116. Have.

 開口部143は、絶縁膜104、110に設けられる。また、導電膜106は、開口部143を介して、酸化物半導体膜112と、電気的に接続される。よって、導電膜106と酸化物半導体膜112には、同じ電位が与えられる。 The opening 143 is provided in the insulating films 104 and 110. In addition, the conductive film 106 is electrically connected to the oxide semiconductor film 112 through the opening 143. Therefore, the same potential is applied to the conductive film 106 and the oxide semiconductor film 112.

 また、トランジスタ100は、絶縁膜116上の絶縁膜118と、絶縁膜116、118に設けられた開口部141aを介して、ソース領域108sに電気的に接続される導電膜120aと、絶縁膜116、118に設けられた開口部141bを介して、ドレイン領域108dに電気的に接続される導電膜120bと、を有していてもよい。 Further, the transistor 100 includes an insulating film 118 over the insulating film 116, a conductive film 120a electrically connected to the source region 108s through the opening 141a provided in the insulating films 116 and 118, and the insulating film 116. , 118 may be provided, and the conductive film 120b electrically connected to the drain region 108d through the opening 141b provided in the opening 118b.

 なお、導電膜106は、第1のゲート電極(ボトムゲート電極ともいう)としての機能を有し、酸化物半導体膜112は、第2のゲート電極(トップゲート電極ともいう)としての機能を有する。また、絶縁膜104は、第1のゲート絶縁膜としての機能を有し、絶縁膜110は、第2のゲート絶縁膜としての機能を有する。 Note that the conductive film 106 functions as a first gate electrode (also referred to as a bottom gate electrode), and the oxide semiconductor film 112 functions as a second gate electrode (also referred to as a top gate electrode). . The insulating film 104 has a function as a first gate insulating film, and the insulating film 110 has a function as a second gate insulating film.

 このように、図9(A)(B)(C)に示すトランジスタ100は、酸化物半導体膜108の上下にゲート電極として機能する導電膜または酸化物半導体膜を有する構造である。 As described above, the transistor 100 illustrated in FIGS. 9A to 9C has a structure in which a conductive film or an oxide semiconductor film which functions as a gate electrode is provided above and below the oxide semiconductor film 108.

 また、図9(C)に示すように、酸化物半導体膜108は、第1のゲート電極として機能する導電膜106と、第2のゲート電極として機能する酸化物半導体膜112のそれぞれと対向するように位置し、2つのゲート電極として機能する導電膜または酸化物半導体膜に挟まれている。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 9C, the oxide semiconductor film 108 faces the conductive film 106 functioning as the first gate electrode and the oxide semiconductor film 112 functioning as the second gate electrode. And is sandwiched between conductive films or oxide semiconductor films functioning as two gate electrodes.

 また、酸化物半導体膜112のチャネル幅方向の長さは、酸化物半導体膜108のチャネル幅方向の長さよりも長く、酸化物半導体膜108のチャネル幅方向全体は、絶縁膜110を介して酸化物半導体膜112に覆われている。また、酸化物半導体膜112と導電膜106とは、絶縁膜104及び絶縁膜110に設けられる開口部143において接続されるため、酸化物半導体膜108のチャネル幅方向の側面の一方は、絶縁膜110を介して酸化物半導体膜112と対向している。 The length of the oxide semiconductor film 112 in the channel width direction is longer than the length of the oxide semiconductor film 108 in the channel width direction, and the entire channel width direction of the oxide semiconductor film 108 is oxidized through the insulating film 110. The physical semiconductor film 112 is covered. In addition, since the oxide semiconductor film 112 and the conductive film 106 are connected to each other in the opening 143 provided in the insulating film 104 and the insulating film 110, one of the side surfaces in the channel width direction of the oxide semiconductor film 108 is an insulating film. It faces the oxide semiconductor film 112 with 110 interposed therebetween.

 別言すると、トランジスタ100のチャネル幅方向において、導電膜106及び酸化物半導体膜112は、絶縁膜104及び絶縁膜110に設けられる開口部143において接続すると共に、絶縁膜104及び絶縁膜110を介して酸化物半導体膜108を取り囲む構成である。 In other words, in the channel width direction of the transistor 100, the conductive film 106 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are connected to each other through the opening 143 provided in the insulating film 104 and the insulating film 110, and the insulating film 104 and the insulating film 110 are interposed therebetween. Thus, the oxide semiconductor film 108 is surrounded.

 このような構成を有することで、トランジスタ100に含まれる酸化物半導体膜108を、第1のゲート電極として機能する導電膜106及び第2のゲート電極として機能する酸化物半導体膜112の電界によって電気的に取り囲むことができる。このような構造とすることで、トランジスタ100は、導電膜106または酸化物半導体膜112によってチャネルを誘起させるための電界を効果的に酸化物半導体膜108に印加することができる。そのため、トランジスタ100の電流駆動能力が向上し、高いオン電流特性を得ることが可能となる。また、オン電流を高くすることが可能であるため、トランジスタ100を微細化することが可能となる。また、トランジスタ100は、導電膜106、及び酸化物半導体膜112によって取り囲まれた構造を有するため、トランジスタ100の機械的強度を高めることができる。 With such a structure, the oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 100 is electrically converted by the electric field of the conductive film 106 functioning as the first gate electrode and the oxide semiconductor film 112 functioning as the second gate electrode. Can be surrounded. With such a structure, the transistor 100 can effectively apply an electric field for inducing a channel by the conductive film 106 or the oxide semiconductor film 112 to the oxide semiconductor film 108. Therefore, the current driving capability of the transistor 100 is improved, and high on-current characteristics can be obtained. Further, since the on-state current can be increased, the transistor 100 can be miniaturized. In addition, since the transistor 100 has a structure surrounded by the conductive film 106 and the oxide semiconductor film 112, the mechanical strength of the transistor 100 can be increased.

 なお、トランジスタ100のチャネル幅方向において、酸化物半導体膜108の開口部143が形成されていない側に、開口部143と異なる開口部を形成してもよい。 Note that an opening different from the opening 143 may be formed on the side where the opening 143 of the oxide semiconductor film 108 is not formed in the channel width direction of the transistor 100.

 なお、本明細書等において、絶縁膜104を第1の絶縁膜と、絶縁膜116を第2の絶縁膜と、絶縁膜118を第3の絶縁膜と、それぞれ呼称する場合がある。また、絶縁膜110は、ゲート絶縁膜としての機能を有し、酸化物半導体膜112は、ゲート電極としての機能を有する。また、導電膜120aは、ソース電極としての機能を有し、導電膜120bは、ドレイン電極としての機能を有する。 Note that in this specification and the like, the insulating film 104 may be referred to as a first insulating film, the insulating film 116 may be referred to as a second insulating film, and the insulating film 118 may be referred to as a third insulating film. The insulating film 110 functions as a gate insulating film, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 functions as a gate electrode. The conductive film 120a functions as a source electrode, and the conductive film 120b functions as a drain electrode.

 また、絶縁膜116は、窒素または水素のいずれか一方または双方を有する。絶縁膜116が窒素または水素のいずれか一方または双方を有する構成とすることで、酸化物半導体膜108、及び酸化物半導体膜112に窒素または水素のいずれか一方または双方を供給することができる。 Further, the insulating film 116 has one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen. With the structure in which the insulating film 116 includes one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen, one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen can be supplied to the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112.

 また、酸化物半導体膜112は、絶縁膜110に酸素を供給する機能を有する。酸化物半導体膜112が、絶縁膜110に酸素を供給する機能を有することで、絶縁膜110中に過剰酸素を含ませることが可能となる。絶縁膜110が過剰酸素領域を有することで、酸化物半導体膜108、より具体的にはチャネル領域108i中に当該過剰酸素を供給することができる。よって、信頼性の高い表示装置を提供することができる。 In addition, the oxide semiconductor film 112 has a function of supplying oxygen to the insulating film 110. When the oxide semiconductor film 112 has a function of supplying oxygen to the insulating film 110, excess oxygen can be contained in the insulating film 110. When the insulating film 110 includes the excess oxygen region, the excess oxygen can be supplied into the oxide semiconductor film 108, more specifically, the channel region 108i. Thus, a highly reliable display device can be provided.

 なお、酸化物半導体膜108中に過剰酸素を供給させるためには、酸化物半導体膜108の下方に形成される絶縁膜104に過剰酸素を供給してもよい。ただし、この場合、絶縁膜104中に含まれる酸素は、酸化物半導体膜108が有するソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dにも供給され得る。ソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108d中に過剰酸素が供給されると、ソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108d中の抵抗が高くなる場合がある。 Note that in order to supply excess oxygen into the oxide semiconductor film 108, excess oxygen may be supplied to the insulating film 104 formed below the oxide semiconductor film 108. Note that in this case, oxygen contained in the insulating film 104 can be supplied to the source region 108s and the drain region 108d included in the oxide semiconductor film 108. When excess oxygen is supplied to the source region 108s and the drain region 108d, the resistance in the source region 108s and the drain region 108d may increase.

 一方で、酸化物半導体膜108の上方に形成される絶縁膜110に過剰酸素を有する構成とすることで、チャネル領域108iにのみ選択的に過剰酸素を供給させることが可能となる。あるいは、チャネル領域108i、ソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dに過剰酸素を供給させたのち、ソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dのキャリア密度を選択的に高めればよい。 On the other hand, when the insulating film 110 formed over the oxide semiconductor film 108 has excess oxygen, it is possible to selectively supply excess oxygen only to the channel region 108i. Alternatively, after supplying excess oxygen to the channel region 108i, the source region 108s, and the drain region 108d, the carrier density in the source region 108s and the drain region 108d may be selectively increased.

 また、酸化物半導体膜112は、絶縁膜110に酸素を供給したのち、絶縁膜116から窒素または水素のいずれか一方または双方が供給されることで、キャリア密度が高くなる。別言すると、酸化物半導体膜112は、酸化物導電体(OC:Oxide Conductor)としての機能も有する。したがって、酸化物半導体膜112は、酸化物半導体膜108よりもキャリア密度が高くなる。 In addition, after supplying oxygen to the insulating film 110, the oxide semiconductor film 112 is supplied with one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen from the insulating film 116, so that the carrier density is increased. In other words, the oxide semiconductor film 112 also has a function as an oxide conductor (OC: Oxide Conductor). Therefore, the oxide semiconductor film 112 has a higher carrier density than the oxide semiconductor film 108.

 また、酸化物半導体膜108が有するソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108d、並びに酸化物半導体膜112は、それぞれ、酸素欠損を形成する元素を有していてもよい。上記酸素欠損を形成する元素としては、代表的には水素、ホウ素、炭素、窒素、フッ素、リン、硫黄、塩素、希ガス等が挙げられる。また、希ガス元素の代表例としては、ヘリウム、ネオン、アルゴン、クリプトン、及びキセノン等がある。 The source region 108s, the drain region 108d, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 included in the oxide semiconductor film 108 may each include an element that forms oxygen vacancies. Examples of the element that forms oxygen vacancies typically include hydrogen, boron, carbon, nitrogen, fluorine, phosphorus, sulfur, chlorine, and a rare gas. Typical examples of rare gas elements include helium, neon, argon, krypton, and xenon.

 不純物元素が酸化物半導体膜に添加されると、酸化物半導体膜中の金属元素と酸素の結合が切断され、酸素欠損が形成される。または、不純物元素が酸化物半導体膜に添加されると、酸化物半導体膜中の金属元素と結合していた酸素が不純物元素と結合し、金属元素から酸素が脱離され、酸素欠損が形成される。これらの結果、酸化物半導体膜においてキャリア密度が増加し、導電性が高くなる。 When the impurity element is added to the oxide semiconductor film, the bond between the metal element and oxygen in the oxide semiconductor film is cut, and oxygen vacancies are formed. Alternatively, when an impurity element is added to the oxide semiconductor film, oxygen bonded to the metal element in the oxide semiconductor film is bonded to the impurity element, so that oxygen is released from the metal element and oxygen vacancies are formed. The As a result, the carrier density in the oxide semiconductor film is increased and the conductivity is increased.

 また、トランジスタ100において、絶縁膜110の側端部と、酸化物半導体膜112の側端部とが、揃う領域を有すると好ましい。別言すると、トランジスタ100において、絶縁膜110の上端部と、酸化物半導体膜112の下端部が概略揃う構成である。例えば、酸化物半導体膜112をマスクとして絶縁膜110を加工することで、上記構造とすることができる。 In the transistor 100, it is preferable that the side end portion of the insulating film 110 and the side end portion of the oxide semiconductor film 112 have a region where they are aligned. In other words, the transistor 100 has a structure in which the upper end portion of the insulating film 110 and the lower end portion of the oxide semiconductor film 112 are substantially aligned. For example, the above structure can be obtained by processing the insulating film 110 using the oxide semiconductor film 112 as a mask.

 次に、図9(A)(B)(C)に示すトランジスタの構成要素の詳細について説明する。 Next, details of the components of the transistor shown in FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C will be described.

[基板]
 基板102としては、様々な基板を用いることができ、特定のものに限定されることはない。基板の一例としては、半導体基板(例えば単結晶基板またはシリコン基板)、SOI基板、ガラス基板、石英基板、プラスチック基板、金属基板、ステンレス・スチル基板、ステンレス・スチル・ホイルを有する基板、タングステン基板、タングステン・ホイルを有する基板、可撓性基板、貼り合わせフィルム、繊維状の材料を含む紙、または基材フィルムなどがある。ガラス基板の一例としては、バリウムホウケイ酸ガラス、アルミノホウケイ酸ガラス、またはソーダライムガラスなどがある。可撓性基板、貼り合わせフィルム、基材フィルムなどの一例としては、以下のものがあげられる。例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)、ポリエーテルサルフォン(PES)に代表されるプラスチックがある。または、一例としては、アクリル等の合成樹脂などがある。または、一例としては、ポリプロピレン、ポリエステル、ポリフッ化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニルなどがある。または、一例としては、ポリアミド、ポリイミド、アラミド、エポキシ、無機蒸着フィルム、または紙類などがある。特に、半導体基板、単結晶基板、またはSOI基板などを用いてトランジスタを製造することによって、特性、サイズ、または形状などのばらつきが少なく、電流能力が高く、サイズの小さいトランジスタを製造することができる。このようなトランジスタによって回路を構成すると、回路の低消費電力化、または回路の高集積化を図ることができる。
[substrate]
Various substrates can be used as the substrate 102, and the substrate 102 is not limited to a specific substrate. As an example of a substrate, a semiconductor substrate (for example, a single crystal substrate or a silicon substrate), an SOI substrate, a glass substrate, a quartz substrate, a plastic substrate, a metal substrate, a stainless steel substrate, a substrate having stainless steel foil, a tungsten substrate, Examples include a substrate having a tungsten foil, a flexible substrate, a laminated film, a paper containing a fibrous material, or a base film. Examples of the glass substrate include barium borosilicate glass, aluminoborosilicate glass, and soda lime glass. Examples of the flexible substrate, the laminated film, and the base film include the following. For example, there are plastics represented by polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and polyethersulfone (PES). Another example is a synthetic resin such as acrylic. Alternatively, examples include polypropylene, polyester, polyvinyl fluoride, and polyvinyl chloride. As an example, there are polyamide, polyimide, aramid, epoxy, an inorganic vapor deposition film, and papers. In particular, by manufacturing a transistor using a semiconductor substrate, a single crystal substrate, an SOI substrate, or the like, a transistor with small variation in characteristics, size, or shape, high current capability, and small size can be manufactured. . When a circuit is formed using such transistors, the power consumption of the circuit can be reduced or the circuit can be highly integrated.

 また、基板102として、可撓性基板を用い、可撓性基板上に直接、トランジスタを形成してもよい。または、基板102とトランジスタの間に剥離層を設けてもよい。剥離層は、その上にトランジスタを一部あるいは全部完成させた後、基板102より分離し、他の基板に転載するのに用いることができる。その際、トランジスタを耐熱性の劣る基板や可撓性の基板にも転載できる。なお、上述の剥離層には、例えば、タングステン膜と酸化シリコン膜との無機膜の積層構造の構成、または基板上にポリイミド等の有機樹脂膜が形成された構成等を用いることができる。 Alternatively, a flexible substrate may be used as the substrate 102, and the transistor may be formed directly over the flexible substrate. Alternatively, a separation layer may be provided between the substrate 102 and the transistor. The separation layer can be used to separate the substrate 102 from the substrate 102 and transfer it to another substrate after part or all of the transistor is completed thereover. At that time, the transistor can be transferred to a substrate having poor heat resistance or a flexible substrate. Note that, for example, a structure in which an inorganic film of a tungsten film and a silicon oxide film is stacked, or a structure in which an organic resin film such as polyimide is formed over a substrate can be used for the above-described release layer.

 トランジスタが転載される基板の一例としては、上述したトランジスタを形成することが可能な基板に加え、紙基板、セロファン基板、アラミドフィルム基板、ポリイミドフィルム基板、石材基板、木材基板、布基板(天然繊維(絹、綿、麻)、合成繊維(ナイロン、ポリウレタン、ポリエステル)若しくは再生繊維(アセテート、キュプラ、レーヨン、再生ポリエステル)などを含む)、皮革基板、またはゴム基板などがある。これらの基板を用いることにより、特性のよいトランジスタの形成、消費電力の小さいトランジスタの形成、壊れにくい装置の製造、耐熱性の付与、軽量化、または薄型化を図ることができる。 Examples of a substrate on which a transistor is transferred include a paper substrate, a cellophane substrate, an aramid film substrate, a polyimide film substrate, a stone substrate, a wood substrate, a cloth substrate (natural fiber) in addition to the above-described substrate capable of forming a transistor. (Silk, cotton, hemp), synthetic fibers (including nylon, polyurethane, polyester) or recycled fibers (including acetate, cupra, rayon, recycled polyester), leather substrates, rubber substrates, and the like. By using these substrates, it is possible to form a transistor with good characteristics, a transistor with low power consumption, manufacture a device that is not easily broken, impart heat resistance, reduce weight, or reduce thickness.

[第1の絶縁膜]
 絶縁膜104としては、スパッタリング法、CVD法、蒸着法、パルスレーザー堆積(PLD)法、印刷法、塗布法等を適宜用いて形成することができる。また、絶縁膜104としては、例えば、酸化物絶縁膜または窒化物絶縁膜を単層または積層して形成することができる。なお、酸化物半導体膜108との界面特性を向上させるため、絶縁膜104において少なくとも酸化物半導体膜108と接する領域は酸化物絶縁膜で形成することが好ましい。また、絶縁膜104として加熱により酸素を放出する酸化物絶縁膜を用いることで、加熱処理により絶縁膜104に含まれる酸素を、酸化物半導体膜108に移動させることが可能である。
[First insulating film]
The insulating film 104 can be formed using a sputtering method, a CVD method, an evaporation method, a pulsed laser deposition (PLD) method, a printing method, a coating method, or the like as appropriate. As the insulating film 104, for example, an oxide insulating film or a nitride insulating film can be formed as a single layer or a stacked layer. Note that in order to improve interface characteristics with the oxide semiconductor film 108, at least a region in contact with the oxide semiconductor film 108 in the insulating film 104 is preferably formed using an oxide insulating film. In addition, by using an oxide insulating film from which oxygen is released by heating as the insulating film 104, oxygen contained in the insulating film 104 can be transferred to the oxide semiconductor film 108 by heat treatment.

 絶縁膜104の厚さは、50nm以上、または100nm以上3000nm以下、または200nm以上1000nm以下とすることができる。絶縁膜104を厚くすることで、絶縁膜104の酸素放出量を増加させることができると共に、絶縁膜104と酸化物半導体膜108との界面における界面準位、並びに酸化物半導体膜108のチャネル領域108iに含まれる酸素欠損を低減することが可能である。 The thickness of the insulating film 104 can be 50 nm or more, 100 nm or more and 3000 nm or less, or 200 nm or more and 1000 nm or less. By increasing the thickness of the insulating film 104, the amount of oxygen released from the insulating film 104 can be increased, the interface state at the interface between the insulating film 104 and the oxide semiconductor film 108, and the channel region of the oxide semiconductor film 108 It is possible to reduce oxygen vacancies contained in 108i.

 絶縁膜104として、例えば酸化シリコン、酸化窒化シリコン、窒化酸化シリコン、窒化シリコン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ハフニウム、酸化ガリウムまたはGa−Zn酸化物などを用いればよく、単層または積層で設けることができる。本実施の形態では、絶縁膜104として、窒化シリコン膜と、酸化窒化シリコン膜との積層構造を用いる。このように、絶縁膜104を積層構造として、下層側に窒化シリコン膜を用い、上層側に酸化窒化シリコン膜を用いることで、酸化物半導体膜108中に効率よく酸素を導入することができる。 As the insulating film 104, for example, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, silicon nitride, aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, gallium oxide, Ga—Zn oxide, or the like may be used, and the insulating film 104 can be provided as a single layer or a stacked layer. In this embodiment, a stacked structure of a silicon nitride film and a silicon oxynitride film is used as the insulating film 104. In this manner, oxygen can be efficiently introduced into the oxide semiconductor film 108 by using the insulating film 104 as a stacked structure and using a silicon nitride film on the lower layer side and a silicon oxynitride film on the upper layer side.

[酸化物半導体膜]
 酸化物半導体膜108及び酸化物半導体膜112のいずれか一方または双方は、In−M−Zn酸化物(MはAl、Ga、Y、またはSn)等の金属酸化物で形成される。また、酸化物半導体膜108及び酸化物半導体膜112として、In−Ga酸化物、In−Zn酸化物を用いてもよい。とくに、酸化物半導体膜108と、酸化物半導体膜112とは、同じ構成元素からなる金属酸化物で形成されると、製造コストを低減できるため好ましい。
[Oxide semiconductor film]
One or both of the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 is formed using a metal oxide such as In-M-Zn oxide (M is Al, Ga, Y, or Sn). Further, as the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112, an In—Ga oxide or an In—Zn oxide may be used. In particular, the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are preferably formed using a metal oxide including the same constituent elements because manufacturing costs can be reduced.

 なお、酸化物半導体膜108及び酸化物半導体膜112がIn−M−Zn酸化物の場合、InとMの原子数比率は、In及びMの和を100atomic%としたときInが25atomic%より高く、Mが75atomic%未満、またはInが34atomic%より高く、Mが66atomic%未満とする。 Note that in the case where the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are In-M-Zn oxide, the atomic ratio of In to M is higher than 25 atomic% when In is set to 100 atomic%. , M is less than 75 atomic%, or In is higher than 34 atomic% and M is less than 66 atomic%.

 酸化物半導体膜108及び酸化物半導体膜112は、エネルギーギャップが2eV以上、または2.5eV以上、または3eV以上であると好ましい。 The energy gap of the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 is preferably 2 eV or more, 2.5 eV or more, or 3 eV or more.

 酸化物半導体膜108の厚さは、3nm以上200nm以下、好ましくは3nm以上100nm以下、さらに好ましくは3nm以上60nm以下である。また、酸化物半導体膜112の厚さは、5nm以上500nm以下、好ましくは10nm以上300nm以下、さらに好ましくは20nm以上100nm以下である。 The thickness of the oxide semiconductor film 108 is 3 nm to 200 nm, preferably 3 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 60 nm. The thickness of the oxide semiconductor film 112 is 5 nm to 500 nm, preferably 10 nm to 300 nm, more preferably 20 nm to 100 nm.

 酸化物半導体膜108、及び酸化物半導体膜112がIn−M−Zn酸化物の場合、In−M−Zn酸化物を成膜するために用いるスパッタリングターゲットの金属元素の原子数比は、In≧M、Zn≧Mを満たすことが好ましい。このようなスパッタリングターゲットの金属元素の原子数比として、In:M:Zn=1:1:1、In:M:Zn=1:1:1.2、In:M:Zn=2:1:1.5、In:M:Zn=2:1:2.3、In:M:Zn=2:1:3、In:M:Zn=3:1:2、In:M:Zn=4:2:4.1、In:M:Zn=5:1:7等が好ましい。なお、成膜される酸化物半導体膜108、及び酸化物半導体膜112の原子数比はそれぞれ、上記のスパッタリングターゲットに含まれる金属元素の原子数比のプラスマイナス40%程度変動することがある。例えば、スパッタリングターゲットとして、原子数比がIn:Ga:Zn=4:2:4.1を用いる場合、成膜される酸化物半導体膜原子数比は、In:Ga:Zn=4:2:3近傍となる場合がある。 In the case where the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are In-M-Zn oxide, the atomic ratio of the metal element of the sputtering target used for forming the In-M-Zn oxide is In ≧ M It is preferable to satisfy M and Zn ≧ M. As the atomic ratio of the metal elements of such a sputtering target, In: M: Zn = 1: 1: 1, In: M: Zn = 1: 1: 1.2, In: M: Zn = 2: 1: 1.5, In: M: Zn = 2: 1: 2.3, In: M: Zn = 2: 1: 3, In: M: Zn = 3: 1: 2, In: M: Zn = 4: 2: 4.1, In: M: Zn = 5: 1: 7, etc. are preferable. Note that the atomic ratio of the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 to be formed may vary by about plus or minus 40% of the atomic ratio of the metal element contained in the sputtering target. For example, when an atomic ratio of In: Ga: Zn = 4: 2: 4.1 is used as the sputtering target, the atomic ratio of the oxide semiconductor film to be formed is In: Ga: Zn = 4: 2: In some cases, it is close to 3.

 また、酸化物半導体膜108、及び酸化物半導体膜112において、第14族元素の一つであるシリコンや炭素が含まれると、酸素欠損が増加し、n型となる場合がある。このため、酸化物半導体膜108、特にチャネル領域108iにおいて、シリコンあるいは炭素の濃度(二次イオン質量分析法により得られる濃度)を、2×1018atoms/cm以下、または2×1017atoms/cm以下とすることができる。この結果、トランジスタは、しきい値電圧がプラスとなる電気特性(ノーマリーオフ特性ともいう。)を有する。 In addition, in the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112, when silicon or carbon which is one of Group 14 elements is included, oxygen vacancies increase, which may be n-type. Therefore, in the oxide semiconductor film 108, particularly in the channel region 108i, the concentration of silicon or carbon (concentration obtained by secondary ion mass spectrometry) is 2 × 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less, or 2 × 10 17 atoms. / Cm 3 or less. As a result, the transistor has electrical characteristics (also referred to as normally-off characteristics) in which the threshold voltage is positive.

 また、チャネル領域108iにおいて、二次イオン質量分析法により得られるアルカリ金属またはアルカリ土類金属の濃度を、1×1018atoms/cm以下、または2×1016atoms/cm以下とすることができる。アルカリ金属及びアルカリ土類金属は、酸化物半導体と結合するとキャリアを生成する場合があり、トランジスタのオフ電流が増大してしまうことがある。このため、チャネル領域108iのアルカリ金属またはアルカリ土類金属の濃度を低減することが好ましい。この結果、トランジスタは、しきい値電圧がプラスとなる電気特性(ノーマリーオフ特性ともいう。)を有する。 In the channel region 108i, the concentration of alkali metal or alkaline earth metal obtained by secondary ion mass spectrometry is 1 × 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less, or 2 × 10 16 atoms / cm 3 or less. Can do. When an alkali metal and an alkaline earth metal are combined with an oxide semiconductor, carriers may be generated, and the off-state current of the transistor may be increased. Therefore, it is preferable to reduce the concentration of alkali metal or alkaline earth metal in the channel region 108i. As a result, the transistor has electrical characteristics (also referred to as normally-off characteristics) in which the threshold voltage is positive.

 また、チャネル領域108iに窒素が含まれていると、キャリアである電子が生じ、キャリア密度が増加し、n型となる場合がある。この結果、窒素が含まれている酸化物半導体膜を用いたトランジスタはノーマリーオン特性となりやすい。従って、チャネル領域108iにおいて、窒素はできる限り低減されていることが好ましい。例えば、二次イオン質量分析法により得られる窒素濃度を、5×1018atoms/cm以下とすればよい。 In addition, when nitrogen is contained in the channel region 108i, electrons as carriers are generated, the carrier density is increased, and the n-type may be obtained. As a result, a transistor including an oxide semiconductor film containing nitrogen is likely to be normally on. Therefore, nitrogen is preferably reduced as much as possible in the channel region 108i. For example, the nitrogen concentration obtained by secondary ion mass spectrometry may be 5 × 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less.

 また、チャネル領域108iにおいて、不純物元素を低減することで、酸化物半導体膜のキャリア密度を低減することができる。 Further, in the channel region 108i, the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film can be reduced by reducing the impurity element.

 酸化物半導体膜のキャリア密度に影響を与える因子としては、酸化物半導体膜中の酸素欠損(Vo)、または酸化物半導体膜中の不純物などが挙げられる。 As a factor that affects the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film, oxygen vacancies (Vo) in the oxide semiconductor film, impurities in the oxide semiconductor film, and the like can be given.

 酸化物半導体膜中の酸素欠損が多くなると、該酸素欠損に水素が結合(この状態をVoHともいう)した際に、欠陥準位密度が高くなる。または、酸化物半導体膜中の不純物が多くなると、該不純物に起因し欠陥準位密度が高くなる。したがって、酸化物半導体膜中の欠陥準位密度を制御することで、酸化物半導体膜のキャリア密度を制御することができる。 When the number of oxygen vacancies in the oxide semiconductor film increases, the density of defect states increases when hydrogen is bonded to the oxygen vacancies (this state is also referred to as VoH). Alternatively, when the number of impurities in the oxide semiconductor film is increased, the density of defect states is increased due to the impurities. Therefore, the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film can be controlled by controlling the density of defect states in the oxide semiconductor film.

 ここで、酸化物半導体膜をチャネル領域に用いるトランジスタを考える。 Here, a transistor using an oxide semiconductor film for a channel region is considered.

 トランジスタのしきい値電圧のマイナスシフトの抑制、またはトランジスタのオフ電流の低減を目的とする場合においては、酸化物半導体膜のキャリア密度を低くする方が好ましい。酸化物半導体膜のキャリア密度を低くする場合においては、酸化物半導体膜中の不純物濃度を低くし、欠陥準位密度を低くすればよい。本明細書等において、不純物濃度が低く、欠陥準位密度の低いことを高純度真性または実質的に高純度真性と言う。高純度真性の酸化物半導体膜のキャリア密度としては、8×1015cm−3未満、好ましくは1×1011cm−3未満、さらに好ましくは1×1010cm−3未満であり、1×10−9cm−3以上とすればよい。 In the case where the object is to suppress a negative shift in the threshold voltage of the transistor or to reduce the off-state current of the transistor, it is preferable to reduce the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film. In the case where the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film is decreased, the impurity concentration in the oxide semiconductor film may be decreased and the defect level density may be decreased. In this specification and the like, a low impurity concentration and a low density of defect states are referred to as high purity intrinsic or substantially high purity intrinsic. The carrier density of the high-purity intrinsic oxide semiconductor film is less than 8 × 10 15 cm −3 , preferably less than 1 × 10 11 cm −3 , more preferably less than 1 × 10 10 cm −3 , and 1 × What is necessary is just to set it as 10 <-9 > cm <-3 > or more.

 一方で、トランジスタのオン電流の向上、またはトランジスタの電界効果移動度の向上を目的とする場合においては、酸化物半導体膜のキャリア密度を高くする方が好ましい。酸化物半導体膜のキャリア密度を高くする場合においては、酸化物半導体膜の不純物濃度をわずかに高める、または酸化物半導体膜の欠陥準位密度をわずかに高めればよい。あるいは、酸化物半導体膜のバンドギャップをより小さくするとよい。例えば、トランジスタのId−Vg特性のオン/オフ比が取れる範囲において、不純物濃度がわずかに高い、または欠陥準位密度がわずかに高い酸化物半導体膜は、実質的に真性とみなせる。また、電子親和力が大きく、それにともなってバンドギャップが小さくなり、その結果、熱励起された電子(キャリア)の密度が増加した酸化物半導体膜は、実質的に真性とみなせる。なお、より電子親和力が大きな酸化物半導体膜を用いた場合には、トランジスタのしきい値電圧がより低くなる。 On the other hand, for the purpose of improving the on-state current of a transistor or improving the field-effect mobility of a transistor, it is preferable to increase the carrier density of an oxide semiconductor film. In the case of increasing the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film, the impurity concentration of the oxide semiconductor film may be slightly increased or the defect state density of the oxide semiconductor film may be slightly increased. Alternatively, the band gap of the oxide semiconductor film is preferably made smaller. For example, an oxide semiconductor film with a slightly high impurity concentration or a slightly high defect state density within a range where the on / off ratio of the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor can be obtained can be regarded as substantially intrinsic. In addition, an oxide semiconductor film in which the electron affinity is large and the band gap is accordingly reduced, and as a result, the density of thermally excited electrons (carriers) is increased, can be substantially regarded as intrinsic. Note that in the case where an oxide semiconductor film with higher electron affinity is used, the threshold voltage of the transistor is lower.

 上述のキャリア密度が高められた酸化物半導体膜は、わずかにn型化している。したがって、キャリア密度が高められた酸化物半導体膜を、「Slightly−n」と呼称してもよい。 The oxide semiconductor film with the increased carrier density is slightly n-type. Therefore, an oxide semiconductor film with an increased carrier density may be referred to as “Slightly-n”.

 実質的に真性の酸化物半導体膜のキャリア密度は、1×10cm−3以上1×1018cm−3未満が好ましく、1×10cm−3以上1×1017cm−3以下がより好ましく、1×10cm−3以上5×1016cm−3以下がさらに好ましく、1×1010cm−3以上1×1016cm−3以下がさらに好ましく、1×1011cm−3以上1×1015cm−3以下がさらに好ましい。 The carrier density of the substantially intrinsic oxide semiconductor film is preferably 1 × 10 5 cm −3 or more and less than 1 × 10 18 cm −3 , preferably 1 × 10 7 cm −3 or more and 1 × 10 17 cm −3 or less. More preferably, it is 1 × 10 9 cm −3 or more and 5 × 10 16 cm −3 or less, more preferably 1 × 10 10 cm −3 or more and 1 × 10 16 cm −3 or less, and further preferably 1 × 10 11 cm −3. More preferably, it is 1 × 10 15 cm −3 or less.

 また、上述の実質的に真性の酸化物半導体膜を用いることで、トランジスタの信頼性が向上する場合がある。ここで、図10を用いて、酸化物半導体膜をチャネル領域に用いるトランジスタの信頼性が向上する理由について説明する。図10は、酸化物半導体膜をチャネル領域に用いるトランジスタにおけるエネルギーバンドを説明する図である。 In addition, the use of the above-described substantially intrinsic oxide semiconductor film may improve the reliability of the transistor. Here, the reason why the reliability of a transistor in which an oxide semiconductor film is used for a channel region is improved will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 10 illustrates an energy band in a transistor in which an oxide semiconductor film is used for a channel region.

 図10において、GEはゲート電極を、GIはゲート絶縁膜を、OSは酸化物半導体膜を、SDはソース電極またはドレイン電極を、それぞれ表す。すなわち、図10は、ゲート電極と、ゲート絶縁膜と、酸化物半導体膜と、酸化物半導体膜に接するソース電極またはドレイン電極のエネルギーバンドの一例である。 10, GE represents a gate electrode, GI represents a gate insulating film, OS represents an oxide semiconductor film, and SD represents a source electrode or a drain electrode. That is, FIG. 10 illustrates an example of the energy band of the gate electrode, the gate insulating film, the oxide semiconductor film, and the source or drain electrode in contact with the oxide semiconductor film.

 また、図10において、ゲート絶縁膜としては、酸化シリコン膜を用い、酸化物半導体膜にIn−Ga−Zn酸化物を用いる構成である。また、酸化シリコン膜中に形成されうる欠陥の遷移レベル(εf)はゲート絶縁膜の伝導帯から約3.1eV離れた位置に形成されるものとし、ゲート電圧(Vg)が30Vの場合の酸化物半導体膜と酸化シリコン膜との界面における酸化シリコン膜のフェルミ準位(Ef)はゲート絶縁膜の伝導帯から約3.6eV離れた位置に形成されるものとする。なお、酸化シリコン膜のフェルミ準位は、ゲート電圧に依存し変動する。例えば、ゲート電圧を大きくすることで、酸化物半導体膜と、酸化シリコン膜との界面における酸化シリコン膜のフェルミ準位(Ef)は低くなる。また、図10中の白丸は電子(キャリア)を表し、図10中のXは酸化シリコン膜中の欠陥準位を表す。 In FIG. 10, a silicon oxide film is used as the gate insulating film, and an In—Ga—Zn oxide is used as the oxide semiconductor film. Further, the transition level (εf) of defects that can be formed in the silicon oxide film is formed at a position separated by about 3.1 eV from the conduction band of the gate insulating film, and the oxidation when the gate voltage (Vg) is 30V. The Fermi level (Ef) of the silicon oxide film at the interface between the physical semiconductor film and the silicon oxide film is formed at a position separated from the conduction band of the gate insulating film by about 3.6 eV. Note that the Fermi level of the silicon oxide film varies depending on the gate voltage. For example, when the gate voltage is increased, the Fermi level (Ef) of the silicon oxide film at the interface between the oxide semiconductor film and the silicon oxide film is lowered. Further, white circles in FIG. 10 represent electrons (carriers), and X in FIG. 10 represents defect levels in the silicon oxide film.

 図10に示すように、ゲート電圧が印加された状態で、例えばキャリアが熱励起されると、欠陥準位(図中X)にキャリアがトラップされ、プラス(“+”)からニュートラル(“0”)に欠陥準位の荷電状態が変化する。すなわち、酸化シリコン膜のフェルミ準位(Ef)に上述の熱励起のエネルギーを足した値が欠陥の遷移レベル(εf)よりも高くなる場合、酸化シリコン膜中の欠陥準位の荷電状態は正の状態から中性となり、トランジスタのしきい値電圧がプラス方向に変動することになる。 As shown in FIG. 10, for example, when carriers are thermally excited in a state where a gate voltage is applied, the carriers are trapped at the defect level (X in the figure), and from the plus (“+”) to the neutral (“0”). ”), The charge state of the defect level changes. That is, when the value obtained by adding the above-described thermal excitation energy to the Fermi level (Ef) of the silicon oxide film becomes higher than the defect transition level (εf), the charge state of the defect level in the silicon oxide film is positive. From this state, the transistor becomes neutral, and the threshold voltage of the transistor fluctuates in the positive direction.

 また、電子親和力が異なる酸化物半導体膜を用いると、ゲート絶縁膜と酸化物半導体膜との界面のフェルミ準位が形成される深さが異なることがある。電子親和力の大きな酸化物半導体膜を用いると、ゲート絶縁膜と酸化物半導体膜との界面近傍において、ゲート絶縁膜の伝導帯が上方に移動する。この場合、ゲート絶縁膜中に形成されうる欠陥準位(図10中X)も上方に移動するため、ゲート絶縁膜と酸化物半導体膜との界面のフェルミ準位とのエネルギー差が大きくなる。該エネルギー差が大きくなることにより、ゲート絶縁膜中にトラップされる電荷が少なくなる、例えば、上述の酸化シリコン膜中に形成されうる欠陥準位の荷電状態の変化が少なくなり、ゲートバイアス熱(Gate Bias Temperature:GBTともいう)ストレスにおける、トランジスタのしきい値電圧の変動を小さくできる。 In addition, when oxide semiconductor films having different electron affinities are used, the depth at which the Fermi level at the interface between the gate insulating film and the oxide semiconductor film is formed may be different. When an oxide semiconductor film with high electron affinity is used, the conduction band of the gate insulating film moves upward in the vicinity of the interface between the gate insulating film and the oxide semiconductor film. In this case, since a defect level (X in FIG. 10) that can be formed in the gate insulating film also moves upward, the energy difference between the Fermi level at the interface between the gate insulating film and the oxide semiconductor film increases. By increasing the energy difference, the charge trapped in the gate insulating film is reduced. For example, the change in the charge state of the defect level that can be formed in the above-described silicon oxide film is reduced, and the gate bias heat ( The variation of the threshold voltage of the transistor under stress can be reduced under stress (Gate Bias Temperature: GBT).

 一方で、ソース領域108s、ドレイン領域108d、及び酸化物半導体膜112は、絶縁膜116と接する。ソース領域108s、ドレイン領域108d、及び酸化物半導体膜112が絶縁膜116と接することで、絶縁膜116からソース領域108s、ドレイン領域108d、及び酸化物半導体膜112に水素及び窒素のいずれか一方または双方が添加されるため、キャリア密度が高くなる。 On the other hand, the source region 108s, the drain region 108d, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are in contact with the insulating film 116. The source region 108 s, the drain region 108 d, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are in contact with the insulating film 116, so that either the source region 108 s, the drain region 108 d, or the oxide semiconductor film 112 is hydrogen or nitrogen or Since both are added, the carrier density is increased.

 また、酸化物半導体膜108、及び酸化物半導体膜112のいずれか一方または双方は、非単結晶構造でもよい。非単結晶構造は、例えば、後述するCAAC−OS(C Axis Aligned Crystalline Oxide Semiconductor)、多結晶構造、後述する微結晶構造、または非晶質構造を含む。非単結晶構造において、非晶質構造は最も欠陥準位密度が高く、CAAC−OSは最も欠陥準位密度が低い。 Further, one or both of the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 may have a non-single-crystal structure. The non-single crystal structure includes, for example, a CAAC-OS (C Axis Crystalline Oxide Semiconductor) described later, a polycrystalline structure, a microcrystalline structure described later, or an amorphous structure. In the non-single-crystal structure, the amorphous structure has the highest density of defect states, and the CAAC-OS has the lowest density of defect states.

 なお、酸化物半導体膜108が、非晶質構造の領域、微結晶構造の領域、多結晶構造の領域、CAAC−OSの領域、及び単結晶構造の領域の二種以上を有する単層膜、あるいはこの膜が積層された構造であってもよい。また、酸化物半導体膜112が、非晶質構造の領域、微結晶構造の領域、多結晶構造の領域、CAAC−OSの領域、及び単結晶構造の領域の二種以上を有する単層膜、あるいはこの膜が積層された構造であってもよい。 Note that the oxide semiconductor film 108 includes a single-layer film including two or more of an amorphous structure region, a microcrystalline structure region, a polycrystalline structure region, a CAAC-OS region, and a single crystal structure region, Or the structure where this film | membrane was laminated | stacked may be sufficient. The oxide semiconductor film 112 includes a single-layer film including two or more of an amorphous structure region, a microcrystalline structure region, a polycrystalline structure region, a CAAC-OS region, and a single crystal structure region, Or the structure where this film | membrane was laminated | stacked may be sufficient.

 なお、酸化物半導体膜108において、チャネル領域108iと、ソース領域108s及びドレイン領域108dとの結晶性が異なる場合がある。具体的には、酸化物半導体膜108において、チャネル領域108iよりもソース領域108s及びドレイン領域108dの方が、結晶性が低い場合がある。これは、ソース領域108s及びドレイン領域108dに不純物元素が添加された際に、ソース領域108s及びドレイン領域108dにダメージが入ってしまい、結晶性が低下するためである。 Note that in the oxide semiconductor film 108, the channel region 108i may have different crystallinity from the source region 108s and the drain region 108d. Specifically, in the oxide semiconductor film 108, the source region 108s and the drain region 108d may have lower crystallinity than the channel region 108i. This is because when the impurity element is added to the source region 108s and the drain region 108d, the source region 108s and the drain region 108d are damaged, and crystallinity is lowered.

[ゲート絶縁膜として機能する絶縁膜]
 絶縁膜110は、酸化物絶縁膜または窒化物絶縁膜を単層または積層して形成することができる。なお、酸化物半導体膜108との界面特性を向上させるため、絶縁膜110において少なくとも酸化物半導体膜108と接する領域は酸化物絶縁膜を用いて形成することが好ましい。絶縁膜110として、例えば酸化シリコン、酸化窒化シリコン、窒化酸化シリコン、窒化シリコン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ハフニウム、酸化ガリウムまたはGa−Zn酸化物などを用いればよく、単層または積層で設けることができる。
[Insulating film functioning as a gate insulating film]
The insulating film 110 can be formed using a single layer or a stacked layer of an oxide insulating film or a nitride insulating film. Note that in order to improve interface characteristics with the oxide semiconductor film 108, at least a region in contact with the oxide semiconductor film 108 in the insulating film 110 is preferably formed using an oxide insulating film. As the insulating film 110, for example, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, silicon nitride, aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, gallium oxide, Ga—Zn oxide, or the like may be used, and the insulating film 110 can be provided as a single layer or a stacked layer.

 また、絶縁膜110として、酸素、水素、水等のブロッキング効果を有する絶縁膜を設けることで、酸化物半導体膜108からの酸素の外部への拡散と、外部から酸化物半導体膜108への水素、水等の侵入を防ぐことができる。酸素、水素、水等のブロッキング効果を有する絶縁膜としては、酸化アルミニウム、酸化窒化アルミニウム、酸化ガリウム、酸化窒化ガリウム、酸化イットリウム、酸化窒化イットリウム、酸化ハフニウム、酸化窒化ハフニウム等がある。 Further, by providing an insulating film having a blocking effect of oxygen, hydrogen, water, or the like as the insulating film 110, diffusion of oxygen from the oxide semiconductor film 108 to the outside and hydrogen from the outside to the oxide semiconductor film 108 are performed. Invasion of water, etc. can be prevented. Examples of the insulating film having a blocking effect of oxygen, hydrogen, water, and the like include aluminum oxide, aluminum oxynitride, gallium oxide, gallium oxynitride, yttrium oxide, yttrium oxynitride, hafnium oxide, and hafnium oxynitride.

 また、絶縁膜110として、ハフニウムシリケート(HfSiO)、窒素が添加されたハフニウムシリケート(HfSi)、窒素が添加されたハフニウムアルミネート(HfAl)、酸化ハフニウム、酸化イットリウムなどのhigh−k材料を用いることでトランジスタのゲートリークを低減できる。 Further, as the insulating film 110, hafnium silicate (HfSiO x ), hafnium silicate to which nitrogen is added (HfSi x O y N z ), hafnium aluminate to which nitrogen is added (HfAl x O y N z ), hafnium oxide, By using a high-k material such as yttrium oxide, gate leakage of the transistor can be reduced.

 また、絶縁膜110として、加熱により酸素を放出する酸化物絶縁膜を用いることで、加熱処理により絶縁膜110に含まれる酸素を、酸化物半導体膜108に移動させることが可能である。 Further, by using an oxide insulating film from which oxygen is released by heating as the insulating film 110, oxygen contained in the insulating film 110 can be moved to the oxide semiconductor film 108 by heat treatment.

 絶縁膜110の厚さは、5nm以上400nm以下、または5nm以上300nm以下、または10nm以上250nm以下とすることができる。 The thickness of the insulating film 110 can be 5 nm to 400 nm, 5 nm to 300 nm, or 10 nm to 250 nm.

[第2の絶縁膜]
 絶縁膜116は、窒素または水素のいずれか一方または双方を有する。絶縁膜116としては、例えば、窒化物絶縁膜が挙げられる。該窒化物絶縁膜としては、窒化シリコン、窒化酸化シリコン、窒化アルミニウム、窒化酸化アルミニウム等を用いて形成することができる。絶縁膜116に含まれる水素濃度は、1×1022atoms/cm以上であると好ましい。また、絶縁膜116は、酸化物半導体膜108のソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dと接する。また、絶縁膜116は、酸化物半導体膜112と接する。したがって、絶縁膜116と接するソース領域108s、ドレイン領域108d、及び酸化物半導体膜112中の水素濃度が高くなり、ソース領域108s、ドレイン領域108d、及び酸化物半導体膜112のキャリア密度を高めることができる。なお、ソース領域108s、ドレイン領域108d、及び酸化物半導体膜112としては、それぞれ絶縁膜116と接することで、膜中の水素濃度が同じ領域を有する場合がある。
[Second insulating film]
The insulating film 116 includes one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen. An example of the insulating film 116 is a nitride insulating film. The nitride insulating film can be formed using silicon nitride, silicon nitride oxide, aluminum nitride, aluminum nitride oxide, or the like. The concentration of hydrogen contained in the insulating film 116 is preferably 1 × 10 22 atoms / cm 3 or more. The insulating film 116 is in contact with the source region 108s and the drain region 108d of the oxide semiconductor film 108. The insulating film 116 is in contact with the oxide semiconductor film 112. Accordingly, the hydrogen concentration in the source region 108s, the drain region 108d, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 in contact with the insulating film 116 is increased, and the carrier density of the source region 108s, the drain region 108d, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 is increased. it can. Note that each of the source region 108s, the drain region 108d, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 may have a region where the hydrogen concentration in the film is the same by being in contact with the insulating film 116.

[第3の絶縁膜]
 絶縁膜118としては、酸化物絶縁膜または窒化物絶縁膜を単層または積層して形成することができる。絶縁膜118として、例えば酸化シリコン、酸化窒化シリコン、窒化酸化シリコン、窒化シリコン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ハフニウム、酸化ガリウムまたはGa−Zn酸化物などを用いればよく、単層または積層で設けることができる。
[Third insulating film]
As the insulating film 118, an oxide insulating film or a nitride insulating film can be formed as a single layer or a stacked layer. As the insulating film 118, for example, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, silicon nitride, aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, gallium oxide, Ga—Zn oxide, or the like may be used, and the insulating film 118 can be provided as a single layer or a stacked layer.

 また、絶縁膜118としては、外部からの水素、水等のバリア膜として機能する膜であることが好ましい。 Further, the insulating film 118 is preferably a film that functions as a barrier film of hydrogen, water, etc. from the outside.

 絶縁膜118の厚さは、30nm以上500nm以下、または100nm以上400nm以下とすることができる。 The thickness of the insulating film 118 can be greater than or equal to 30 nm and less than or equal to 500 nm, or greater than or equal to 100 nm and less than or equal to 400 nm.

[導電膜]
 導電膜106、120a、120bとしては、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法、パルスレーザー堆積(PLD)法、熱CVD法等を用いて形成することができる。また、導電膜120a、120bとしては、例えば、アルミニウム、クロム、銅、タンタル、チタン、モリブデン、ニッケル、鉄、コバルト、タングステンから選ばれた金属元素、または上述した金属元素を成分とする合金か、上述した金属元素を組み合わせた合金等を用いて形成することができる。また、マンガン、ジルコニウムのいずれか一または複数から選択された金属元素を用いてもよい。また、導電膜106、120a、120bは、単層構造でも、二層以上の積層構造としてもよい。例えば、シリコンを含むアルミニウム膜の単層構造、マンガンを含む銅膜の単層構造、アルミニウム膜上にチタン膜を積層する二層構造、窒化チタン膜上にチタン膜を積層する二層構造、窒化チタン膜上にタングステン膜を積層する二層構造、窒化タンタル膜または窒化タングステン膜上にタングステン膜を積層する二層構造、マンガンを含む銅膜上に銅膜を積層する二層構造、チタン膜上に銅膜を積層する二層構造、チタン膜と、そのチタン膜上にアルミニウム膜を積層し、さらにその上にチタン膜を形成する三層構造、マンガンを含む銅膜上に銅膜を積層し、さらにその上にマンガンを含む銅膜を形成する三層構造等がある。また、アルミニウムに、チタン、タンタル、タングステン、モリブデン、クロム、ネオジム、スカンジウムから選ばれた一または複数を組み合わせた合金膜、もしくは窒化膜を用いてもよい。
[Conductive film]
The conductive films 106, 120a, and 120b can be formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum evaporation method, a pulse laser deposition (PLD) method, a thermal CVD method, or the like. In addition, as the conductive films 120a and 120b, for example, a metal element selected from aluminum, chromium, copper, tantalum, titanium, molybdenum, nickel, iron, cobalt, and tungsten, or an alloy containing the above metal element as a component, It can be formed using an alloy or the like in which the above metal elements are combined. Alternatively, a metal element selected from one or more of manganese and zirconium may be used. In addition, the conductive films 106, 120a, and 120b may have a single-layer structure or a stacked structure including two or more layers. For example, a single layer structure of an aluminum film containing silicon, a single layer structure of a copper film containing manganese, a two layer structure in which a titanium film is laminated on an aluminum film, a two layer structure in which a titanium film is laminated on a titanium nitride film, and nitriding Two-layer structure in which tungsten film is laminated on titanium film, two-layer structure in which tungsten film is laminated on tantalum nitride film or tungsten nitride film, two-layer structure in which copper film is laminated on copper film containing manganese, on titanium film A two-layer structure in which a copper film is laminated, a titanium film, an aluminum film is laminated on the titanium film, and a three-layer structure in which a titanium film is formed thereon, and a copper film is laminated on a copper film containing manganese Further, there is a three-layer structure on which a copper film containing manganese is formed. Alternatively, an alloy film or a nitride film in which aluminum is combined with one or more selected from titanium, tantalum, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, neodymium, and scandium may be used.

 また、導電膜106、120a、120bは、インジウム錫酸化物(Indium Tin Oxide:ITO)、酸化タングステンを含むインジウム酸化物、酸化タングステンを含むインジウム亜鉛酸化物、酸化チタンを含むインジウム酸化物、酸化チタンを含むインジウム錫酸化物、インジウム亜鉛酸化物、シリコンを含むインジウム錫酸化物(In−Sn−Si酸化物:ITSOともいう)等の透光性を有する導電性材料を適用することもできる。また、上記透光性を有する導電性材料と、上記金属元素の積層構造とすることもできる。 The conductive films 106, 120a, and 120b are made of indium tin oxide (Indium Tin Oxide: ITO), indium oxide containing tungsten oxide, indium zinc oxide containing tungsten oxide, indium oxide containing titanium oxide, and titanium oxide. A light-transmitting conductive material such as indium tin oxide containing silicon, indium zinc oxide, or indium tin oxide containing silicon (In-Sn-Si oxide: also referred to as ITSO) can be used. Alternatively, a stacked structure of the above light-transmitting conductive material and the above metal element can be employed.

 導電膜106、120a、120bの厚さとしては、30nm以上500nm以下、または100nm以上400nm以下とすることができる。 The thickness of the conductive films 106, 120a, and 120b can be 30 nm to 500 nm, or 100 nm to 400 nm.

<1−6.トランジスタの構成例2>
 次に、図9(A)(B)(C)に示すトランジスタと異なる構成について、図11(A)(B)(C)を用いて説明する。
<1-6. Transistor configuration example 2>
Next, a structure different from the transistors illustrated in FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C is described with reference to FIGS.

 図11(A)は、トランジスタ150の上面図であり、図11(B)は図11(A)の一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図であり、図11(C)は図11(A)の一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図である。 11A is a top view of the transistor 150, FIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 11A, and FIG. 11C is FIG. It is sectional drawing between dashed-dotted lines Y1-Y2.

 図11(A)(B)(C)に示すトランジスタ150は、基板102上に形成された導電膜106と、導電膜106上の絶縁膜104と、絶縁膜104上の酸化物半導体膜108と、酸化物半導体膜108上の絶縁膜110と、絶縁膜110上の酸化物半導体膜112と、酸化物半導体膜112上の導電膜114と、絶縁膜104、酸化物半導体膜108、及び導電膜114上の絶縁膜116と、開口部143と、を有する。また、酸化物半導体膜108は、酸化物半導体膜112が重畳し、且つ絶縁膜110と接するチャネル領域108iと、絶縁膜116と接するソース領域108sと、絶縁膜116と接するドレイン領域108dと、を有する。 A transistor 150 illustrated in FIGS. 11A to 11C includes a conductive film 106 formed over a substrate 102, an insulating film 104 over the conductive film 106, and an oxide semiconductor film 108 over the insulating film 104. , The insulating film 110 over the oxide semiconductor film 108, the oxide semiconductor film 112 over the insulating film 110, the conductive film 114 over the oxide semiconductor film 112, the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor film 108, and the conductive film Insulating film 116 on opening 114 and opening 143. The oxide semiconductor film 108 includes a channel region 108 i in contact with the insulating film 110, a source region 108 s in contact with the insulating film 116, and a drain region 108 d in contact with the insulating film 116. Have.

 開口部143は、絶縁膜104、110に設けられる。また、導電膜106は、開口部143を介して、酸化物半導体膜112と、電気的に接続される。よって、導電膜106と酸化物半導体膜112には、同じ電位が与えられる。 The opening 143 is provided in the insulating films 104 and 110. In addition, the conductive film 106 is electrically connected to the oxide semiconductor film 112 through the opening 143. Therefore, the same potential is applied to the conductive film 106 and the oxide semiconductor film 112.

 また、トランジスタ150は、絶縁膜116上の絶縁膜118と、絶縁膜116、118に設けられた開口部141aを介して、ソース領域108sに電気的に接続される導電膜120aと、絶縁膜116、118に設けられた開口部141bを介して、ドレイン領域108dに電気的に接続される導電膜120bと、を有していてもよい。 The transistor 150 includes the insulating film 118 over the insulating film 116, the conductive film 120a electrically connected to the source region 108s through the opening 141a provided in the insulating films 116 and 118, and the insulating film 116. , 118 may be provided, and the conductive film 120b electrically connected to the drain region 108d through the opening 141b provided in the opening 118b.

 なお、導電膜106は、第1のゲート電極(ボトムゲート電極ともいう)としての機能を有し、酸化物半導体膜112と、導電膜114とは、第2のゲート電極(トップゲート電極ともいう)としての機能を有する。また、導電膜114は、酸化物半導体膜112をn型にする機能を有する。導電膜114が酸化物半導体膜112をn型にする機能を有する構成とすることで、酸化物半導体膜112は、ゲート電極の一部として機能する。また、絶縁膜104は、第1のゲート絶縁膜としての機能を有し、絶縁膜110は、第2のゲート絶縁膜としての機能を有する。 Note that the conductive film 106 functions as a first gate electrode (also referred to as a bottom gate electrode), and the oxide semiconductor film 112 and the conductive film 114 are also referred to as second gate electrodes (also referred to as top gate electrodes). ). The conductive film 114 has a function of making the oxide semiconductor film 112 an n-type. When the conductive film 114 has a function of making the oxide semiconductor film 112 an n-type, the oxide semiconductor film 112 functions as part of the gate electrode. The insulating film 104 has a function as a first gate insulating film, and the insulating film 110 has a function as a second gate insulating film.

 このように、図11(A)(B)(C)に示すトランジスタ150は、酸化物半導体膜108の上下にゲート電極として機能する導電膜または酸化物半導体膜を有する構造である。 As described above, the transistor 150 illustrated in FIGS. 11A to 11C has a structure in which a conductive film or an oxide semiconductor film functioning as a gate electrode is provided above and below the oxide semiconductor film 108.

 このような構成を有することで、トランジスタ150に含まれる酸化物半導体膜108を、第1のゲート電極として機能する導電膜106及び第2のゲート電極として機能する酸化物半導体膜112および導電膜114の電界によって電気的に取り囲むことができる。このような構造とすることで、トランジスタ150は、導電膜106または酸化物半導体膜112および導電膜114によってチャネルを誘起させるための電界を効果的に酸化物半導体膜108に印加することができる。そのため、トランジスタ150の電流駆動能力が向上し、高いオン電流特性を得ることが可能となる。また、オン電流を高くすることが可能であるため、トランジスタ150を微細化することが可能となる。また、トランジスタ100は、導電膜106、ならびに酸化物半導体膜112および導電膜114によって取り囲まれた構造を有するため、トランジスタ150の機械的強度を高めることができる。 With such a structure, the oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 150 includes the conductive film 106 functioning as the first gate electrode and the oxide semiconductor film 112 and conductive film 114 functioning as the second gate electrode. It can be electrically surrounded by the electric field. With such a structure, the transistor 150 can effectively apply an electric field for inducing a channel by the conductive film 106 or the oxide semiconductor film 112 and the conductive film 114 to the oxide semiconductor film 108. Therefore, the current driving capability of the transistor 150 is improved, and high on-current characteristics can be obtained. Further, since the on-state current can be increased, the transistor 150 can be miniaturized. In addition, since the transistor 100 has a structure surrounded by the conductive film 106, the oxide semiconductor film 112, and the conductive film 114, the mechanical strength of the transistor 150 can be increased.

 また、絶縁膜116は、窒素または水素のいずれか一方または双方を有する。絶縁膜116が窒素または水素のいずれか一方または双方を有する構成とすることで、ソース領域108s及びドレイン領域108dに窒素または水素のいずれか一方または双方を供給することができる。 Further, the insulating film 116 has one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen. With the structure in which the insulating film 116 includes one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen, either or both of nitrogen and hydrogen can be supplied to the source region 108s and the drain region 108d.

 また、酸化物半導体膜112は、絶縁膜110に酸素を供給する機能を有する。酸化物半導体膜112が、絶縁膜110に酸素を供給する機能を有することで、絶縁膜110中に過剰酸素を含ませることが可能となる。絶縁膜110が過剰酸素領域を有することで、チャネル領域108i中に当該過剰酸素を供給することができる。よって、信頼性の高い表示装置を提供することができる。 In addition, the oxide semiconductor film 112 has a function of supplying oxygen to the insulating film 110. When the oxide semiconductor film 112 has a function of supplying oxygen to the insulating film 110, excess oxygen can be contained in the insulating film 110. When the insulating film 110 includes the excess oxygen region, the excess oxygen can be supplied into the channel region 108i. Thus, a highly reliable display device can be provided.

 なお、酸化物半導体膜112は、絶縁膜110に酸素を供給したのち、導電膜114と接することによって、キャリア密度が高くなる。別言すると、酸化物半導体膜112は、酸化物導電体(OC)としての機能も有する。したがって、製造工程を増加させることが無く、酸化物半導体膜112をゲート電極の一部として機能させることが可能となる。 Note that the oxide semiconductor film 112 has high carrier density when it is in contact with the conductive film 114 after oxygen is supplied to the insulating film 110. In other words, the oxide semiconductor film 112 also has a function as an oxide conductor (OC). Therefore, the oxide semiconductor film 112 can function as part of the gate electrode without increasing the number of manufacturing steps.

 導電膜114としては、先に記載の導電膜106、120a、120bと同様の形成方法、及び同様の材料を用いて形成される。特に導電膜114としては、チタン、銅、またはタングステンを用いて、スパッタリング法を用いて形成すると好適である。導電膜114にチタン、銅、またはタングステンを用いることで、導電膜114と接する酸化物半導体膜112の導電性を向上させることができる。また、導電膜114を積層構造としてもよい。当該積層構造としては、例えば、マンガンを含む銅膜上に銅膜を有する構造、または、タングステン膜上にアルミニウム膜を有する構造とすればよい。 The conductive film 114 is formed using the same formation method and the same material as the conductive films 106, 120a, and 120b described above. In particular, the conductive film 114 is preferably formed using titanium, copper, or tungsten by a sputtering method. By using titanium, copper, or tungsten for the conductive film 114, conductivity of the oxide semiconductor film 112 in contact with the conductive film 114 can be improved. Alternatively, the conductive film 114 may have a stacked structure. As the stacked structure, for example, a structure having a copper film on a copper film containing manganese or a structure having an aluminum film on a tungsten film may be used.

<1−7.トランジスタの構成例4>
 次に、図9(A)(B)(C)に示す半導体装置と異なる構成について、図12(A)(B)(C)を用いて説明する。
<1-7. Transistor Configuration Example 4>
Next, a structure different from that of the semiconductor device illustrated in FIGS. 9A to 9C is described with reference to FIGS.

 図12(A)は、トランジスタ100Bの上面図であり、図12(B)は図12(A)の一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図であり、図12(C)は図12(A)の一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図である。 12A is a top view of the transistor 100B, FIG. 12B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 12A, and FIG. 12C is FIG. It is sectional drawing between dashed-dotted lines Y1-Y2.

 図12(A)(B)(C)に示すトランジスタ100Bは、先に示すトランジスタ100と酸化物半導体膜112の形状が異なる。具体的には、トランジスタ100Bが有する酸化物半導体膜112の下端部は、絶縁膜110の上端部よりも内側に形成される。別言すると、絶縁膜110の側端部は、酸化物半導体膜112の側端部よりも外側に位置する。 12A, 12B, and 12C are different in the shape of the oxide semiconductor film 112 from the transistor 100 described above. Specifically, the lower end portion of the oxide semiconductor film 112 included in the transistor 100B is formed inside the upper end portion of the insulating film 110. In other words, the side end portion of the insulating film 110 is located outside the side end portion of the oxide semiconductor film 112.

 例えば、酸化物半導体膜112と、絶縁膜110と、を同じマスクで加工し、酸化物半導体膜112をウエットエッチング法で、絶縁膜110をドライエッチング法で、それぞれ加工することで、上記構造とすることができる。 For example, the oxide semiconductor film 112 and the insulating film 110 are processed with the same mask, the oxide semiconductor film 112 is processed with a wet etching method, and the insulating film 110 is processed with a dry etching method. can do.

 また、酸化物半導体膜112を上記の構造とすることで、酸化物半導体膜108中に、領域108fが形成される場合がある。領域108fは、チャネル領域108iとソース領域108sとの間、及びチャネル領域108iとドレイン領域108dとの間に形成される。 Further, when the oxide semiconductor film 112 has the above structure, the region 108f may be formed in the oxide semiconductor film 108 in some cases. The region 108f is formed between the channel region 108i and the source region 108s, and between the channel region 108i and the drain region 108d.

 領域108fは、高抵抗領域あるいは低抵抗領域のいずれか一方として機能する。高抵抗領域とは、チャネル領域108iと同等の抵抗を有し、ゲート電極として機能する酸化物半導体膜112が重畳しない領域である。領域108fが高抵抗領域の場合、領域108fは、所謂オフセット領域として機能する。領域108fがオフセット領域として機能する場合においては、トランジスタ100Bのオン電流の低下を抑制するために、チャネル長(L)方向において、領域108fを1μm以下とすればよい。 The region 108f functions as either a high resistance region or a low resistance region. The high-resistance region is a region that has the same resistance as the channel region 108 i and does not overlap with the oxide semiconductor film 112 that functions as a gate electrode. When the region 108f is a high resistance region, the region 108f functions as a so-called offset region. In the case where the region 108f functions as an offset region, the region 108f may be 1 μm or less in the channel length (L) direction in order to suppress a decrease in on-state current of the transistor 100B.

 また、低抵抗領域とは、チャネル領域108iよりも抵抗が低く、且つソース領域108s及びドレイン領域108dよりも抵抗が高い領域である。領域108fが低抵抗領域の場合、領域108fは、所謂、LDD(Lightly Doped Drain)領域として機能する。領域108fがLDD領域として機能する場合においては、ドレイン領域の電界緩和が可能となるため、ドレイン領域の電界に起因したトランジスタのしきい値電圧の変動を低減することができる。 Further, the low resistance region is a region having a resistance lower than that of the channel region 108i and higher than that of the source region 108s and the drain region 108d. When the region 108f is a low resistance region, the region 108f functions as a so-called LDD (Lightly Doped Drain) region. In the case where the region 108f functions as an LDD region, electric field relaxation in the drain region is possible, so that variation in threshold voltage of the transistor due to the electric field in the drain region can be reduced.

 なお、領域108fを低抵抗領域とする場合には、例えば、絶縁膜116から領域108fに水素または窒素のいずれか一方または双方を供給する、あるいは、絶縁膜110及び酸化物半導体膜112をマスクとして、酸化物半導体膜112の上方から不純物元素を添加することで、当該不純物が絶縁膜110を介し、酸化物半導体膜108に添加されることで形成される。 Note that in the case where the region 108f is a low-resistance region, for example, one or both of hydrogen and nitrogen is supplied from the insulating film 116 to the region 108f, or the insulating film 110 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 are used as masks. By adding an impurity element from above the oxide semiconductor film 112, the impurity is added to the oxide semiconductor film 108 through the insulating film 110.

 また、先に示すトランジスタ150Bも、第2のゲート電極として機能する酸化物半導体膜112の形状を変えることで、トランジスタ100Bと同様の構成とすることができる。この場合の一例を図13(A)(B)(C)に示す。なお、図13(A)は、トランジスタ150Bの上面図であり、図13(B)は図13(A)の一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図であり、図13(C)は図13(A)の一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図である。 Further, the transistor 150B described above can have a structure similar to that of the transistor 100B by changing the shape of the oxide semiconductor film 112 functioning as the second gate electrode. An example of this case is shown in FIGS. 13 (A), (B), and (C). 13A is a top view of the transistor 150B, FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 13A, and FIG. It is sectional drawing between dashed-dotted lines Y1-Y2 of A).

<1−8.トランジスタの変形例1>
 次に、図1(A)(B)(C)に示すトランジスタの変形例について、図14(A)(B)を用いて説明する。
<1-8. Modification Example 1 of Transistor>
Next, modified examples of the transistors illustrated in FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1C are described with reference to FIGS.

 図14(A)(B)は、トランジスタ100Cの断面図である。トランジスタ100Cの上面図としては、図12(A)に示すトランジスタ100Bと同様であるため、図12(A)を援用して説明する。図14(A)は図12(A)の一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図であり、図14(B)は図12(A)の一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図である。 14A and 14B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100C. A top view of the transistor 100C is similar to the transistor 100B illustrated in FIG. 12A, and thus will be described with reference to FIG. 14A is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 12A, and FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line Y1-Y2 in FIG.

 トランジスタ100Cは、先に示すトランジスタ100Bに平坦化絶縁膜として機能する絶縁膜122が設けられている点が異なる。それ以外の構成については、先に示すトランジスタ100Bと同様の構成であり、同様の効果を奏する。 The transistor 100C is different from the transistor 100B described above in that an insulating film 122 functioning as a planarization insulating film is provided. Other configurations are similar to those of the transistor 100B described above, and have the same effects.

 絶縁膜122は、トランジスタ等に起因する凹凸等を平坦化させる機能を有する。絶縁膜122としては、絶縁性であればよく、無機材料または有機材料を用いて形成される。該無機材料としては、酸化シリコン膜、酸化窒化シリコン膜、窒化酸化シリコン膜、窒化シリコン膜、酸化アルミニウム膜、窒化アルミニウム膜等が挙げられる。該有機材料としては、例えば、アクリル樹脂、またはポリイミド樹脂等の感光性の樹脂材料が挙げられる。 The insulating film 122 has a function of flattening unevenness caused by a transistor or the like. The insulating film 122 only needs to be insulative and is formed using an inorganic material or an organic material. Examples of the inorganic material include a silicon oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film, a silicon nitride oxide film, a silicon nitride film, an aluminum oxide film, and an aluminum nitride film. As this organic material, photosensitive resin materials, such as an acrylic resin or a polyimide resin, are mentioned, for example.

 なお、図14(A)(B)においては、絶縁膜122が有する開口部の形状は、開口部141a、141bよりも小さい形状としたが、これに限定されず、例えば、開口部141a、141bと同じ形状、または開口部141a、141bよりも大きい形状としてもよい。 14A and 14B, the shape of the opening included in the insulating film 122 is smaller than that of the openings 141a and 141b. However, the shape is not limited to this, and for example, the openings 141a and 141b are used. The shape may be the same as or larger than the openings 141a and 141b.

 また、図14(A)(B)においては、絶縁膜122上に導電膜120a、120bを設ける構成について例示したがこれに限定されず、例えば、絶縁膜118上に導電膜120a、120bを設け、導電膜120a、120b上に絶縁膜122を設ける構成としてもよい。 14A and 14B illustrate the structure in which the conductive films 120a and 120b are provided over the insulating film 122, the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the conductive films 120a and 120b are provided over the insulating film 118. Alternatively, the insulating film 122 may be provided over the conductive films 120a and 120b.

<1−9.トランジスタの変形例3>
 次に、図9(A)(B)(C)に示すトランジスタの変形例について、図15乃至図17を用いて説明する。
<1-9. Modification Example 3 of Transistor>
Next, modified examples of the transistors illustrated in FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C are described with reference to FIGS.

 図15(A)(B)は、トランジスタ100Fの断面図である。トランジスタ100Fの上面図としては、図9(A)に示すトランジスタ100と同様であるため、図9(A)を援用して説明する。図15(A)は図9(A)の一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図であり、図15(B)は図9(A)の一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図である。 15A and 15B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100F. A top view of the transistor 100F is similar to the transistor 100 illustrated in FIG. 9A, and thus will be described with reference to FIG. 9A. 15A is a cross-sectional view taken along alternate long and short dash line X1-X2 in FIG. 9A, and FIG. 15B is a cross-sectional view taken along alternate long and short dash line Y1-Y2 in FIG.

 トランジスタ100Fは、先に示すトランジスタ100と酸化物半導体膜108の構造が異なる。それ以外の構成については、先に示すトランジスタ100と同様の構成であり、同様の効果を奏する。 The transistor 100F is different from the transistor 100 described above in the structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108. Other configurations are similar to those of the transistor 100 described above, and have the same effects.

 トランジスタ100Fが有する酸化物半導体膜108は、絶縁膜116上の酸化物半導体膜108_1と、酸化物半導体膜108_1上の酸化物半導体膜108_2と、酸化物半導体膜108_2上の酸化物半導体膜108_3と、を有する。 The oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 100F includes an oxide semiconductor film 108_1 over the insulating film 116, an oxide semiconductor film 108_2 over the oxide semiconductor film 108_1, and an oxide semiconductor film 108_3 over the oxide semiconductor film 108_2. Have.

 また、チャネル領域108i、ソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dは、それぞれ、酸化物半導体膜108_1、酸化物半導体膜108_2、及び酸化物半導体膜108_3の3層の積層構造である。 The channel region 108i, the source region 108s, and the drain region 108d each have a three-layer structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108_1, the oxide semiconductor film 108_2, and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3.

 図16(A)(B)は、トランジスタ100Gの断面図である。トランジスタ100Gの上面図としては、図9(A)に示すトランジスタ100と同様であるため、図9(A)を援用して説明する。図16(A)は図9(A)の一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図であり、図16(B)は図9(A)の一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図である。 16A and 16B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100G. A top view of the transistor 100G is similar to the transistor 100 illustrated in FIG. 9A, and thus will be described with reference to FIG. 16A is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 9A, and FIG. 16B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line Y1-Y2 in FIG.

 トランジスタ100Gは、先に示すトランジスタ100と酸化物半導体膜108の構造が異なる。それ以外の構成については、先に示すトランジスタ100と同様の構成であり、同様の効果を奏する。 The transistor 100G is different from the transistor 100 described above in the structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108. Other configurations are similar to those of the transistor 100 described above, and have the same effects.

 トランジスタ100Gが有する酸化物半導体膜108は、絶縁膜116上の酸化物半導体膜108_2と、酸化物半導体膜108_2上の酸化物半導体膜108_3と、を有する。 The oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 100G includes an oxide semiconductor film 108_2 over the insulating film 116 and an oxide semiconductor film 108_3 over the oxide semiconductor film 108_2.

 また、チャネル領域108i、ソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dは、それぞれ、酸化物半導体膜108_2、及び酸化物半導体膜108_3の2層の積層構造である。 Further, the channel region 108i, the source region 108s, and the drain region 108d each have a two-layer structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3.

 また、トランジスタ100Gは、チャネル領域108iにおいては、酸化物半導体膜108_2、及び酸化物半導体膜108_3の多層構造である。 The transistor 100G has a multilayer structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3 in the channel region 108i.

 ここで、絶縁膜104、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_2、108_3、及び絶縁膜110のバンド構造、並びに、絶縁膜104、酸化物半導体膜108_2、108_3、及び絶縁膜110のバンド構造について、図17を用いて説明する。 Here, the band structure of the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1, 108_2, and 108_3, and the insulating film 110, and the band structure of the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_2, 108_3, and the insulating film 110 are described with reference to FIGS. Will be described.

 図17(A)は、絶縁膜104、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_2、108_3、及び絶縁膜110を有する積層構造の膜厚方向のバンド構造の一例である。また、図17(B)は、絶縁膜104、酸化物半導体膜108_2、108_3、及び絶縁膜110を有する積層構造の膜厚方向のバンド構造の一例である。なお、バンド構造は、理解を容易にするため絶縁膜104、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_2、108_3、及び絶縁膜110の伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位(Ec)を示す。 FIG. 17A illustrates an example of a band structure in the film thickness direction of a stacked structure including the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1, 108_2, and 108_3, and the insulating film 110. FIG. 17B illustrates an example of a band structure in the thickness direction of a stacked structure including the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_2 and 108_3, and the insulating film 110. Note that the band structure indicates the energy level (Ec) of the lower end of the conduction band of the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1, 108_2, and 108_3, and the insulating film 110 for easy understanding.

 また、図17(A)は、絶縁膜104、110として酸化シリコン膜を用い、酸化物半導体膜108_1として金属元素の原子数比をIn:Ga:Zn=1:3:2の金属酸化物ターゲットを用いて形成される酸化物半導体膜を用い、酸化物半導体膜108_2として金属元素の原子数比をIn:Ga:Zn=4:2:4.1の金属酸化物ターゲットを用いて形成される酸化物半導体膜を用い、酸化物半導体膜108_3として金属元素の原子数比をIn:Ga:Zn=1:3:2の金属酸化物ターゲットを用いて形成される酸化物半導体膜を用いる構成のバンド図である。 FIG. 17A illustrates a metal oxide target in which a silicon oxide film is used as the insulating films 104 and 110 and an atomic ratio of metal elements is In: Ga: Zn = 1: 3: 2 as the oxide semiconductor film 108_1. The oxide semiconductor film 108 </ b> _ <b> 2 is formed using a metal oxide target with an atomic ratio of metal elements of In: Ga: Zn = 4: 2: 4.1. An oxide semiconductor film is used, and an oxide semiconductor film formed using a metal oxide target with an atomic ratio of In: Ga: Zn = 1: 3: 2 as an oxide semiconductor film 108_3 is used. It is a band diagram.

 また、図17(B)は、絶縁膜104、110として酸化シリコン膜を用い、酸化物半導体膜108_2として金属元素の原子数比をIn:Ga:Zn=4:2:4.1の金属酸化物ターゲットを用いて形成される酸化物半導体膜を用い、酸化物半導体膜108_3として金属元素の原子数比をIn:Ga:Zn=1:3:2の金属酸化物ターゲットを用いて形成される酸化物半導体膜を用いる構成のバンド図である。 In FIG. 17B, a silicon oxide film is used as the insulating films 104 and 110, and a metal oxide atomic ratio of In: Ga: Zn = 4: 2: 4.1 is used as the oxide semiconductor film 108_2. An oxide semiconductor film formed using an object target is used, and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3 is formed using a metal oxide target with an atomic ratio of metal elements of In: Ga: Zn = 1: 3: 2. FIG. 10 is a band diagram of a structure using an oxide semiconductor film.

 図17(A)に示すように、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_2、108_3において、伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位はなだらかに変化する。また、図17(B)に示すように、酸化物半導体膜108_2、108_3において、伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位はなだらかに変化する。換言すると、連続的に変化または連続接合するともいうことができる。このようなバンド構造を有するためには、酸化物半導体膜108_1と酸化物半導体膜108_2との界面、または酸化物半導体膜108_2と酸化物半導体膜108_3との界面において、トラップ中心や再結合中心のような欠陥準位を形成するような不純物が存在しないとする。 As shown in FIG. 17A, in the oxide semiconductor films 108_1, 108_2, and 108_3, the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band changes gently. In addition, as illustrated in FIG. 17B, in the oxide semiconductor films 108_2 and 108_3, the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band changes gently. In other words, it can be said that it is continuously changed or continuously joined. In order to have such a band structure, a trap center or a recombination center is formed at the interface between the oxide semiconductor film 108_1 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 or the interface between the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3. It is assumed that there is no impurity that forms such a defect level.

 酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_2、108_3に連続接合を形成するためには、ロードロック室を備えたマルチチャンバー方式の成膜装置(スパッタリング装置)を用いて各膜を大気に触れさせることなく連続して積層することが必要となる。 In order to form a continuous bond with the oxide semiconductor films 108_1, 108_2, and 108_3, each film is continuously formed without being exposed to the air using a multi-chamber film formation apparatus (sputtering apparatus) including a load lock chamber. It is necessary to laminate them.

 図17(A)(B)に示す構成とすることで酸化物半導体膜108_2がウェル(井戸)となり、上記積層構造を用いたトランジスタにおいて、チャネル領域が酸化物半導体膜108_2に形成されることがわかる。 17A and 17B, the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 becomes a well, and a channel region is formed in the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 in the transistor including the above stacked structure. Recognize.

 なお、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3を設けることにより、トラップ準位を酸化物半導体膜108_2より遠ざけることができる。 Note that when the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 are provided, the trap level can be further away from the oxide semiconductor film 108_2.

 また、トラップ準位がチャネル領域として機能する酸化物半導体膜108_2の伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位(Ec)より真空準位から遠くなることがあり、トラップ準位に電子が蓄積しやすくなってしまう。トラップ準位に電子が蓄積されることで、マイナスの固定電荷となり、トランジスタのしきい値電圧はプラス方向にシフトしてしまう。したがって、トラップ準位が酸化物半導体膜108_2の伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位(Ec)より真空準位に近くなるような構成にすると好ましい。このようにすることで、トラップ準位に電子が蓄積しにくくなり、トランジスタのオン電流を増大させることが可能であると共に、電界効果移動度を高めることができる。 In addition, the trap level may be farther from the vacuum level than the energy level (Ec) at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 functioning as a channel region, and electrons are likely to accumulate in the trap level. . Accumulation of electrons at the trap level results in a negative fixed charge, and the threshold voltage of the transistor shifts in the positive direction. Therefore, a structure in which the trap level is closer to the vacuum level than the energy level (Ec) at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 is preferable. By doing so, electrons are unlikely to accumulate in the trap level, the on-state current of the transistor can be increased, and field effect mobility can be increased.

 また、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3は、酸化物半導体膜108_2よりも伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位が真空準位に近く、代表的には、酸化物半導体膜108_2の伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位と、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3の伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位との差が、0.15eV以上、または0.5eV以上、かつ2eV以下、または1eV以下である。すなわち、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3の電子親和力と、酸化物半導体膜108_2の電子親和力との差が、0.15eV以上、または0.5eV以上、かつ2eV以下、または1eV以下である。 The oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 each have an energy level at the lower end of the conduction band that is closer to the vacuum level than the oxide semiconductor film 108_2. Typically, the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2. And the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 is 0.15 eV or more, 0.5 eV or more, 2 eV or less, or 1 eV or less. That is, the difference between the electron affinity of the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 and the electron affinity of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 is 0.15 eV or more, 0.5 eV or more, 2 eV or less, or 1 eV or less.

 このような構成を有することで、酸化物半導体膜108_2が主な電流経路となる。すなわち、酸化物半導体膜108_2は、チャネル領域としての機能を有し、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3は、酸化物絶縁膜としての機能を有する。また、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3は、チャネル領域が形成される酸化物半導体膜108_2を構成する金属元素の一種以上から構成される酸化物半導体膜を用いると好ましい。このような構成とすることで、酸化物半導体膜108_1と酸化物半導体膜108_2との界面、または酸化物半導体膜108_2と酸化物半導体膜108_3との界面において、界面散乱が起こりにくい。従って、該界面においてはキャリアの動きが阻害されないため、トランジスタの電界効果移動度が高くなる。 With such a structure, the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 becomes a main current path. In other words, the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 functions as a channel region, and the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 function as oxide insulating films. The oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 are preferably formed using one or more metal elements included in the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 in which a channel region is formed. With such a structure, interface scattering hardly occurs at the interface between the oxide semiconductor film 108_1 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 or at the interface between the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3. Accordingly, the movement of carriers is not inhibited at the interface, so that the field effect mobility of the transistor is increased.

 また、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3は、チャネル領域の一部として機能することを防止するため、導電率が十分に低い材料を用いるものとする。そのため、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3を、その物性及び/または機能から、それぞれ酸化物絶縁膜とも呼べる。または、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3には、電子親和力(真空準位と伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位との差)が酸化物半導体膜108_2よりも小さく、伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位が酸化物半導体膜108_2の伝導帯下端エネルギー準位と差分(バンドオフセット)を有する材料を用いるものとする。また、ドレイン電圧の大きさに依存したしきい値電圧の差が生じることを抑制するためには、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3の伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位が、酸化物半導体膜108_2の伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位よりも真空準位に近い材料を用いると好適である。例えば、酸化物半導体膜108_2の伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位と、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3の伝導帯下端のエネルギー準位との差が、0.2eV以上、好ましくは0.5eV以上とすることが好ましい。 The oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 are formed using a material with sufficiently low conductivity in order to prevent the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 from functioning as part of the channel region. Therefore, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 can also be referred to as oxide insulating films because of their physical properties and / or functions. Alternatively, in the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3, the electron affinity (difference between the vacuum level and the energy level at the bottom of the conduction band) is lower than that of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2, and the energy level at the bottom of the conduction band is an oxide. A material having a difference (band offset) from the lower energy level of the conduction band of the semiconductor film 108_2 is used. In addition, in order to suppress the difference in threshold voltage depending on the magnitude of the drain voltage, the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 is determined so that the conduction level of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 is reduced. It is preferable to use a material closer to the vacuum level than the energy level at the lower end of the band. For example, the difference between the energy level at the bottom of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and the energy level at the bottom of the conduction bands of the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 is 0.2 eV or more, preferably 0.5 eV or more. It is preferable.

 また、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3は、膜中にスピネル型の結晶構造が含まれないことが好ましい。酸化物半導体膜108_1、108c_3の膜中にスピネル型の結晶構造を含む場合、該スピネル型の結晶構造と他の領域との界面において、導電膜120a、120bの構成元素が酸化物半導体膜108_2へ拡散してしまう場合がある。なお、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3がCAAC−OSである場合、導電膜120a、120bの構成元素、例えば、銅元素のブロッキング性が高くなり好ましい。 Further, it is preferable that the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 do not include a spinel crystal structure. In the case where the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108c_3 include a spinel crystal structure, the constituent elements of the conductive films 120a and 120b enter the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 at the interface between the spinel crystal structure and another region. May diffuse. Note that it is preferable that the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 be a CAAC-OS because blocking properties of constituent elements of the conductive films 120a and 120b, for example, a copper element are increased.

 また、本実施の形態においては、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3として、金属元素の原子数比をIn:Ga:Zn=1:3:2の金属酸化物ターゲットを用いて形成される酸化物半導体膜を用いる構成について例示したが、これに限定されない。例えば、酸化物半導体膜108b、108cとして、In:Ga:Zn=1:1:1[原子数比]、In:Ga:Zn=1:1:1.2[原子数比]、In:Ga:Zn=1:3:4[原子数比]、またはIn:Ga:Zn=1:3:6[原子数比]の金属酸化物ターゲットを用いて形成される酸化物半導体膜を用いてもよい。 In this embodiment, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 are formed using a metal oxide target in which the atomic ratio of metal elements is In: Ga: Zn = 1: 3: 2. Although the configuration using the film is exemplified, the configuration is not limited thereto. For example, as the oxide semiconductor films 108b and 108c, In: Ga: Zn = 1: 1: 1 [atomic ratio], In: Ga: Zn = 1: 1: 1.2 [atomic ratio], In: Ga : Zn = 1: 3: 4 [atomic ratio], or an oxide semiconductor film formed using a metal oxide target of In: Ga: Zn = 1: 3: 6 [atomic ratio] Good.

 なお、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3として、In:Ga:Zn=1:1:1[原子数比]の金属酸化物ターゲットを用いる場合、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3は、In:Ga:Zn=1:β1(0<β1≦2):β2(0<β2≦2)となる場合がある。また、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3として、In:Ga:Zn=1:3:4[原子数比]の金属酸化物ターゲットを用いる場合、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3は、In:Ga:Zn=1:β3(1≦β3≦5):β4(2≦β4≦6)となる場合がある。また、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3として、In:Ga:Zn=1:3:6[原子数比]の金属酸化物ターゲットを用いる場合、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_3は、In:Ga:Zn=1:β5(1≦β5≦5):β6(4≦β6≦8)となる場合がある。 Note that in the case where a metal oxide target with In: Ga: Zn = 1: 1: 1 [atomic ratio] is used as the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 are formed of In: Ga: Zn. = 1: β1 (0 <β1 ≦ 2): β2 (0 <β2 ≦ 2). In the case where a metal oxide target with In: Ga: Zn = 1: 3: 4 [atomic ratio] is used as the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 are formed of In: Ga: Zn. = 1: β3 (1 ≦ β3 ≦ 5): β4 (2 ≦ β4 ≦ 6) in some cases. In the case where a metal oxide target with In: Ga: Zn = 1: 3: 6 [atomic ratio] is used as the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 are formed of In: Ga: Zn. = 1: β5 (1 ≦ β5 ≦ 5): β6 (4 ≦ β6 ≦ 8) in some cases.

<1−10.トランジスタの作製方法>
 次に、図14に示すトランジスタ100の作製方法の一例について、図18乃至図21を用いて説明する。なお、図18乃至図21は、トランジスタ100の作製方法を説明するチャネル長(L)方向、及びチャネル幅(W)方向の断面図である。
<1-10. Method for Manufacturing Transistor>
Next, an example of a method for manufacturing the transistor 100 illustrated in FIGS. 14A to 14C will be described with reference to FIGS. 18 to 21 are cross-sectional views in the channel length (L) direction and the channel width (W) direction, which illustrate a method for manufacturing the transistor 100.

 まず、基板102上に導電膜106を形成する。次に、基板102、及び導電膜106上に絶縁膜104を形成し、絶縁膜104上に酸化物半導体膜を形成する。その後、当該酸化物半導体膜を島状に加工することで、酸化物半導体膜107を形成する(図18(A)参照)。 First, a conductive film 106 is formed on the substrate 102. Next, the insulating film 104 is formed over the substrate 102 and the conductive film 106, and an oxide semiconductor film is formed over the insulating film 104. After that, the oxide semiconductor film is processed into an island shape, so that the oxide semiconductor film 107 is formed (see FIG. 18A).

 導電膜106としては、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法、パルスレーザー堆積(PLD)法、熱CVD法等を用いて形成することができる。実施の形態においては、導電膜106として、厚さ100nmのタングステン膜をスパッタリング法により形成する。 The conductive film 106 can be formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum evaporation method, a pulse laser deposition (PLD) method, a thermal CVD method, or the like. In the embodiment, a tungsten film with a thickness of 100 nm is formed as the conductive film 106 by a sputtering method.

 絶縁膜104としては、スパッタリング法、CVD法、蒸着法、パルスレーザー堆積(PLD)法、印刷法、塗布法等を適宜用いて形成することができる。本実施の形態においては、絶縁膜104として、PECVD装置を用い、厚さ400nmの窒化シリコン膜と、厚さ50nmの酸化窒化シリコン膜とを形成する。 The insulating film 104 can be formed using a sputtering method, a CVD method, a vapor deposition method, a pulsed laser deposition (PLD) method, a printing method, a coating method, or the like as appropriate. In this embodiment, a 400-nm-thick silicon nitride film and a 50-nm-thick silicon oxynitride film are formed as the insulating film 104 using a PECVD apparatus.

 また、絶縁膜104を形成した後、絶縁膜104に酸素を添加してもよい。絶縁膜104に添加する酸素としては、酸素ラジカル、酸素原子、酸素原子イオン、酸素分子イオン等がある。また、添加方法としては、イオンドーピング法、イオン注入法、プラズマ処理法等がある。また、絶縁膜上に酸素の脱離を抑制する膜を形成した後、該膜を介して絶縁膜104に酸素を添加してもよい。 Alternatively, oxygen may be added to the insulating film 104 after the insulating film 104 is formed. Examples of oxygen added to the insulating film 104 include oxygen radicals, oxygen atoms, oxygen atom ions, and oxygen molecular ions. Examples of the addition method include an ion doping method, an ion implantation method, and a plasma treatment method. Alternatively, after a film for suppressing desorption of oxygen is formed over the insulating film, oxygen may be added to the insulating film 104 through the film.

 上述の酸素の脱離を抑制する膜として、インジウム、亜鉛、ガリウム、錫、アルミニウム、クロム、タンタル、チタン、モリブデン、ニッケル、鉄、コバルト、タングステンから選ばれた金属元素、上述した金属元素を成分とする合金、上述した金属元素を組み合わせた合金、上述した金属元素を有する金属窒化物、上述した金属元素を有する金属酸化物、上述した金属元素を有する金属窒化酸化物等の導電性を有する材料を用いて形成することができる。 As a film that suppresses the desorption of oxygen described above, a metal element selected from indium, zinc, gallium, tin, aluminum, chromium, tantalum, titanium, molybdenum, nickel, iron, cobalt, and tungsten, and the above-described metal element are components. Conductive materials such as alloys described above, alloys combining the above metal elements, metal nitrides including the above metal elements, metal oxides including the above metal elements, and metal nitride oxides including the above metal elements Can be used.

 また、プラズマ処理で酸素の添加を行う場合、マイクロ波で酸素を励起し、高密度な酸素プラズマを発生させることで、絶縁膜104への酸素添加量を増加させることができる。 In addition, when oxygen is added by plasma treatment, the amount of oxygen added to the insulating film 104 can be increased by exciting oxygen with a microwave to generate high-density oxygen plasma.

 酸化物半導体膜107としては、スパッタリング法、塗布法、パルスレーザー蒸着法、レーザーアブレーション法、熱CVD法等により形成することができる。なお、酸化物半導体膜107への加工には、酸化物半導体膜上にリソグラフィ工程によりマスクを形成した後、該マスクを用いて酸化物半導体膜の一部をエッチングすること形成することができる。また、印刷法を用いて、素子分離された酸化物半導体膜107を直接形成してもよい。 The oxide semiconductor film 107 can be formed by a sputtering method, a coating method, a pulsed laser deposition method, a laser ablation method, a thermal CVD method, or the like. Note that the oxide semiconductor film 107 can be processed by forming a mask over the oxide semiconductor film by a lithography process and then etching part of the oxide semiconductor film using the mask. Alternatively, the element-separated oxide semiconductor film 107 may be directly formed by a printing method.

 スパッタリング法で酸化物半導体膜を形成する場合、プラズマを発生させるための電源装置は、RF電源装置、AC電源装置、DC電源装置等を適宜用いることができる。また、酸化物半導体膜を形成する場合のスパッタリングガスは、希ガス(代表的にはアルゴン)、酸素、希ガス及び酸素の混合ガスを適宜用いる。なお、希ガス及び酸素の混合ガスの場合、希ガスに対して酸素のガス比を高めることが好ましい。 When an oxide semiconductor film is formed by a sputtering method, an RF power supply device, an AC power supply device, a DC power supply device, or the like can be used as appropriate as a power supply device for generating plasma. As a sputtering gas for forming the oxide semiconductor film, a rare gas (typically argon), oxygen, a rare gas, and a mixed gas of oxygen are used as appropriate. Note that in the case of a mixed gas of a rare gas and oxygen, it is preferable to increase the gas ratio of oxygen to the rare gas.

 なお、酸化物半導体膜を形成する際に、例えば、スパッタリング法を用いる場合、基板温度を150℃以上750℃以下、または150℃以上450℃以下、または200℃以上350℃以下として、酸化物半導体膜を成膜することで、結晶性を高めることができるため好ましい。 Note that when the oxide semiconductor film is formed, for example, when a sputtering method is used, the substrate temperature is set to 150 ° C. to 750 ° C., 150 ° C. to 450 ° C., or 200 ° C. to 350 ° C. Forming a film is preferable because crystallinity can be improved.

 なお、本実施の形態においては、酸化物半導体膜107として、スパッタリング装置を用い、スパッタリングターゲットとしてIn−Ga−Zn金属酸化物(In:Ga:Zn=1:1:1.2[原子数比])を用いて、膜厚40nmの酸化物半導体膜を成膜する。 Note that in this embodiment, a sputtering apparatus is used as the oxide semiconductor film 107, and an In—Ga—Zn metal oxide (In: Ga: Zn = 1: 1: 1.2 [atomic ratio] is used as a sputtering target. ]) Is used to form an oxide semiconductor film having a thickness of 40 nm.

 また、酸化物半導体膜107を形成した後、加熱処理を行い、酸化物半導体膜107の脱水素化または脱水化をしてもよい。加熱処理の温度は、代表的には、150℃以上基板歪み点未満、または250℃以上450℃以下、または300℃以上450℃以下である。 Alternatively, after the oxide semiconductor film 107 is formed, heat treatment may be performed to dehydrogenate or dehydrate the oxide semiconductor film 107. The temperature of the heat treatment is typically 150 ° C. or higher and lower than the substrate strain point, 250 ° C. or higher and 450 ° C. or lower, or 300 ° C. or higher and 450 ° C. or lower.

 加熱処理は、ヘリウム、ネオン、アルゴン、キセノン、クリプトン等の希ガス、または窒素を含む不活性ガス雰囲気で行うことができる。または、不活性ガス雰囲気で加熱した後、酸素雰囲気で加熱してもよい。なお、上記不活性雰囲気及び酸素雰囲気に水素、水などが含まれないことが好ましい。処理時間は3分以上24時間以下とすればよい。 The heat treatment can be performed in an inert gas atmosphere containing nitrogen or a rare gas such as helium, neon, argon, xenon, or krypton. Alternatively, after heating in an inert gas atmosphere, heating may be performed in an oxygen atmosphere. Note that it is preferable that the inert atmosphere and the oxygen atmosphere do not contain hydrogen, water, or the like. The treatment time may be 3 minutes or more and 24 hours or less.

 該加熱処理は、電気炉、RTA装置等を用いることができる。RTA装置を用いることで、短時間に限り、基板の歪み点以上の温度で熱処理を行うことができる。そのため加熱処理時間を短縮することができる。 For the heat treatment, an electric furnace, an RTA apparatus, or the like can be used. By using the RTA apparatus, heat treatment can be performed at a temperature equal to or higher than the strain point of the substrate for a short time. Therefore, the heat treatment time can be shortened.

 酸化物半導体膜を加熱しながら成膜する、または酸化物半導体膜を形成した後、加熱処理を行うことで、酸化物半導体膜において、二次イオン質量分析法により得られる水素濃度を5×1019atoms/cm以下、または1×1019atoms/cm以下、5×1018atoms/cm以下、または1×1018atoms/cm以下、または5×1017atoms/cm以下、または1×1016atoms/cm以下とすることができる。 The oxide semiconductor film is formed while being heated, or after the oxide semiconductor film is formed, heat treatment is performed, so that the hydrogen concentration obtained by secondary ion mass spectrometry in the oxide semiconductor film is 5 × 10 19 atoms / cm 3 or less, or 1 × 10 19 atoms / cm 3 or less, 5 × 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less, or 1 × 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less, or 5 × 10 17 atoms / cm 3 or less, Alternatively, it can be set to 1 × 10 16 atoms / cm 3 or less.

 次に、絶縁膜104及び酸化物半導体膜107上に絶縁膜110_0を形成する(図18(B)参照)。 Next, the insulating film 110_0 is formed over the insulating film 104 and the oxide semiconductor film 107 (see FIG. 18B).

 絶縁膜110_0としては、酸化シリコン膜または酸化窒化シリコン膜を、PECVD法を用いて形成することができる。この場合、原料ガスとしては、シリコンを含む堆積性気体及び酸化性気体を用いることが好ましい。シリコンを含む堆積性気体の代表例としては、シラン、ジシラン、トリシラン、フッ化シラン等がある。酸化性気体としては、酸素、オゾン、一酸化二窒素、二酸化窒素等がある。 As the insulating film 110_0, a silicon oxide film or a silicon oxynitride film can be formed by a PECVD method. In this case, it is preferable to use a deposition gas and an oxidation gas containing silicon as the source gas. Typical examples of the deposition gas containing silicon include silane, disilane, trisilane, and fluorinated silane. Examples of the oxidizing gas include oxygen, ozone, dinitrogen monoxide, and nitrogen dioxide.

 また、絶縁膜110_0として、堆積性気体の流量に対して酸化性気体の流量を20倍より大きく100倍未満、または40倍以上80倍以下とし、処理室内の圧力を100Pa未満、または50Pa以下とするPECVD法を用いることで、欠陥量の少ない酸化窒化シリコン膜を形成することができる。 Further, as the insulating film 110_0, the flow rate of the oxidizing gas is greater than 20 times and less than 100 times, or greater than or equal to 40 times and less than or equal to 80 times, and the pressure in the treatment chamber is less than 100 Pa or less than 50 Pa. By using the PECVD method, a silicon oxynitride film with a small amount of defects can be formed.

 また、絶縁膜110_0として、PECVD装置の真空排気された処理室内に載置された基板を280℃以上400℃以下に保持し、処理室に原料ガスを導入して処理室内における圧力を20Pa以上250Pa以下、さらに好ましくは100Pa以上250Pa以下とし、処理室内に設けられる電極に高周波電力を供給する条件により、絶縁膜110_0として、緻密である酸化シリコン膜または酸化窒化シリコン膜を形成することができる。 In addition, as the insulating film 110_0, the substrate placed in the processing chamber evacuated in the PECVD apparatus is held at 280 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower, and a source gas is introduced into the processing chamber so that the pressure in the processing chamber is 20 Pa or higher and 250 Pa. Hereinafter, a dense silicon oxide film or silicon oxynitride film can be formed as the insulating film 110_0 under conditions where the pressure is higher than or equal to 100 Pa and lower than or equal to 250 Pa and high-frequency power is supplied to an electrode provided in the treatment chamber.

 また、絶縁膜110_0を、マイクロ波を用いたプラズマCVD法を用いて形成してもよい。マイクロ波とは300MHzから300GHzの周波数域を指す。マイクロ波において、電子温度が低く、電子エネルギーが小さい。また、供給された電力において、電子の加速に用いられる割合が少なく、より多くの分子の解離及び電離に用いられることが可能であり、密度の高いプラズマ(高密度プラズマ)を励起することができる。このため、被成膜面及び堆積物へのプラズマダメージが少なく、欠陥の少ない絶縁膜110_0を形成することができる。 Alternatively, the insulating film 110_0 may be formed by a plasma CVD method using a microwave. Microwave refers to the frequency range from 300 MHz to 300 GHz. In the microwave, the electron temperature is low and the electron energy is small. In addition, in the supplied power, the ratio used for accelerating electrons is small, it can be used for dissociation and ionization of more molecules, and high density plasma (high density plasma) can be excited. . Therefore, the insulating film 110_0 with little plasma damage to the deposition surface and deposits and few defects can be formed.

 また、絶縁膜110_0を、有機シランガスを用いたCVD法を用いて形成することができる。有機シランガスとしては、珪酸エチル(TEOS:化学式Si(OC)、テトラメチルシラン(TMS:化学式Si(CH)、テトラメチルシクロテトラシロキサン(TMCTS)、オクタメチルシクロテトラシロキサン(OMCTS)、ヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)、トリエトキシシラン(SiH(OC)、トリスジメチルアミノシラン(SiH(N(CH)などのシリコン含有化合物を用いることができる。有機シランガスを用いたCVD法を用いることで、被覆性の高い絶縁膜110_0を形成することができる。 The insulating film 110_0 can be formed by a CVD method using an organosilane gas. Examples of the organic silane gas include ethyl silicate (TEOS: chemical formula Si (OC 2 H 5 ) 4 ), tetramethylsilane (TMS: chemical formula Si (CH 3 ) 4 ), tetramethylcyclotetrasiloxane (TMCTS), and octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane. Use of silicon-containing compounds such as (OMCTS), hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS), triethoxysilane (SiH (OC 2 H 5 ) 3 ), trisdimethylaminosilane (SiH (N (CH 3 ) 2 ) 3 ) it can. By using a CVD method using an organosilane gas, the insulating film 110_0 with high coverage can be formed.

 本実施の形態では絶縁膜110_0として、PECVD装置を用い、厚さ100nmの酸化窒化シリコン膜を形成する。 In this embodiment, as the insulating film 110_0, a silicon oxynitride film with a thickness of 100 nm is formed using a PECVD apparatus.

 次に、絶縁膜110_0上の所望の位置に、リソグラフィによりマスクを形成した後、絶縁膜110_0及び絶縁膜104の一部をエッチングすることで、導電膜106に達する開口部143を形成する(図18(C)参照)。 Next, after a mask is formed by lithography at a desired position over the insulating film 110_0, the insulating film 110_0 and part of the insulating film 104 are etched, so that an opening 143 reaching the conductive film 106 is formed (FIG. 18 (C)).

 開口部143の形成方法としては、ウエットエッチング法及び/またはドライエッチング法を適宜用いることができる。本実施の形態においては、ドライエッチング法を用い、開口部143を形成する。 As a method for forming the opening 143, a wet etching method and / or a dry etching method can be used as appropriate. In this embodiment, the opening 143 is formed using a dry etching method.

 次に、開口部143を覆うように、絶縁膜110_0上に酸化物半導体膜112_0を形成する。なお、酸化物半導体膜112_0の形成時において、酸化物半導体膜112_0から絶縁膜110_0中に酸素が添加される(図18(D)参照)。 Next, an oxide semiconductor film 112_0 is formed over the insulating film 110_0 so as to cover the opening 143. Note that when the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 is formed, oxygen is added from the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 to the insulating film 110_0 (see FIG. 18D).

 酸化物半導体膜112_0の形成方法としては、スパッタリング法を用い、形成時に酸素ガスを含む雰囲気で形成すると好ましい。形成時に酸素ガスを含む雰囲気で酸化物半導体膜112_0を形成することで、絶縁膜110_0中に酸素を好適に添加することができる。 As a method for forming the oxide semiconductor film 112_0, a sputtering method is preferably used in an atmosphere containing oxygen gas at the time of formation. By forming the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 in an atmosphere containing oxygen gas at the time of formation, oxygen can be preferably added to the insulating film 110_0.

 なお、図18(D)において、絶縁膜110_0中に添加される酸素を矢印で模式的に表している。また、開口部143を覆うように、酸化物半導体膜112_0を形成することで、導電膜106と、酸化物半導体膜112_0とが電気的に接続される。 Note that in FIG. 18D, oxygen added to the insulating film 110_0 is schematically represented by an arrow. In addition, by forming the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 so as to cover the opening 143, the conductive film 106 and the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 are electrically connected to each other.

 本実施の形態においては、酸化物半導体膜112_0として、スパッタリング装置を用い、スパッタリングターゲットとしてIn−Ga−Zn金属酸化物(In:Ga:Zn=4:2:4.1[原子数比])を用いて、膜厚100nmの酸化物半導体膜を成膜する。 In this embodiment, a sputtering apparatus is used as the oxide semiconductor film 112_0, and an In—Ga—Zn metal oxide (In: Ga: Zn = 4: 2: 4.1 [atomic ratio]) is used as a sputtering target. Is used to form an oxide semiconductor film with a thickness of 100 nm.

 次に、酸化物半導体膜112_0上の所望の位置に、リソグラフィ工程によりマスク140を形成する(図19(A)参照)。 Next, a mask 140 is formed by a lithography process at a desired position over the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 (see FIG. 19A).

 次に、マスク140上から、エッチングを行うことで酸化物半導体膜112_0を加工し、島状の酸化物半導体膜112を形成する(図19(B)参照)。 Next, the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 is processed by etching from above the mask 140, so that the island-shaped oxide semiconductor film 112 is formed (see FIG. 19B).

 本実施の形態においては、ウエットエッチング法を用い、酸化物半導体膜112_0を加工する。 In this embodiment, the oxide semiconductor film 112_0 is processed by a wet etching method.

 続けて、マスク140上から、エッチングを行うことで絶縁膜110_0を加工し、島状の絶縁膜110を形成する(図19(C)参照)。 Subsequently, the insulating film 110_0 is processed by etching from above the mask 140 to form the island-shaped insulating film 110 (see FIG. 19C).

 本実施の形態においては、ドライエッチング法を用い、絶縁膜110_0を加工する。 In this embodiment, the insulating film 110_0 is processed using a dry etching method.

 なお、酸化物半導体膜112と、絶縁膜110との加工の際に、酸化物半導体膜112が重畳しない領域の酸化物半導体膜107の膜厚が薄くなる場合がある。または、酸化物半導体膜112と、絶縁膜110との加工の際に、酸化物半導体膜107が重畳しない領域の絶縁膜104の膜厚が薄くなる場合がある。 Note that when the oxide semiconductor film 112 and the insulating film 110 are processed, the thickness of the oxide semiconductor film 107 in a region where the oxide semiconductor film 112 is not overlapped may be thin. Alternatively, when the oxide semiconductor film 112 and the insulating film 110 are processed, the thickness of the insulating film 104 in a region where the oxide semiconductor film 107 does not overlap may be reduced.

 次に、マスク140を除去した後、絶縁膜104、酸化物半導体膜107、及び酸化物半導体膜112上から、不純物元素145の添加を行う(図19(D)参照)。 Next, after removing the mask 140, an impurity element 145 is added over the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor film 107, and the oxide semiconductor film 112 (see FIG. 19D).

 不純物元素145の添加方法としては、イオンドーピング法、イオン注入法、プラズマ処理法等がある。プラズマ処理法の場合、添加する不純物元素を含むガス雰囲気にてプラズマを発生させて、プラズマ処理を行うことによって、不純物元素を添加することができる。上記プラズマを発生させる装置としては、ドライエッチング装置、アッシング装置、プラズマCVD装置、高密度プラズマCVD装置等を用いることができる。 As a method for adding the impurity element 145, there are an ion doping method, an ion implantation method, a plasma treatment method, and the like. In the case of the plasma treatment method, the impurity element can be added by performing plasma treatment by generating plasma in a gas atmosphere containing the impurity element to be added. As an apparatus for generating the plasma, a dry etching apparatus, an ashing apparatus, a plasma CVD apparatus, a high-density plasma CVD apparatus, or the like can be used.

 なお、不純物元素145の原料ガスとして、B、PH、CH、N、NH、AlH、AlCl、SiH、Si、F、HF、H及び希ガスの一以上を用いることができる。または、希ガスで希釈されたB、PH、N、NH、AlH、AlCl、F、HF、及びHの一以上を用いることができる。希ガスで希釈されたB、PH、N、NH、AlH、AlCl、F、HF、及びHの一以上を用いて不純物元素145を酸化物半導体膜107及び酸化物半導体膜112に添加することで、希ガス、水素、ホウ素、炭素、窒素、フッ素、リン、硫黄、及び塩素の一以上を酸化物半導体膜107及び酸化物半導体膜112に添加することができる。 Note that as source gases for the impurity element 145, B 2 H 6 , PH 3 , CH 4 , N 2 , NH 3 , AlH 3 , AlCl 3 , SiH 4 , Si 2 H 6 , F 2 , HF, H 2 and rare One or more of the gases can be used. Alternatively, one or more of B 2 H 6 , PH 3 , N 2 , NH 3 , AlH 3 , AlCl 3 , F 2 , HF, and H 2 diluted with a rare gas can be used. One or more of B 2 H 6 , PH 3 , N 2 , NH 3 , AlH 3 , AlCl 3 , F 2 , HF, and H 2 diluted with a rare gas is used to convert the impurity element 145 into the oxide semiconductor film 107 and By adding the oxide semiconductor film 112, one or more of a rare gas, hydrogen, boron, carbon, nitrogen, fluorine, phosphorus, sulfur, and chlorine can be added to the oxide semiconductor film 107 and the oxide semiconductor film 112. it can.

 または、希ガスを添加した後、B、PH、CH、N、NH、AlH、AlCl、SiH、Si、F、HF、及びHの一以上を酸化物半導体膜107及び酸化物半導体膜112に添加してもよい。 Alternatively, after adding a rare gas, one of B 2 H 6 , PH 3 , CH 4 , N 2 , NH 3 , AlH 3 , AlCl 3 , SiH 4 , Si 2 H 6 , F 2 , HF, and H 2 The above may be added to the oxide semiconductor film 107 and the oxide semiconductor film 112.

 または、B、PH、CH、N、NH、AlH、AlCl、SiH、Si、F、HF、及びHの一以上を添加した後、希ガスを酸化物半導体膜107及び酸化物半導体膜112に添加してもよい。 Or, after adding one or more of B 2 H 6 , PH 3 , CH 4 , N 2 , NH 3 , AlH 3 , AlCl 3 , SiH 4 , Si 2 H 6 , F 2 , HF, and H 2 , rare A gas may be added to the oxide semiconductor film 107 and the oxide semiconductor film 112.

 不純物元素145の添加は、加速電圧、ドーズ量などの注入条件を適宜設定して制御すればよい。例えば、イオン注入法でアルゴンの添加を行う場合、加速電圧10kV以上100kV以下、ドーズ量は1×1013ions/cm以上1×1016ions/cm以下とすればよく、例えば、1×1014ions/cmとすればよい。また、イオン注入法でリンイオンの添加を行う場合、加速電圧30kV、ドーズ量は1×1013ions/cm以上5×1016ions/cm以下とすればよく、例えば、1×1015ions/cmとすればよい。 The addition of the impurity element 145 may be controlled by appropriately setting implantation conditions such as an acceleration voltage and a dose. For example, when argon is added by an ion implantation method, the acceleration voltage may be 10 kV to 100 kV and the dose may be 1 × 10 13 ions / cm 2 to 1 × 10 16 ions / cm 2 , for example, 1 × It may be 10 14 ions / cm 2 . In addition, when phosphorus ions are added by an ion implantation method, an acceleration voltage of 30 kV and a dose amount of 1 × 10 13 ions / cm 2 or more and 5 × 10 16 ions / cm 2 or less may be used, for example, 1 × 10 15 ions. / Cm 2 is sufficient.

 また、本実施の形態においては、マスク140を除去してから、不純物元素145を添加する構成について例示したが、これに限定されず、例えば、マスク140を残したままの状態で不純物元素145の添加を行ってもよい。 Further, in this embodiment mode, the structure in which the impurity element 145 is added after the mask 140 is removed is illustrated; however, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the impurity element 145 is left in a state where the mask 140 remains. Addition may be performed.

 また、本実施の形態においては、不純物元素145として、ドーピング装置を用いて、アルゴンを酸化物半導体膜107及び酸化物半導体膜112に添加する。なお、本実施の形態においては、不純物元素145として、アルゴンを添加する構成について例示したがこれに限定されず、例えば、不純物元素145を添加する工程を行わなくてもよい。 In this embodiment, argon is added to the oxide semiconductor film 107 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 as the impurity element 145 using a doping apparatus. Note that although the structure in which argon is added as the impurity element 145 is described in this embodiment, the present invention is not limited thereto, and for example, the step of adding the impurity element 145 may not be performed.

 なお、不純物元素145の添加の際に、酸化物半導体膜107の表面が露出している領域(後にソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dとなる領域)には、多くの不純物が添加される。一方で、酸化物半導体膜107の酸化物半導体膜112が重畳しなく、且つ絶縁膜110が重畳する領域(後に領域108fとなる領域)には、絶縁膜110を介して不純物元素145が添加されるため、ソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dよりも不純物元素145の添加量が少なくなる。 Note that when the impurity element 145 is added, a large amount of impurities are added to a region where the surface of the oxide semiconductor film 107 is exposed (a region to be the source region 108s and the drain region 108d later). On the other hand, an impurity element 145 is added through the insulating film 110 to a region where the oxide semiconductor film 112 of the oxide semiconductor film 107 does not overlap and the insulating film 110 overlaps (a region to be a region 108f later). Therefore, the amount of the impurity element 145 added is smaller than that of the source region 108s and the drain region 108d.

 また、本実施の形態においては、不純物元素145として、ドーピング装置を用いて、アルゴンを酸化物半導体膜107及び酸化物半導体膜112に添加する。 In this embodiment, argon is added to the oxide semiconductor film 107 and the oxide semiconductor film 112 as the impurity element 145 using a doping apparatus.

 なお、本実施の形態においては、不純物元素145として、アルゴンを添加する構成について例示したがこれに限定されず、例えば、不純物元素145を添加する工程を行わなくてもよい。不純物元素145を添加する工程を行わない場合、領域108fは、チャネル領域108iと同等の不純物濃度となる。 Note that although a structure in which argon is added as the impurity element 145 is illustrated in this embodiment mode, the present invention is not limited thereto, and for example, the step of adding the impurity element 145 may not be performed. When the step of adding the impurity element 145 is not performed, the region 108f has an impurity concentration equivalent to that of the channel region 108i.

 次に、絶縁膜104、酸化物半導体膜107、絶縁膜110、及び酸化物半導体膜112上に絶縁膜116を形成する。なお、絶縁膜116を形成することで、絶縁膜116と接する酸化物半導体膜107は、ソース領域108s及びドレイン領域108dとなる。また、絶縁膜116と接しない酸化物半導体膜107、別言すると絶縁膜110と接する酸化物半導体膜107はチャネル領域108iとなる。これにより、チャネル領域108i、ソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dを有する酸化物半導体膜108が形成される(図20(A)参照)。 Next, the insulating film 116 is formed over the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor film 107, the insulating film 110, and the oxide semiconductor film 112. Note that when the insulating film 116 is formed, the oxide semiconductor film 107 in contact with the insulating film 116 becomes the source region 108s and the drain region 108d. In addition, the oxide semiconductor film 107 that is not in contact with the insulating film 116, in other words, the oxide semiconductor film 107 that is in contact with the insulating film 110 serves as a channel region 108i. Thus, the oxide semiconductor film 108 including the channel region 108i, the source region 108s, and the drain region 108d is formed (see FIG. 20A).

 絶縁膜116としては、絶縁膜116に用いることのできる材料を選択することで形成できる。本実施の形態においては、絶縁膜116として、PECVD装置を用い、厚さ100nmの窒化シリコン膜を形成する。 The insulating film 116 can be formed by selecting a material that can be used for the insulating film 116. In this embodiment, a 100-nm-thick silicon nitride film is formed as the insulating film 116 using a PECVD apparatus.

 絶縁膜116として、窒化シリコン膜を用いることで、絶縁膜116に接する酸化物半導体膜112、ソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dに窒化シリコン膜中の水素が入り込み、酸化物半導体膜112、ソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dのキャリア密度を高めることができる。 By using a silicon nitride film as the insulating film 116, hydrogen in the silicon nitride film enters the oxide semiconductor film 112, the source region 108 s, and the drain region 108 d in contact with the insulating film 116, so that the oxide semiconductor film 112 and the source region The carrier density of 108s and the drain region 108d can be increased.

 なお、チャネル領域108iと、ソース領域108sとの間、及びチャネル領域108iと、ドレイン領域108dとの間には、領域108fが形成される。 Note that a region 108f is formed between the channel region 108i and the source region 108s, and between the channel region 108i and the drain region 108d.

 次に、絶縁膜116上に絶縁膜118を形成する(図20(B)参照)。 Next, an insulating film 118 is formed over the insulating film 116 (see FIG. 20B).

 絶縁膜118としては、絶縁膜118に用いることのできる材料を選択することで形成できる。本実施の形態においては、絶縁膜118として、PECVD装置を用い、厚さ300nmの酸化窒化シリコン膜を形成する。 The insulating film 118 can be formed by selecting a material that can be used for the insulating film 118. In this embodiment, a 300-nm-thick silicon oxynitride film is formed as the insulating film 118 using a PECVD apparatus.

 次に、絶縁膜118の所望の位置に、リソグラフィによりマスクを形成した後、絶縁膜118及び絶縁膜116の一部をエッチングすることで、ソース領域108sに達する開口部141aと、ドレイン領域108dに達する開口部141bと、を形成する(図20(C)参照)。 Next, after a mask is formed by lithography at a desired position of the insulating film 118, a part of the insulating film 118 and the insulating film 116 is etched, so that the opening 141a reaching the source region 108s and the drain region 108d are formed. And reaching the opening 141b (see FIG. 20C).

 次に、絶縁膜118上に絶縁膜122を形成する(図20(D)参照)。 Next, an insulating film 122 is formed over the insulating film 118 (see FIG. 20D).

 なお、絶縁膜122は、平坦化絶縁膜としての機能を有する。また、絶縁膜122は、開口部141a、及び開口部141bに重畳する位置に開口部を有する。 Note that the insulating film 122 functions as a planarization insulating film. In addition, the insulating film 122 has openings at positions overlapping with the openings 141a and 141b.

 本実施の形態としては、絶縁膜122として、スピンコーター装置を用いて感光性のアクリル系樹脂を塗布し、その後該アクリル系樹脂の所望の領域を感光させることで、開口部を有する絶縁膜122を形成する。 In this embodiment mode, as the insulating film 122, a photosensitive acrylic resin is applied using a spin coater, and then a desired region of the acrylic resin is exposed to expose the insulating film 122 having an opening. Form.

 次に、開口部141a、141bを覆うように、絶縁膜122上に導電膜120を形成する(図21(A)参照)。 Next, a conductive film 120 is formed over the insulating film 122 so as to cover the openings 141a and 141b (see FIG. 21A).

 次に、導電膜120上の所望の位置に、リソグラフィ工程によりマスクを形成した後、導電膜120の一部をエッチングすることで、導電膜120a、120bを形成する(図21(B)参照)。 Next, after a mask is formed at a desired position on the conductive film 120 by a lithography process, part of the conductive film 120 is etched to form conductive films 120a and 120b (see FIG. 21B). .

 本実施の形態においては、導電膜120の加工にはドライエッチング法を用いる。また、導電膜120の加工の際に、絶縁膜122の上部の一部が除去される場合がある。 In this embodiment, a dry etching method is used for processing the conductive film 120. Further, when the conductive film 120 is processed, part of the upper portion of the insulating film 122 may be removed.

 以上の工程により、図14に示すトランジスタ100Cを作製することができる。 Through the above steps, the transistor 100C illustrated in FIG. 14 can be manufactured.

 なお、トランジスタ100を構成する膜(絶縁膜、酸化物半導体膜、導電膜等)は、スパッタリング法、化学気相堆積(CVD)法、真空蒸着法、パルスレーザー堆積(PLD)法、ALD(原子層成膜)法を用いて形成することができる。あるいは、塗布法や印刷法で形成することができる。成膜方法としては、スパッタリング法、プラズマ化学気相堆積(PECVD)法が代表的であるが、熱CVD法でもよい。熱CVD法の例として、MOCVD(有機金属化学気相堆積)法が挙げられる。 Note that a film (an insulating film, an oxide semiconductor film, a conductive film, or the like) included in the transistor 100 is formed by a sputtering method, a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method, a vacuum evaporation method, a pulse laser deposition (PLD) method, or an ALD (atom). It can be formed using a layer deposition method. Alternatively, it can be formed by a coating method or a printing method. As a film forming method, a sputtering method and a plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) method are typical, but a thermal CVD method may be used. An example of the thermal CVD method is an MOCVD (metal organic chemical vapor deposition) method.

 熱CVD法は、チャンバー内を大気圧または減圧下とし、原料ガスと酸化剤を同時にチャンバー内に送り、基板近傍または基板上で反応させて基板上に堆積させることで成膜を行う。このように、熱CVD法は、プラズマを発生させない成膜方法であるため、プラズマダメージにより欠陥が生成されることが無いという利点を有する。 In the thermal CVD method, the inside of a chamber is set to atmospheric pressure or reduced pressure, and a raw material gas and an oxidant are simultaneously sent into the chamber, reacted in the vicinity of the substrate or on the substrate, and deposited on the substrate. Thus, the thermal CVD method is a film forming method that does not generate plasma, and thus has an advantage that no defect is generated due to plasma damage.

 また、ALD法は、チャンバー内を大気圧または減圧下とし、反応のための原料ガスをチャンバーに導入・反応させ、これを繰り返すことで成膜を行う。原料ガスと一緒に不活性ガス(アルゴン、或いは窒素など)をキャリアガスとして導入しても良い。例えば2種類以上の原料ガスを順番にチャンバーに供給してもよい。その際、複数種の原料ガスが混ざらないように第1の原料ガスの反応後、不活性ガスを導入し、第2の原料ガスを導入する。あるいは、不活性ガスを導入する代わりに真空排気によって第1の原料ガスを排出した後、第2の原料ガスを導入してもよい。第1の原料ガスが基板の表面に吸着・反応して第1の層を成膜し、後から導入される第2の原料ガスが吸着・反応して、第2の層が第1の層上に積層されて薄膜が形成される。このガス導入順序を制御しつつ所望の厚さになるまで複数回繰り返すことで、段差被覆性に優れた薄膜を形成することができる。薄膜の厚さは、ガス導入を繰り返す回数によって調節することができるため、精密な膜厚調節が可能であり、微細なFETを作製する場合に適している。 In addition, in the ALD method, film formation is performed by setting the inside of the chamber to atmospheric pressure or reduced pressure, introducing and reacting a source gas for reaction into the chamber, and repeating this. An inert gas (such as argon or nitrogen) may be introduced as a carrier gas together with the source gas. For example, two or more kinds of source gases may be sequentially supplied to the chamber. At that time, an inert gas is introduced after the reaction of the first source gas so that a plurality of types of source gases are not mixed, and a second source gas is introduced. Alternatively, the second source gas may be introduced after the first source gas is exhausted by evacuation instead of introducing the inert gas. The first source gas is adsorbed and reacted on the surface of the substrate to form the first layer, and the second source gas introduced later is adsorbed and reacted to make the second layer the first layer. A thin film is formed by being laminated on top. By repeating this gas introduction sequence a plurality of times until the desired thickness is achieved, a thin film having excellent step coverage can be formed. Since the thickness of the thin film can be adjusted by the number of repeated gas introductions, precise film thickness adjustment is possible, which is suitable for manufacturing a fine FET.

 MOCVD法などの熱CVD法は、上記記載の導電膜、絶縁膜、酸化物半導体膜、金属酸化膜などの膜を形成することができ、例えば、In−Ga−Zn−O膜を成膜する場合には、トリメチルインジウム(In(CH)、トリメチルガリウム(Ga(CH)、及びジメチル亜鉛を用いる(Zn(CH)。これらの組み合わせに限定されず、トリメチルガリウムに代えてトリエチルガリウム(Ga(C)を用いることもでき、ジメチル亜鉛に代えてジエチル亜鉛(Zn(C)を用いることもできる。 A thermal CVD method such as an MOCVD method can form a film such as the above-described conductive film, insulating film, oxide semiconductor film, or metal oxide film. For example, an In—Ga—Zn—O film is formed. In this case, trimethylindium (In (CH 3 ) 3 ), trimethyl gallium (Ga (CH 3 ) 3 ), and dimethyl zinc are used (Zn (CH 3 ) 2 ). Without being limited to these combinations, triethylgallium (Ga (C 2 H 5 ) 3 ) can be used instead of trimethylgallium, and diethylzinc (Zn (C 2 H 5 ) 2 ) is used instead of dimethylzinc. You can also

 例えば、ALDを利用する成膜装置により酸化ハフニウム膜を形成する場合には、溶媒とハフニウム前駆体を含む液体(ハフニウムアルコキシドや、テトラキスジメチルアミドハフニウム(TDMAH、Hf[N(CH)やテトラキス(エチルメチルアミド)ハフニウムなどのハフニウムアミド)を気化させた原料ガスと、酸化剤としてオゾン(O)の2種類のガスを用いる。 For example, when a hafnium oxide film is formed by a film formation apparatus using ALD, a liquid containing a solvent and a hafnium precursor (hafnium alkoxide or tetrakisdimethylamide hafnium (TDMAH, Hf [N (CH 3 ) 2 ] 4 ) ) Or tetrakis (ethylmethylamide) hafnium) or the like, and two gases of ozone (O 3 ) are used as an oxidizing agent.

 例えば、ALDを利用する成膜装置により酸化アルミニウム膜を形成する場合には、溶媒とアルミニウム前駆体を含む液体(トリメチルアルミニウム(TMA、Al(CH)など)を気化させた原料ガスと、酸化剤としてHOの2種類のガスを用いる。他の材料としては、トリス(ジメチルアミド)アルミニウム、トリイソブチルアルミニウム、アルミニウムトリス(2,2,6,6−テトラメチル−3,5−ヘプタンジオナート)などがある。 For example, when an aluminum oxide film is formed by a film forming apparatus using ALD, a raw material gas obtained by vaporizing a liquid (such as trimethylaluminum (TMA, Al (CH 3 ) 3 )) containing a solvent and an aluminum precursor is used. Two types of gas, H 2 O, are used as the oxidizing agent. Other materials include tris (dimethylamido) aluminum, triisobutylaluminum, aluminum tris (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-3,5-heptanedionate) and the like.

 例えば、ALDを利用する成膜装置により酸化シリコン膜を形成する場合には、ヘキサクロロジシランを被成膜面に吸着させ、酸化性ガス(O、一酸化二窒素)のラジカルを供給して吸着物と反応させる。 For example, when a silicon oxide film is formed by a film forming apparatus using ALD, hexachlorodisilane is adsorbed on the film formation surface, and radicals of oxidizing gas (O 2 , dinitrogen monoxide) are supplied and adsorbed. React with things.

 例えば、ALDを利用する成膜装置によりタングステン膜を成膜する場合には、WFガスとBガスを順次導入して初期タングステン膜を形成し、その後、WFガスとHガスとを用いてタングステン膜を形成する。なお、Bガスに代えてSiHガスを用いてもよい。 For example, when a tungsten film is formed by a film forming apparatus using ALD, an initial tungsten film is formed by sequentially introducing WF 6 gas and B 2 H 6 gas, and then WF 6 gas and H 2 gas. To form a tungsten film. Note that SiH 4 gas may be used instead of B 2 H 6 gas.

 例えば、ALDを利用する成膜装置により酸化物半導体膜、例えばIn−Ga−Zn−O膜を成膜する場合には、In(CHガスとOガスを用いてIn−O層を形成し、その後、Ga(CHガスとOガスとを用いてGaO層を形成し、更にその後Zn(CHガスとOガスとを用いてZnO層を形成する。なお、これらの層の順番はこの例に限らない。また、これらのガスを用いてIn−Ga−O層やIn−Zn−O層、Ga−Zn−O層などの混合化合物層を形成しても良い。なお、Oガスに変えてAr等の不活性ガスで水をバブリングして得られたHOガスを用いても良いが、Hを含まないOガスを用いる方が好ましい。 For example, in the case where an oxide semiconductor film such as an In—Ga—Zn—O film is formed by a film formation apparatus using ALD, an In—O layer is formed using In (CH 3 ) 3 gas and O 3 gas. Then, a GaO layer is formed using Ga (CH 3 ) 3 gas and O 3 gas, and then a ZnO layer is formed using Zn (CH 3 ) 2 gas and O 3 gas. Note that the order of these layers is not limited to this example. Alternatively, a mixed compound layer such as an In—Ga—O layer, an In—Zn—O layer, or a Ga—Zn—O layer may be formed using these gases. Incidentally, O 3 may be used of H 2 O gas obtained by bubbling water with an inert gas such as Ar in place of the gas, but better to use an O 3 gas containing no H are preferred.

 以上、本実施の形態で示す構成、方法は、他の実施の形態で示す構成、方法と適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 As described above, the structures and methods described in this embodiment can be combined as appropriate with any of the structures and methods described in the other embodiments.

(実施の形態2)
 本実施の形態においては、酸化物半導体の構造等について、図22乃至図26を参照して説明する。
(Embodiment 2)
In this embodiment, the structure and the like of an oxide semiconductor will be described with reference to FIGS.

<2−1.酸化物半導体の構造>
 酸化物半導体は、単結晶酸化物半導体と、それ以外の非単結晶酸化物半導体と、に分けられる。非単結晶酸化物半導体としては、CAAC−OS(c−axis−aligned crystalline oxide semiconductor)、多結晶酸化物半導体、nc−OS(nanocrystalline oxide semiconductor)、擬似非晶質酸化物半導体(a−like OS:amorphous−like oxide semiconductor)および非晶質酸化物半導体などがある。
<2-1. Structure of oxide semiconductor>
An oxide semiconductor is classified into a single crystal oxide semiconductor and a non-single-crystal oxide semiconductor. As the non-single-crystal oxide semiconductor, a CAAC-OS (c-axis-aligned crystal oxide semiconductor), a polycrystalline oxide semiconductor, an nc-OS (nanocrystalline oxide semiconductor), a pseudo-amorphous oxide semiconductor (a-like oxide semiconductor) : Amorphous-like oxide semiconductor) and amorphous oxide semiconductors.

 また別の観点では、酸化物半導体は、非晶質酸化物半導体と、それ以外の結晶性酸化物半導体と、に分けられる。結晶性酸化物半導体としては、単結晶酸化物半導体、CAAC−OS、多結晶酸化物半導体およびnc−OSなどがある。 From another point of view, oxide semiconductors are classified into amorphous oxide semiconductors and other crystalline oxide semiconductors. Examples of a crystalline oxide semiconductor include a single crystal oxide semiconductor, a CAAC-OS, a polycrystalline oxide semiconductor, and an nc-OS.

 非晶質構造は、一般に、等方的であって不均質構造を持たない、準安定状態で原子の配置が固定化していない、結合角度が柔軟である、短距離秩序は有するが長距離秩序を有さない、などといわれている。 Amorphous structures are generally isotropic, have no heterogeneous structure, are metastable, have no fixed atomic arrangement, have a flexible bond angle, have short-range order, but long-range order It is said that it does not have.

 逆の見方をすると、安定な酸化物半導体を完全な非晶質(completely amorphous)酸化物半導体とは呼べない。また、等方的でない(例えば、微小な領域において周期構造を有する)酸化物半導体を、完全な非晶質酸化物半導体とは呼べない。一方、a−like OSは、等方的でないが、鬆(ボイドともいう。)を有する不安定な構造である。不安定であるという点では、a−like OSは、物性的に非晶質酸化物半導体に近い。 In other words, a stable oxide semiconductor cannot be called a complete amorphous semiconductor. In addition, an oxide semiconductor that is not isotropic (for example, has a periodic structure in a minute region) cannot be called a complete amorphous oxide semiconductor. On the other hand, an a-like OS is not isotropic but has an unstable structure having a void (also referred to as a void). In terms of being unstable, a-like OS is physically similar to an amorphous oxide semiconductor.

<2−2.CAAC−OS>
 まずは、CAAC−OSについて説明する。
<2-2. CAAC-OS>
First, the CAAC-OS will be described.

 CAAC−OSは、c軸配向した複数の結晶部(ペレットともいう。)を有する酸化物半導体の一種である。 CAAC-OS is a kind of oxide semiconductor having a plurality of c-axis aligned crystal parts (also referred to as pellets).

 CAAC−OSをX線回折(XRD:X−Ray Diffraction)によって解析した場合について説明する。例えば、空間群R−3mに分類されるInGaZnOの結晶を有するCAAC−OSに対し、out−of−plane法による構造解析を行うと、図22(A)に示すように回折角(2θ)が31°近傍にピークが現れる。このピークは、InGaZnOの結晶の(009)面に帰属されることから、CAAC−OSでは、結晶がc軸配向性を有し、c軸がCAAC−OSの膜を形成する面(被形成面ともいう。)、または上面に略垂直な方向を向いていることが確認できる。なお、2θが31°近傍のピークの他に、2θが36°近傍にもピークが現れる場合がある。2θが36°近傍のピークは、空間群Fd−3mに分類される結晶構造に起因する。そのため、CAAC−OSは、該ピークを示さないことが好ましい。 A case where the CAAC-OS is analyzed by X-ray diffraction (XRD: X-Ray Diffraction) is described. For example, when CAAC-OS having an InGaZnO 4 crystal classified into the space group R-3m is subjected to structural analysis by an out-of-plane method, a diffraction angle (2θ) as illustrated in FIG. Shows a peak near 31 °. Since this peak is attributed to the (009) plane of the InGaZnO 4 crystal, in CAAC-OS, the crystal has a c-axis orientation, and the plane on which the c-axis forms a CAAC-OS film (formation target) It can also be confirmed that it faces a direction substantially perpendicular to the upper surface. In addition to the peak where 2θ is around 31 °, a peak may also appear when 2θ is around 36 °. The peak where 2θ is around 36 ° is attributed to the crystal structure classified into the space group Fd-3m. Therefore, the CAAC-OS preferably does not show the peak.

 一方、CAAC−OSに対し、被形成面に平行な方向からX線を入射させるin−plane法による構造解析を行うと、2θが56°近傍にピークが現れる。このピークは、InGaZnOの結晶の(110)面に帰属される。そして、2θを56°近傍に固定し、試料面の法線ベクトルを軸(φ軸)として試料を回転させながら分析(φスキャン)を行っても、図22(B)に示すように明瞭なピークは現れない。一方、単結晶InGaZnOに対し、2θを56°近傍に固定してφスキャンした場合、図22(C)に示すように(110)面と等価な結晶面に帰属されるピークが6本観察される。したがって、XRDを用いた構造解析から、CAAC−OSは、a軸およびb軸の配向が不規則であることが確認できる。 On the other hand, when structural analysis is performed on the CAAC-OS by an in-plane method in which X-rays are incident from a direction parallel to a formation surface, a peak appears at 2θ of around 56 °. This peak is attributed to the (110) plane of the InGaZnO 4 crystal. Even when 2θ is fixed in the vicinity of 56 ° and the analysis (φ scan) is performed while rotating the sample with the normal vector of the sample surface as the axis (φ axis), as shown in FIG. No peak appears. On the other hand, when φ scan is performed with 2θ fixed at around 56 ° with respect to single crystal InGaZnO 4 , six peaks attributed to a crystal plane equivalent to the (110) plane are observed as shown in FIG. Is done. Therefore, structural analysis using XRD can confirm that the CAAC-OS has irregular orientations in the a-axis and the b-axis.

 次に、電子回折によって解析したCAAC−OSについて説明する。例えば、InGaZnOの結晶を有するCAAC−OSに対し、CAAC−OSの被形成面に平行にプローブ径が300nmの電子線を入射させると、図22(D)に示すような回折パターン(制限視野電子回折パターンともいう。)が現れる場合がある。この回折パターンには、InGaZnOの結晶の(009)面に起因するスポットが含まれる。したがって、電子回折によっても、CAAC−OSに含まれるペレットがc軸配向性を有し、c軸が被形成面または上面に略垂直な方向を向いていることがわかる。一方、同じ試料に対し、試料面に垂直にプローブ径が300nmの電子線を入射させたときの回折パターンを図22(E)に示す。図22(E)より、リング状の回折パターンが確認される。したがって、プローブ径が300nmの電子線を用いた電子回折によっても、CAAC−OSに含まれるペレットのa軸およびb軸は配向性を有さないことがわかる。なお、図22(E)における第1リングは、InGaZnOの結晶の(010)面および(100)面などに起因すると考えられる。また、図22(E)における第2リングは(110)面などに起因すると考えられる。 Next, a CAAC-OS analyzed by electron diffraction will be described. For example, when an electron beam with a probe diameter of 300 nm is incident on a CAAC-OS including an InGaZnO 4 crystal in parallel with a formation surface of the CAAC-OS, a diffraction pattern (restricted field of view) illustrated in FIG. Sometimes referred to as an electron diffraction pattern). This diffraction pattern includes spots caused by the (009) plane of the InGaZnO 4 crystal. Therefore, electron diffraction shows that the pellets included in the CAAC-OS have c-axis alignment, and the c-axis is in a direction substantially perpendicular to the formation surface or the top surface. On the other hand, FIG. 22E shows a diffraction pattern obtained when an electron beam with a probe diameter of 300 nm is incident on the same sample in a direction perpendicular to the sample surface. A ring-shaped diffraction pattern is confirmed from FIG. Therefore, it can be seen that the a-axis and the b-axis of the pellet included in the CAAC-OS have no orientation even by electron diffraction using an electron beam with a probe diameter of 300 nm. Note that the first ring in FIG. 22E is considered to be derived from the (010) plane and the (100) plane of the InGaZnO 4 crystal. Further, it is considered that the second ring in FIG. 22E is caused by the (110) plane or the like.

 また、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM:Transmission Electron Microscope)によって、CAAC−OSの明視野像と回折パターンとの複合解析像(高分解能TEM像ともいう。)を観察すると、複数のペレットを確認することができる。一方、高分解能TEM像であってもペレット同士の境界、即ち結晶粒界(グレインバウンダリーともいう。)を明確に確認することができない場合がある。そのため、CAAC−OSは、結晶粒界に起因する電子移動度の低下が起こりにくいといえる。 In addition, when a composite analysis image (also referred to as a high-resolution TEM image) of a bright field image and a diffraction pattern of CAAC-OS is observed with a transmission electron microscope (TEM: Transmission Electron Microscope), a plurality of pellets are confirmed. Can do. On the other hand, even in a high-resolution TEM image, the boundary between pellets, that is, a crystal grain boundary (also referred to as a grain boundary) may not be clearly confirmed. Therefore, it can be said that the CAAC-OS does not easily lower the electron mobility due to the crystal grain boundary.

 図23(A)に、試料面と略平行な方向から観察したCAAC−OSの断面の高分解能TEM像を示す。高分解能TEM像の観察には、球面収差補正(Spherical Aberration Corrector)機能を用いた。球面収差補正機能を用いた高分解能TEM像を、特にCs補正高分解能TEM像と呼ぶ。Cs補正高分解能TEM像は、例えば、日本電子株式会社製原子分解能分析電子顕微鏡JEM−ARM200Fなどによって観察することができる。 FIG. 23A shows a high-resolution TEM image of a cross section of the CAAC-OS observed from a direction substantially parallel to the sample surface. For observation of the high-resolution TEM image, a spherical aberration correction function was used. A high-resolution TEM image using the spherical aberration correction function is particularly referred to as a Cs-corrected high-resolution TEM image. The Cs-corrected high resolution TEM image can be observed, for example, with an atomic resolution analytical electron microscope JEM-ARM200F manufactured by JEOL Ltd.

 図23(A)より、金属原子が層状に配列している領域であるペレットを確認することができる。ペレット一つの大きさは1nm以上のものや、3nm以上のものがあることがわかる。したがって、ペレットを、ナノ結晶(nc:nanocrystal)と呼ぶこともできる。また、CAAC−OSを、CANC(C−Axis Aligned nanocrystals)を有する酸化物半導体と呼ぶこともできる。ペレットは、CAAC−OSを被形成面または上面の凹凸を反映しており、CAAC−OSの被形成面または上面と平行となる。 FIG. 23A shows a pellet that is a region where metal atoms are arranged in layers. It can be seen that the size of one pellet is 1 nm or more and 3 nm or more. Therefore, the pellet can also be referred to as a nanocrystal (nc). The CAAC-OS can also be referred to as an oxide semiconductor including CANC (C-Axis aligned nanocrystals). The pellet reflects the unevenness of the surface or top surface of the CAAC-OS and is parallel to the surface or top surface of the CAAC-OS.

 また、図23(B)および図23(C)に、試料面と略垂直な方向から観察したCAAC−OSの平面のCs補正高分解能TEM像を示す。図23(D)および図23(E)は、それぞれ図23(B)および図23(C)を画像処理した像である。以下では、画像処理の方法について説明する。まず、図23(B)を高速フーリエ変換(FFT:Fast Fourier Transform)処理することでFFT像を取得する。次に、取得したFFT像において原点を基準に、2.8nm−1から5.0nm−1の間の範囲を残すマスク処理する。次に、マスク処理したFFT像を、逆高速フーリエ変換(IFFT:Inverse Fast Fourier Transform)処理することで画像処理した像を取得する。こうして取得した像をFFTフィルタリング像と呼ぶ。FFTフィルタリング像は、Cs補正高分解能TEM像から周期成分を抜き出した像であり、格子配列を示している。 FIGS. 23B and 23C show Cs-corrected high-resolution TEM images of the plane of the CAAC-OS observed from the direction substantially perpendicular to the sample surface. FIGS. 23D and 23E are images obtained by performing image processing on FIGS. 23B and 23C, respectively. Hereinafter, an image processing method will be described. First, an FFT image is acquired by performing Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processing on FIG. Then, relative to the origin in the FFT image acquired, for masking leaves a range between 5.0 nm -1 from 2.8 nm -1. Next, the FFT-processed mask image is subjected to an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) process to obtain an image-processed image. The image acquired in this way is called an FFT filtered image. The FFT filtered image is an image obtained by extracting periodic components from the Cs-corrected high-resolution TEM image, and shows a lattice arrangement.

 図23(D)では、格子配列の乱れた箇所を破線で示している。破線で囲まれた領域が、一つのペレットである。そして、破線で示した箇所がペレットとペレットとの連結部である。破線は、六角形状であるため、ペレットが六角形状であることがわかる。なお、ペレットの形状は、正六角形状とは限らず、非正六角形状である場合が多い。 In FIG. 23D, the portion where the lattice arrangement is disturbed is indicated by a broken line. A region surrounded by a broken line is one pellet. And the location shown with the broken line is the connection part of a pellet and a pellet. Since the broken line has a hexagonal shape, it can be seen that the pellet has a hexagonal shape. In addition, the shape of a pellet is not necessarily a regular hexagonal shape, and is often a non-regular hexagonal shape.

 図23(E)では、格子配列の揃った領域と、別の格子配列の揃った領域と、の間で格子配列の向きが変化している箇所を点線で示し、格子配列の向きの変化を破線で示している。点線近傍においても、明確な結晶粒界を確認することはできない。点線近傍の格子点を中心に周囲の格子点を繋ぐと、歪んだ六角形が形成できる。即ち、格子配列を歪ませることによって結晶粒界の形成を抑制していることがわかる。これは、CAAC−OSが、a−b面方向において原子間の結合距離が稠密でないことや、金属元素が置換することで原子間の結合距離が変化することなどによって、歪みを許容することができるためと考えられる。 In FIG. 23 (E), a portion where the orientation of the lattice arrangement changes between a region where the lattice arrangement is aligned and a region where another lattice arrangement is aligned is indicated by a dotted line, and the change in the orientation of the lattice arrangement is shown. It is indicated by a broken line. A clear crystal grain boundary cannot be confirmed even in the vicinity of the dotted line. A distorted hexagon can be formed by connecting the surrounding lattice points around the lattice points near the dotted line. That is, it can be seen that the formation of crystal grain boundaries is suppressed by distorting the lattice arrangement. This is because the CAAC-OS can tolerate distortion due to the fact that the bond distance between atoms is not dense in the ab plane direction, or the bond distance between atoms changes when a metal element is substituted. This is thought to be possible.

 以上に示すように、CAAC−OSは、c軸配向性を有し、かつa−b面方向において複数のペレット(ナノ結晶)が連結し、歪みを有した結晶構造となっている。よって、CAAC−OSを、CAA crystal(c−axis−aligned a−b−plane−anchored crystal)を有する酸化物半導体と称することもできる。 As described above, the CAAC-OS has a c-axis orientation and a crystal structure in which a plurality of pellets (nanocrystals) are connected in the ab plane direction and have a strain. Therefore, the CAAC-OS can also be referred to as an oxide semiconductor having CAA crystal (c-axis-aligned ab-plane-anchored crystal).

 CAAC−OSは結晶性の高い酸化物半導体である。酸化物半導体の結晶性は不純物の混入や欠陥の生成などによって低下する場合があるため、逆の見方をするとCAAC−OSは不純物や欠陥(酸素欠損など)の少ない酸化物半導体ともいえる。 CAAC-OS is an oxide semiconductor with high crystallinity. Since the crystallinity of an oxide semiconductor may be deteriorated by entry of impurities, generation of defects, or the like, in reverse, the CAAC-OS can be said to be an oxide semiconductor with few impurities and defects (such as oxygen vacancies).

 なお、不純物は、酸化物半導体の主成分以外の元素で、水素、炭素、シリコン、遷移金属元素などがある。例えば、シリコンなどの、酸化物半導体を構成する金属元素よりも酸素との結合力の強い元素は、酸化物半導体から酸素を奪うことで酸化物半導体の原子配列を乱し、結晶性を低下させる要因となる。また、鉄やニッケルなどの重金属、アルゴン、二酸化炭素などは、原子半径(または分子半径)が大きいため、酸化物半導体の原子配列を乱し、結晶性を低下させる要因となる。 Note that the impurity means an element other than the main components of the oxide semiconductor, such as hydrogen, carbon, silicon, or a transition metal element. For example, an element such as silicon, which has a stronger bonding force with oxygen than a metal element included in an oxide semiconductor, disturbs the atomic arrangement of the oxide semiconductor by depriving the oxide semiconductor of oxygen, thereby reducing crystallinity. It becomes a factor. In addition, heavy metals such as iron and nickel, argon, carbon dioxide, and the like have large atomic radii (or molecular radii), which disturbs the atomic arrangement of the oxide semiconductor and decreases crystallinity.

 酸化物半導体が不純物や欠陥を有する場合、光や熱などによって特性が変動する場合がある。例えば、酸化物半導体に含まれる不純物は、キャリアトラップとなる場合や、キャリア発生源となる場合がある。例えば、酸化物半導体中の酸素欠損は、キャリアトラップとなる場合や、水素を捕獲することによってキャリア発生源となる場合がある。 When an oxide semiconductor has impurities or defects, characteristics may fluctuate due to light or heat. For example, an impurity contained in the oxide semiconductor might serve as a carrier trap or a carrier generation source. For example, oxygen vacancies in the oxide semiconductor may serve as carrier traps or may serve as carrier generation sources by capturing hydrogen.

 不純物および酸素欠損の少ないCAAC−OSは、キャリア密度の低い酸化物半導体である。具体的には、8×1011/cm未満、好ましくは1×1011/cm未満、さらに好ましくは1×1010/cm未満であり、1×10−9/cm以上のキャリア密度の酸化物半導体とすることができる。そのような酸化物半導体を、高純度真性または実質的に高純度真性な酸化物半導体と呼ぶ。CAAC−OSは、不純物濃度が低く、欠陥準位密度が低い。即ち、安定な特性を有する酸化物半導体であるといえる。 A CAAC-OS with few impurities and oxygen vacancies is an oxide semiconductor with low carrier density. Specifically, it is less than 8 × 10 11 / cm 3 , preferably less than 1 × 10 11 / cm 3 , more preferably less than 1 × 10 10 / cm 3 , and a carrier of 1 × 10 −9 / cm 3 or more. A dense oxide semiconductor can be obtained. Such an oxide semiconductor is referred to as a highly purified intrinsic or substantially highly purified intrinsic oxide semiconductor. The CAAC-OS has a low impurity concentration and a low density of defect states. That is, it can be said that the oxide semiconductor has stable characteristics.

<2−3.nc−OS>
 次に、nc−OSについて説明する。
<2-3. nc-OS>
Next, the nc-OS will be described.

 nc−OSをXRDによって解析した場合について説明する。例えば、nc−OSに対し、out−of−plane法による構造解析を行うと、配向性を示すピークが現れない。即ち、nc−OSの結晶は配向性を有さない。 A case where nc-OS is analyzed by XRD will be described. For example, when structural analysis is performed on the nc-OS by an out-of-plane method, a peak indicating orientation does not appear. That is, the nc-OS crystal has no orientation.

 また、例えば、InGaZnOの結晶を有するnc−OSを薄片化し、厚さが34nmの領域に対し、被形成面に平行にプローブ径が50nmの電子線を入射させると、図24(A)に示すようなリング状の回折パターン(ナノビーム電子回折パターン)が観測される。また、同じ試料にプローブ径が1nmの電子線を入射させたときの回折パターン(ナノビーム電子回折パターン)を図24(B)に示す。図24(B)より、リング状の領域内に複数のスポットが観測される。したがって、nc−OSは、プローブ径が50nmの電子線を入射させることでは秩序性が確認されないが、プローブ径が1nmの電子線を入射させることでは秩序性が確認される。 For example, when an nc-OS including an InGaZnO 4 crystal is thinned and an electron beam with a probe diameter of 50 nm is incident on a region with a thickness of 34 nm in parallel to the formation surface, FIG. A ring-shaped diffraction pattern (nanobeam electron diffraction pattern) as shown is observed. FIG. 24B shows a diffraction pattern (nanobeam electron diffraction pattern) obtained when an electron beam with a probe diameter of 1 nm is incident on the same sample. From FIG. 24B, a plurality of spots are observed in the ring-shaped region. Therefore, nc-OS does not confirm order when an electron beam with a probe diameter of 50 nm is incident, but confirms order when an electron beam with a probe diameter of 1 nm is incident.

 また、厚さが10nm未満の領域に対し、プローブ径が1nmの電子線を入射させると、図24(C)に示すように、スポットが略正六角状に配置された電子回折パターンを観測される場合がある。したがって、厚さが10nm未満の範囲において、nc−OSが秩序性の高い領域、即ち結晶を有することがわかる。なお、結晶が様々な方向を向いているため、規則的な電子回折パターンが観測されない領域もある。 When an electron beam with a probe diameter of 1 nm is incident on a region with a thickness of less than 10 nm, an electron diffraction pattern in which spots are arranged in a substantially regular hexagonal shape is observed as shown in FIG. There is a case. Therefore, it can be seen that the nc-OS has a highly ordered region, that is, a crystal in a thickness range of less than 10 nm. Note that there are some regions where a regular electron diffraction pattern is not observed because the crystal faces in various directions.

 図24(D)に、被形成面と略平行な方向から観察したnc−OSの断面のCs補正高分解能TEM像を示す。nc−OSは、高分解能TEM像において、補助線で示す箇所などのように結晶部を確認することのできる領域と、明確な結晶部を確認することのできない領域と、を有する。nc−OSに含まれる結晶部は、1nm以上10nm以下の大きさであり、特に1nm以上3nm以下の大きさであることが多い。なお、結晶部の大きさが10nmより大きく100nm以下である酸化物半導体を微結晶酸化物半導体(microcrystalline oxide semiconductor)と呼ぶことがある。nc−OSは、例えば、高分解能TEM像では、結晶粒界を明確に確認できない場合がある。なお、ナノ結晶は、CAAC−OSにおけるペレットと起源を同じくする可能性がある。そのため、以下ではnc−OSの結晶部をペレットと呼ぶ場合がある。 FIG. 24D shows a Cs-corrected high-resolution TEM image of a cross section of the nc-OS observed from a direction substantially parallel to the formation surface. The nc-OS has a region in which a crystal part can be confirmed, such as a portion indicated by an auxiliary line, and a region in which a clear crystal part cannot be confirmed in a high-resolution TEM image. A crystal part included in the nc-OS has a size of 1 nm to 10 nm, particularly a size of 1 nm to 3 nm in many cases. Note that an oxide semiconductor in which the size of a crystal part is greater than 10 nm and less than or equal to 100 nm is sometimes referred to as a microcrystalline oxide semiconductor. For example, the nc-OS may not be able to clearly confirm a crystal grain boundary in a high-resolution TEM image. Note that the nanocrystal may have the same origin as the pellet in the CAAC-OS. Therefore, the crystal part of nc-OS is sometimes referred to as a pellet below.

 このように、nc−OSは、微小な領域(例えば、1nm以上10nm以下の領域、特に1nm以上3nm以下の領域)において原子配列に周期性を有する。また、nc−OSは、異なるペレット間で結晶方位に規則性が見られない。そのため、膜全体で配向性が見られない。したがって、nc−OSは、分析方法によっては、a−like OSや非晶質酸化物半導体と区別が付かない場合がある。 Thus, nc-OS has periodicity in atomic arrangement in a minute region (for example, a region of 1 nm to 10 nm, particularly a region of 1 nm to 3 nm). In addition, the nc-OS has no regularity in crystal orientation between different pellets. Therefore, orientation is not seen in the whole film. Therefore, the nc-OS may not be distinguished from an a-like OS or an amorphous oxide semiconductor depending on an analysis method.

 なお、ペレット(ナノ結晶)間で結晶方位が規則性を有さないことから、nc−OSを、RANC(Random Aligned nanocrystals)を有する酸化物半導体、またはNANC(Non−Aligned nanocrystals)を有する酸化物半導体と呼ぶこともできる。 Note that since the crystal orientation is not regular between pellets (nanocrystals), nc-OS is an oxide semiconductor having RANC (Random Aligned nanocrystals), or an oxide having NANC (Non-Aligned nanocrystals). It can also be called a semiconductor.

 nc−OSは、非晶質酸化物半導体よりも規則性の高い酸化物半導体である。そのため、nc−OSは、a−like OSや非晶質酸化物半導体よりも欠陥準位密度が低くなる。ただし、nc−OSは、異なるペレット間で結晶方位に規則性が見られない。そのため、nc−OSは、CAAC−OSと比べて欠陥準位密度が高くなる。 Nc-OS is an oxide semiconductor having higher regularity than an amorphous oxide semiconductor. Therefore, the nc-OS has a lower density of defect states than an a-like OS or an amorphous oxide semiconductor. Note that the nc-OS does not have regularity in crystal orientation between different pellets. Therefore, the nc-OS has a higher density of defect states than the CAAC-OS.

<2−4.a−like OS>
 a−like OSは、nc−OSと非晶質酸化物半導体との間の構造を有する酸化物半導体である。
<2-4. a-like OS>
The a-like OS is an oxide semiconductor having a structure between the nc-OS and an amorphous oxide semiconductor.

 図25に、a−like OSの高分解能断面TEM像を示す。ここで、図25(A)は電子照射開始時におけるa−like OSの高分解能断面TEM像である。図25(B)は4.3×10/nmの電子(e)照射後におけるa−like OSの高分解能断面TEM像である。図25(A)および図25(B)より、a−like OSは電子照射開始時から、縦方向に延伸する縞状の明領域が観察されることがわかる。また、明領域は、電子照射後に形状が変化することがわかる。なお、明領域は、鬆または低密度領域と推測される。 FIG. 25 shows a high-resolution cross-sectional TEM image of the a-like OS. Here, FIG. 25A is a high-resolution cross-sectional TEM image of the a-like OS at the start of electron irradiation. FIG. 25B is a high-resolution cross-sectional TEM image of the a-like OS after irradiation with electrons (e ) of 4.3 × 10 8 e / nm 2 . From FIG. 25A and FIG. 25B, it can be seen that in the a-like OS, a striped bright region extending in the vertical direction is observed from the start of electron irradiation. It can also be seen that the shape of the bright region changes after electron irradiation. The bright region is assumed to be a void or a low density region.

 鬆を有するため、a−like OSは、不安定な構造である。以下では、a−like OSが、CAAC−OSおよびnc−OSと比べて不安定な構造であることを示すため、電子照射による構造の変化を示す。 Since it has a void, the a-like OS has an unstable structure. Hereinafter, in order to show that the a-like OS has an unstable structure as compared with the CAAC-OS and the nc-OS, a change in structure due to electron irradiation is shown.

 試料として、a−like OS、nc−OSおよびCAAC−OSを準備する。いずれの試料もIn−Ga−Zn酸化物である。 Prepare a-like OS, nc-OS, and CAAC-OS as samples. Each sample is an In—Ga—Zn oxide.

 まず、各試料の高分解能断面TEM像を取得する。高分解能断面TEM像により、各試料は、いずれも結晶部を有する。 First, a high-resolution cross-sectional TEM image of each sample is acquired. Each sample has a crystal part by a high-resolution cross-sectional TEM image.

 なお、InGaZnOの結晶の単位格子は、In−O層を3層有し、またGa−Zn−O層を6層有する、計9層がc軸方向に層状に重なった構造を有することが知られている。これらの近接する層同士の間隔は、(009)面の格子面間隔(d値ともいう。)と同程度であり、結晶構造解析からその値は0.29nmと求められている。したがって、以下では、格子縞の間隔が0.28nm以上0.30nm以下である箇所を、InGaZnOの結晶部と見なした。なお、格子縞は、InGaZnOの結晶のa−b面に対応する。 Note that a unit cell of an InGaZnO 4 crystal has a structure in which three In—O layers and six Ga—Zn—O layers have a total of nine layers stacked in the c-axis direction. Are known. The spacing between these adjacent layers is about the same as the lattice spacing (also referred to as d value) of the (009) plane, and the value is determined to be 0.29 nm from crystal structure analysis. Therefore, in the following, a portion where the interval between lattice fringes is 0.28 nm or more and 0.30 nm or less is regarded as a crystal part of InGaZnO 4 . Note that the lattice fringes correspond to the ab plane of the InGaZnO 4 crystal.

 図26は、各試料の結晶部(22箇所から30箇所)の平均の大きさを調査した例である。なお、上述した格子縞の長さを結晶部の大きさとしている。図26より、a−like OSは、TEM像の取得などに係る電子の累積照射量に応じて結晶部が大きくなっていくことがわかる。図26より、TEMによる観察初期においては1.2nm程度の大きさだった結晶部(初期核ともいう。)が、電子(e)の累積照射量が4.2×10/nmにおいては1.9nm程度の大きさまで成長していることがわかる。一方、nc−OSおよびCAAC−OSは、電子照射開始時から電子の累積照射量が4.2×10/nmまでの範囲で、結晶部の大きさに変化が見られないことがわかる。図26より、電子の累積照射量によらず、nc−OSおよびCAAC−OSの結晶部の大きさは、それぞれ1.3nm程度および1.8nm程度であることがわかる。なお、電子線照射およびTEMの観察は、日立透過電子顕微鏡H−9000NARを用いた。電子線照射条件は、加速電圧を300kV、電流密度を6.7×10/(nm・s)、照射領域の直径を230nmとした。 FIG. 26 is an example in which the average size of the crystal parts (22 to 30 locations) of each sample was investigated. Note that the length of the lattice stripes described above is the size of the crystal part. From FIG. 26, it can be seen that in the a-like OS, the crystal part becomes larger in accordance with the cumulative irradiation amount of electrons related to acquisition of a TEM image or the like. According to FIG. 26, in the crystal part (also referred to as initial nucleus) which was about 1.2 nm in the initial observation by TEM, the cumulative dose of electrons (e ) is 4.2 × 10 8 e / nm. In FIG. 2 , it can be seen that the crystal has grown to a size of about 1.9 nm. On the other hand, in the nc-OS and the CAAC-OS, there is no change in the size of the crystal part in the range of the cumulative electron dose from the start of electron irradiation to 4.2 × 10 8 e / nm 2. I understand. FIG. 26 indicates that the crystal part sizes of the nc-OS and the CAAC-OS are approximately 1.3 nm and 1.8 nm, respectively, regardless of the cumulative electron dose. Note that a Hitachi transmission electron microscope H-9000NAR was used for electron beam irradiation and TEM observation. The electron beam irradiation conditions were an acceleration voltage of 300 kV, a current density of 6.7 × 10 5 e / (nm 2 · s), and an irradiation region diameter of 230 nm.

 このように、a−like OSは、電子照射によって結晶部の成長が見られる場合がある。一方、nc−OSおよびCAAC−OSは、電子照射による結晶部の成長がほとんど見られない。即ち、a−like OSは、nc−OSおよびCAAC−OSと比べて、不安定な構造であることがわかる。 As described above, in the a-like OS, the crystal part may be grown by electron irradiation. On the other hand, in the nc-OS and the CAAC-OS, the crystal part is hardly grown by electron irradiation. That is, it can be seen that the a-like OS has an unstable structure as compared with the nc-OS and the CAAC-OS.

 また、鬆を有するため、a−like OSは、nc−OSおよびCAAC−OSと比べて密度の低い構造である。具体的には、a−like OSの密度は、同じ組成の単結晶の密度の78.6%以上92.3%未満となる。また、nc−OSの密度およびCAAC−OSの密度は、同じ組成の単結晶の密度の92.3%以上100%未満となる。単結晶の密度の78%未満となる酸化物半導体は、成膜すること自体が困難である。 Further, since it has a void, the a-like OS has a structure with a lower density than the nc-OS and the CAAC-OS. Specifically, the density of the a-like OS is 78.6% or more and less than 92.3% of the density of the single crystal having the same composition. Further, the density of the nc-OS and the density of the CAAC-OS are 92.3% or more and less than 100% of the density of the single crystal having the same composition. An oxide semiconductor that is less than 78% of the density of a single crystal is difficult to form.

 例えば、In:Ga:Zn=1:1:1[原子数比]を満たす酸化物半導体において、菱面体晶構造を有する単結晶InGaZnOの密度は6.357g/cmとなる。よって、例えば、In:Ga:Zn=1:1:1[原子数比]を満たす酸化物半導体において、a−like OSの密度は5.0g/cm以上5.9g/cm未満となる。また、例えば、In:Ga:Zn=1:1:1[原子数比]を満たす酸化物半導体において、nc−OSの密度およびCAAC−OSの密度は5.9g/cm以上6.3g/cm未満となる。 For example, in an oxide semiconductor satisfying In: Ga: Zn = 1: 1: 1 [atomic ratio], the density of single crystal InGaZnO 4 having a rhombohedral structure is 6.357 g / cm 3 . Thus, for example, in an oxide semiconductor that satisfies In: Ga: Zn = 1: 1: 1 [atomic ratio], the density of a-like OS is 5.0 g / cm 3 or more and less than 5.9 g / cm 3. . For example, in the oxide semiconductor satisfying In: Ga: Zn = 1: 1: 1 [atomic ratio], the density of the nc-OS and the density of the CAAC-OS is 5.9 g / cm 3 or more and 6.3 g / less than cm 3 .

 なお、同じ組成の単結晶が存在しない場合、任意の割合で組成の異なる単結晶を組み合わせることにより、所望の組成における単結晶に相当する密度を見積もることができる。所望の組成の単結晶に相当する密度は、組成の異なる単結晶を組み合わせる割合に対して、加重平均を用いて見積もればよい。ただし、密度は、可能な限り少ない種類の単結晶を組み合わせて見積もることが好ましい。 In addition, when single crystals having the same composition do not exist, the density corresponding to the single crystal having a desired composition can be estimated by combining single crystals having different compositions at an arbitrary ratio. What is necessary is just to estimate the density corresponding to the single crystal of a desired composition using a weighted average with respect to the ratio which combines the single crystal from which a composition differs. However, the density is preferably estimated by combining as few kinds of single crystals as possible.

 以上のように、酸化物半導体は、様々な構造をとり、それぞれが様々な特性を有する。なお、酸化物半導体は、例えば、非晶質酸化物半導体、a−like OS、nc−OS、CAAC−OSのうち、二種以上を有する積層膜であってもよい。 As described above, oxide semiconductors have various structures and various properties. Note that the oxide semiconductor may be a stacked film including two or more of an amorphous oxide semiconductor, an a-like OS, an nc-OS, and a CAAC-OS, for example.

 以上、本実施の形態に示す構成は、他の実施の形態または他の実施例に示す構成と適宜、組み合わせて用いることができる。 As described above, the structure described in this embodiment can be combined as appropriate with any of the structures described in the other embodiments or examples.

(実施の形態3)
 本実施の形態においては、先の実施の形態で例示したトランジスタを、画素が有するトランジスタに適用した表示装置の一例について、図27乃至図29を用いて以下説明を行う。
(Embodiment 3)
In this embodiment, an example of a display device in which the transistor described in the above embodiment is applied to a transistor included in a pixel will be described below with reference to FIGS.

 図27は、表示装置の一例を示す上面図である。図27に示す表示装置700は、第1の基板701上に設けられた画素部702と、第1の基板701に設けられたデマルチプレクサ703、ソースドライバ704及びゲートドライバ706と、画素部702、デマルチプレクサ703、及びゲートドライバ706を囲むように配置されるシール材712と、第1の基板701に対向するように設けられる第2の基板705と、を有する。なお、第1の基板701と第2の基板705は、シール材712によって封止されている。すなわち、画素部702、デマルチプレクサ703、及びゲートドライバ706は、第1の基板701とシール材712と第2の基板705によって封止されている。なお、図27には図示しないが、第1の基板701と第2の基板705の間には表示素子が設けられる。 FIG. 27 is a top view showing an example of the display device. A display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 27 includes a pixel portion 702 provided over a first substrate 701, a demultiplexer 703, a source driver 704, a gate driver 706, and a pixel portion 702 provided over the first substrate 701. The sealant 712 is disposed so as to surround the demultiplexer 703 and the gate driver 706, and the second substrate 705 is provided so as to face the first substrate 701. Note that the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705 are sealed with a sealant 712. That is, the pixel portion 702, the demultiplexer 703, and the gate driver 706 are sealed with the first substrate 701, the sealant 712, and the second substrate 705. Note that although not illustrated in FIG. 27, a display element is provided between the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705.

 また、表示装置700は、第1の基板701上のシール材712によって囲まれている領域とは異なる領域に、画素部702、デマルチプレクサ703、ソースドライバ704、ゲートドライバ706、及びゲートドライバ706と、それぞれ電気的に接続されるFPC端子部708(FPC:Flexible printed circuit)が設けられる。また、FPC端子部708には、FPC716が接続され、FPC716によって画素部702、デマルチプレクサ703、ソースドライバ704、及びゲートドライバ706に各種信号等が供給される。また、画素部702、デマルチプレクサ703、ソースドライバ704、ゲートドライバ706、及びFPC端子部708には、信号線710が各々接続されている。FPC716により供給される各種信号等は、信号線710を介して、画素部702、デマルチプレクサ703、ソースドライバ704、ゲートドライバ706、及びFPC端子部708に与えられる。 The display device 700 includes a pixel portion 702, a demultiplexer 703, a source driver 704, a gate driver 706, and a gate driver 706 in a region different from the region surrounded by the sealant 712 over the first substrate 701. FPC terminal portions 708 (FPC: Flexible printed circuit) that are electrically connected to each other are provided. In addition, an FPC 716 is connected to the FPC terminal portion 708, and various signals and the like are supplied to the pixel portion 702, the demultiplexer 703, the source driver 704, and the gate driver 706 by the FPC 716. A signal line 710 is connected to each of the pixel portion 702, the demultiplexer 703, the source driver 704, the gate driver 706, and the FPC terminal portion 708. Various signals and the like supplied by the FPC 716 are supplied to the pixel portion 702, the demultiplexer 703, the source driver 704, the gate driver 706, and the FPC terminal portion 708 through the signal line 710.

 また、表示装置700にゲートドライバ706を複数設けてもよい。また、表示装置700としては、ゲートドライバ706を画素部702と同じ第1の基板701に形成し、ソースドライバをソースドライバICとしている例を示しているが、この構成に限定されない。例えば、ソースドライバ704を第1の基板701に形成しても良い。なおソースドライバICは、COG(Chip On Glass)方法、ワイヤボンディング方法などで設けることができる。 Further, a plurality of gate drivers 706 may be provided in the display device 700. In addition, although an example in which the gate driver 706 is formed over the same first substrate 701 as the pixel portion 702 and the source driver is a source driver IC is shown as the display device 700, the present invention is not limited to this structure. For example, the source driver 704 may be formed on the first substrate 701. Note that the source driver IC can be provided by a COG (Chip On Glass) method, a wire bonding method, or the like.

 また、先の実施の形態で例示したトランジスタは、デマルチプレクサ703が有するトランジスタ、および画素が有するトランジスタに適用する以外にも、ゲートドライバ706の複数のトランジスタに適用することができる。 Further, the transistor exemplified in the above embodiment can be applied to a plurality of transistors in the gate driver 706 in addition to the transistor included in the demultiplexer 703 and the transistor included in the pixel.

 また、表示装置700は、様々な素子を有することが出来る。該素子の一例としては、例えば、エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)素子(有機物及び無機物を含むEL素子、有機EL素子、無機EL素子、LEDなど)、発光トランジスタ素子(電流に応じて発光するトランジスタ)、電子放出素子、液晶素子、電子インク素子、電気泳動素子、エレクトロウェッティング素子、プラズマディスプレイパネル(PDP)、MEMS(マイクロ・エレクトロ・メカニカル・システム)ディスプレイ(例えば、グレーディングライトバルブ(GLV)、デジタルマイクロミラーデバイス(DMD)、デジタル・マイクロ・シャッター(DMS)素子、インターフェロメトリック・モジュレーション(IMOD)素子など)、圧電セラミックディスプレイなどが挙げられる。 In addition, the display device 700 can have various elements. Examples of the element include, for example, an electroluminescence (EL) element (an EL element including an organic substance and an inorganic substance, an organic EL element, an inorganic EL element, an LED, and the like), a light-emitting transistor element (a transistor that emits light in response to current), an electron Emission element, liquid crystal element, electronic ink element, electrophoretic element, electrowetting element, plasma display panel (PDP), MEMS (micro electro mechanical system) display (for example, grading light valve (GLV), digital micromirror Devices (DMD), digital micro shutter (DMS) elements, interferometric modulation (IMOD) elements, etc.), piezoelectric ceramic displays, and the like.

 また、EL素子を用いた表示装置の一例としては、ELディスプレイなどがある。電子放出素子を用いた表示装置の一例としては、フィールドエミッションディスプレイ(FED)又はSED方式平面型ディスプレイ(SED:Surface−conduction Electron−emitter Display)などがある。液晶素子を用いた表示装置の一例としては、液晶ディスプレイ(透過型液晶ディスプレイ、半透過型液晶ディスプレイ、反射型液晶ディスプレイ、直視型液晶ディスプレイ、投射型液晶ディスプレイ)などがある。電子インク素子又は電気泳動素子を用いた表示装置の一例としては、電子ペーパーなどがある。なお、半透過型液晶ディスプレイや反射型液晶ディスプレイを実現する場合には、画素電極の一部、または、全部が、反射電極としての機能を有するようにすればよい。例えば、画素電極の一部、または、全部が、アルミニウム、銀、などを有するようにすればよい。さらに、その場合、反射電極の下に、SRAMなどの記憶回路を設けることも可能である。これにより、さらに、消費電力を低減することができる。 An example of a display device using an EL element is an EL display. As an example of a display device using an electron-emitting device, there is a field emission display (FED), a SED type flat display (SED: Surface-conduction Electron-emitter Display), or the like. As an example of a display device using a liquid crystal element, there is a liquid crystal display (a transmissive liquid crystal display, a transflective liquid crystal display, a reflective liquid crystal display, a direct view liquid crystal display, a projection liquid crystal display) and the like. An example of a display device using an electronic ink element or an electrophoretic element is electronic paper. Note that in the case of realizing a transflective liquid crystal display or a reflective liquid crystal display, part or all of the pixel electrode may have a function as a reflective electrode. For example, part or all of the pixel electrode may have aluminum, silver, or the like. Further, in that case, a memory circuit such as an SRAM can be provided under the reflective electrode. Thereby, power consumption can be further reduced.

 なお、表示装置700における表示方式は、プログレッシブ方式やインターレース方式等を用いることができる。また、カラー表示する際に画素で制御する色要素としては、RGB(Rは赤、Gは緑、Bは青を表す)の三色に限定されない。例えば、Rの画素とGの画素とBの画素とW(白)の画素の四画素から構成されてもよい。または、ペンタイル配列のように、RGBのうちの2色分で一つの色要素を構成し、色要素よって、異なる2色を選択して構成してもよい。またはRGBに、イエロー、シアン、マゼンタ等を一色以上追加してもよい。なお、色要素のドット毎にその表示領域の大きさが異なっていてもよい。ただし、開示する発明はカラー表示の表示装置に限定されるものではなく、モノクロ表示の表示装置に適用することもできる。 Note that as a display method in the display device 700, a progressive method, an interlace method, or the like can be used. Further, the color elements controlled by the pixels when performing color display are not limited to three colors of RGB (R represents red, G represents green, and B represents blue). For example, it may be composed of four pixels: an R pixel, a G pixel, a B pixel, and a W (white) pixel. Alternatively, as in a pen tile arrangement, one color element may be configured by two colors of RGB, and two different colors may be selected and configured depending on the color element. Alternatively, one or more colors such as yellow, cyan, and magenta may be added to RGB. The size of the display area may be different for each dot of the color element. Note that the disclosed invention is not limited to a display device for color display, and can be applied to a display device for monochrome display.

 また、バックライト(有機EL素子、無機EL素子、LED、蛍光灯など)に白色発光(W)を用いて表示装置をフルカラー表示させるために、着色層(カラーフィルタともいう。)を用いてもよい。着色層は、例えば、レッド(R)、グリーン(G)、ブルー(B)、イエロー(Y)などを適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。着色層を用いることで、着色層を用いない場合と比べて色の再現性を高くすることができる。このとき、着色層を有する領域と、着色層を有さない領域と、を配置することによって、着色層を有さない領域における白色光を直接表示に利用しても構わない。一部に着色層を有さない領域を配置することで、明るい表示の際に、着色層による輝度の低下を少なくでき、消費電力を2割から3割程度低減できる場合がある。ただし、有機EL素子や無機EL素子などの自発光素子を用いてフルカラー表示する場合、R、G、B、Y、Wを、それぞれの発光色を有する素子から発光させても構わない。自発光素子を用いることで、着色層を用いた場合よりも、さらに消費電力を低減できる場合がある。 In addition, a colored layer (also referred to as a color filter) may be used in order to display white light (W) in a backlight (an organic EL element, an inorganic EL element, an LED, a fluorescent lamp, or the like) and display a full color display device. Good. For example, red (R), green (G), blue (B), yellow (Y), and the like can be used in appropriate combination for the colored layer. By using the colored layer, the color reproducibility can be increased as compared with the case where the colored layer is not used. At this time, white light in a region having no colored layer may be directly used for display by arranging a region having a colored layer and a region having no colored layer. By disposing a region that does not have a colored layer in part, a decrease in luminance due to the colored layer can be reduced during bright display, and power consumption can be reduced by about 20% to 30%. However, when a full color display is performed using a self-luminous element such as an organic EL element or an inorganic EL element, R, G, B, Y, and W may be emitted from elements having respective emission colors. By using a self-luminous element, power consumption may be further reduced as compared with the case where a colored layer is used.

 また、カラー化方式としては、上述の白色発光からの発光の一部をカラーフィルタを通すことで赤色、緑色、青色に変換する方式(カラーフィルタ方式)の他、赤色、緑色、青色の発光をそれぞれ用いる方式(3色方式)、または青色発光からの発光の一部を赤色や緑色に変換する方式(色変換方式、量子ドット方式)を適用してもよい。 In addition, as a colorization method, in addition to a method (color filter method) in which part of the light emission from the white light emission described above is converted into red, green, and blue through a color filter, red, green, and blue light emission is performed. A method of using each (three-color method) or a method of converting a part of light emission from blue light emission into red or green (color conversion method, quantum dot method) may be applied.

 本実施の形態においては、表示素子として液晶素子及びEL素子を用いる構成について、図28及び図29を用いて説明する。なお、図28は、図27に示す一点鎖線Q−Rにおける断面図であり、表示素子として液晶素子を用いた構成である。また、図29は、図27に示す一点鎖線Q−Rにおける断面図であり、表示素子としてEL素子を用いた構成である。 In this embodiment mode, a structure in which a liquid crystal element and an EL element are used as display elements will be described with reference to FIGS. 28 is a cross-sectional view taken along one-dot chain line QR shown in FIG. 27 and has a configuration using a liquid crystal element as a display element. FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view taken along one-dot chain line QR shown in FIG. 27, and has a configuration in which an EL element is used as a display element.

 まず、図28及び図29に示す共通部分について最初に説明し、次に異なる部分について以下説明する。 First, common parts shown in FIGS. 28 and 29 will be described first, and then different parts will be described below.

<3−1.表示装置の共通部分に関する説明>
 図28及び図29に示す表示装置700は、引き回し配線部711と、画素部702と、デマルチプレクサ703と、FPC端子部708と、を有する。また、引き回し配線部711は、信号線710を有する。また、画素部702は、トランジスタ750及び容量素子790を有する。また、デマルチプレクサ703は、トランジスタ752を有する。
<3-1. Explanation of common parts of display device>
A display device 700 illustrated in FIGS. 28 and 29 includes a lead wiring portion 711, a pixel portion 702, a demultiplexer 703, and an FPC terminal portion 708. Further, the lead wiring portion 711 includes a signal line 710. In addition, the pixel portion 702 includes a transistor 750 and a capacitor 790. In addition, the demultiplexer 703 includes a transistor 752.

 トランジスタ750及びトランジスタ752は、先に示すトランジスタ100と同様の構成である。なお、トランジスタ750及びトランジスタ752の構成については、先の実施の形態に示す、その他のトランジスタを用いてもよい。 The transistor 750 and the transistor 752 have the same structure as the transistor 100 described above. Note that as the structures of the transistor 750 and the transistor 752, other transistors described in the above embodiment may be used.

 本実施の形態で用いるトランジスタは、高純度化し、酸素欠損の形成を抑制した酸化物半導体膜を有する。該トランジスタは、オフ電流を低くすることができる。よって、画像信号等の電気信号の保持時間を長くすることができ、電源オン状態では書き込み間隔も長く設定できる。よって、リフレッシュ動作の頻度を少なくすることができるため、消費電力を抑制する効果を奏する。 The transistor used in this embodiment includes an oxide semiconductor film which is highly purified and suppresses formation of oxygen vacancies. The transistor can have low off-state current. Therefore, the holding time of an electric signal such as an image signal can be increased, and the writing interval can be set longer in the power-on state. Therefore, since the frequency of the refresh operation can be reduced, there is an effect of suppressing power consumption.

 容量素子790は、トランジスタ750が有する第1の酸化物半導体膜と、同一の酸化物半導体膜を加工する工程を経て形成される下部電極と、トランジスタ750が有するソース電極及びドレイン電極として機能する導電膜と、同一の導電膜を加工する工程を経て形成される上部電極と、を有する。また、下部電極と上部電極との間には、トランジスタ750が有する第2の絶縁膜として機能する絶縁膜、及び第3の絶縁膜として機能する絶縁膜と、同一の絶縁膜を形成する工程を経て形成される絶縁膜が設けられる。すなわち、容量素子790は、一対の電極間に誘電体として機能する絶縁膜が挟持された積層型の構造である。 The capacitor 790 includes a first oxide semiconductor film included in the transistor 750, a lower electrode formed through a step of processing the same oxide semiconductor film, and a conductive material functioning as a source electrode and a drain electrode included in the transistor 750. A film and an upper electrode formed through a process of processing the same conductive film. In addition, a step of forming the same insulating film as the second insulating film and the insulating film functioning as the third insulating film included in the transistor 750 between the lower electrode and the upper electrode is performed. An insulating film formed through the above is provided. That is, the capacitor 790 has a stacked structure in which an insulating film functioning as a dielectric is sandwiched between a pair of electrodes.

 また、図28及び図29において、トランジスタ750、トランジスタ752、及び容量素子790上に平坦化絶縁膜770が設けられている。 28 and 29, a planarization insulating film 770 is provided over the transistor 750, the transistor 752, and the capacitor 790.

 平坦化絶縁膜770としては、ポリイミド樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ポリイミドアミド樹脂、ベンゾシクロブテン樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂等の耐熱性を有する有機材料を用いることができる。なお、これらの材料で形成される絶縁膜を複数積層させることで、平坦化絶縁膜770を形成してもよい。また、平坦化絶縁膜770を設けない構成としてもよい。 As the planarization insulating film 770, an organic material having heat resistance such as polyimide resin, acrylic resin, polyimide amide resin, benzocyclobutene resin, polyamide resin, or epoxy resin can be used. Note that the planarization insulating film 770 may be formed by stacking a plurality of insulating films formed using these materials. Further, the planarization insulating film 770 may be omitted.

 また、信号線710は、トランジスタ750、752のソース電極及びドレイン電極として機能する導電膜と同じ工程を経て形成される。なお、信号線710は、トランジスタ750、752のソース電極及びドレイン電極と異なる工程を経て形成された導電膜、例えば、ゲート電極として機能する酸化物半導体膜と同じ工程を経て形成される酸化物半導体膜を用いてもよい。信号線710として、例えば、銅元素を含む材料を用いた場合、配線抵抗に起因する信号遅延等が少なく、大画面での表示が可能となる。 Further, the signal line 710 is formed through the same process as the conductive film functioning as the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistors 750 and 752. Note that the signal line 710 is a conductive film formed through a different process from the source and drain electrodes of the transistors 750 and 752, for example, an oxide semiconductor formed through the same process as an oxide semiconductor film functioning as a gate electrode. A membrane may be used. For example, when a material containing a copper element is used as the signal line 710, signal delay due to wiring resistance is small and display on a large screen is possible.

 また、FPC端子部708は、接続電極760、異方性導電膜780、及びFPC716を有する。なお、接続電極760は、トランジスタ750、752のソース電極及びドレイン電極として機能する導電膜と同じ工程を経て形成される。また、接続電極760は、FPC716が有する端子と異方性導電膜780を介して、電気的に接続される。 The FPC terminal portion 708 includes a connection electrode 760, an anisotropic conductive film 780, and an FPC 716. Note that the connection electrode 760 is formed through the same process as the conductive film functioning as the source and drain electrodes of the transistors 750 and 752. The connection electrode 760 is electrically connected to a terminal included in the FPC 716 through an anisotropic conductive film 780.

 また、第1の基板701及び第2の基板705としては、例えばガラス基板を用いることができる。また、第1の基板701及び第2の基板705として、可撓性を有する基板を用いてもよい。該可撓性を有する基板としては、例えばプラスチック基板等が挙げられる。 Further, as the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705, for example, glass substrates can be used. Alternatively, a flexible substrate may be used as the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705. Examples of the flexible substrate include a plastic substrate.

 また、第1の基板701と第2の基板705の間には、構造体778が設けられる。構造体778は、絶縁膜を選択的にエッチングすることで得られる柱状のスペーサであり、第1の基板701と第2の基板705の間の距離(セルギャップ)を制御するために設けられる。なお、構造体778として、球状のスペーサを用いていても良い。 In addition, a structure body 778 is provided between the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705. The structure body 778 is a columnar spacer obtained by selectively etching an insulating film, and is provided to control the distance (cell gap) between the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705. Note that a spherical spacer may be used as the structure body 778.

 また、第2の基板705側には、ブラックマトリクスとして機能する遮光膜738と、カラーフィルタとして機能する着色膜736と、遮光膜738及び着色膜736に接する絶縁膜734が設けられる。 Further, on the second substrate 705 side, a light shielding film 738 functioning as a black matrix, a colored film 736 functioning as a color filter, and an insulating film 734 in contact with the light shielding film 738 and the colored film 736 are provided.

<3−2.液晶素子を用いる表示装置の構成例>
 図28に示す表示装置700は、液晶素子775を有する。液晶素子775は、導電膜772、導電膜774、及び液晶層776を有する。導電膜774は、第2の基板705側に設けられ、対向電極としての機能を有する。図28に示す表示装置700は、導電膜772と導電膜774に印加される電圧によって、液晶層776の配向状態が変わることによって光の透過、非透過が制御され画像を表示することができる。
<3-2. Configuration Example of Display Device Using Liquid Crystal Element>
A display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 28 includes a liquid crystal element 775. The liquid crystal element 775 includes a conductive film 772, a conductive film 774, and a liquid crystal layer 776. The conductive film 774 is provided on the second substrate 705 side and functions as a counter electrode. A display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 28 can display an image by controlling transmission and non-transmission of light by changing the alignment state of the liquid crystal layer 776 depending on voltages applied to the conductive films 772 and 774.

 また、導電膜772は、トランジスタ750が有するソース電極及びドレイン電極として機能する導電膜に接続される。導電膜772は、平坦化絶縁膜770上に形成され画素電極、すなわち表示素子の一方の電極として機能する。また、導電膜772は、反射電極としての機能を有する。図28に示す表示装置700は、外光を利用し導電膜772で光を反射して着色膜736を介して表示する、所謂反射型のカラー液晶表示装置である。 The conductive film 772 is connected to a conductive film functioning as a source electrode and a drain electrode of the transistor 750. The conductive film 772 is formed over the planarization insulating film 770 and functions as a pixel electrode, that is, one electrode of a display element. The conductive film 772 functions as a reflective electrode. A display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 28 is a so-called reflective color liquid crystal display device that displays light through a colored film 736 by reflecting light with a conductive film 772 using external light.

 導電膜772としては、可視光において透光性のある導電膜、または可視光において反射性のある導電膜を用いることができる。可視光において透光性のある導電膜としては、例えば、インジウム(In)、亜鉛(Zn)、錫(Sn)の中から選ばれた一種を含む材料を用いるとよい。可視光において反射性のある導電膜としては、例えば、アルミニウム、または銀を含む材料を用いるとよい。本実施の形態においては、導電膜772として、可視光において、反射性のある導電膜を用いる。 As the conductive film 772, a conductive film that is transparent to visible light or a conductive film that is reflective to visible light can be used. As the conductive film that transmits visible light, for example, a material containing one kind selected from indium (In), zinc (Zn), and tin (Sn) may be used. As the conductive film having reflectivity in visible light, for example, a material containing aluminum or silver is preferably used. In this embodiment, a conductive film that reflects visible light is used as the conductive film 772.

 また、図28に示す表示装置700においては、画素部702の平坦化絶縁膜770の一部に凹凸が設けられている。該凹凸は、例えば、平坦化絶縁膜770を樹脂膜で形成し、該樹脂膜の表面に凹凸を設けることで形成することができる。また、反射電極として機能する導電膜772は、上記凹凸に沿って形成される。したがって、外光が導電膜772に入射した場合において、導電膜772の表面で光を乱反射することが可能となり、視認性を向上させることができる。 In the display device 700 shown in FIG. 28, unevenness is provided in part of the planarization insulating film 770 of the pixel portion 702. The unevenness can be formed, for example, by forming the planarization insulating film 770 with a resin film and providing the unevenness on the surface of the resin film. In addition, the conductive film 772 functioning as a reflective electrode is formed along the unevenness. Accordingly, when external light is incident on the conductive film 772, light can be diffusely reflected on the surface of the conductive film 772, and visibility can be improved.

 なお、図28に示す表示装置700は、反射型のカラー液晶表示装置について例示したが、これに限定されない、例えば、導電膜772を可視光において、透光性のある導電膜を用いることで透過型のカラー液晶表示装置としてもよい。透過型のカラー液晶表示装置の場合、平坦化絶縁膜770に設けられる凹凸については、設けない構成としてもよい。 Note that the display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 28 is described as an example of a reflective color liquid crystal display device; however, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the conductive film 772 is transmitted by using a light-transmitting conductive film in visible light. Type color liquid crystal display device. In the case of a transmissive color liquid crystal display device, the unevenness provided in the planarization insulating film 770 may not be provided.

 なお、図28において図示しないが、導電膜772、774の液晶層776と接する側に、それぞれ配向膜を設ける構成としてもよい。また、図28において図示しないが、偏光部材、位相差部材、反射防止部材などの光学部材(光学基板)などは適宜設けてもよい。例えば、偏光基板及び位相差基板による円偏光を用いてもよい。また、光源としてバックライト、サイドライトなどを用いてもよい。 Note that although not shown in FIG. 28, an alignment film may be provided on each of the conductive films 772 and 774 on the side in contact with the liquid crystal layer 776. Although not shown in FIG. 28, an optical member (optical substrate) such as a polarizing member, a retardation member, or an antireflection member may be provided as appropriate. For example, circularly polarized light using a polarizing substrate and a retardation substrate may be used. Further, a backlight, a sidelight, or the like may be used as the light source.

 表示素子として液晶素子を用いる場合、サーモトロピック液晶、低分子液晶、高分子液晶、高分子分散型液晶、強誘電性液晶、反強誘電性液晶等を用いることができる。これらの液晶材料は、条件により、コレステリック相、スメクチック相、キュービック相、カイラルネマチック相、等方相等を示す。 When a liquid crystal element is used as the display element, a thermotropic liquid crystal, a low molecular liquid crystal, a polymer liquid crystal, a polymer dispersed liquid crystal, a ferroelectric liquid crystal, an antiferroelectric liquid crystal, or the like can be used. These liquid crystal materials exhibit a cholesteric phase, a smectic phase, a cubic phase, a chiral nematic phase, an isotropic phase, and the like depending on conditions.

 また、横電界方式を採用する場合、配向膜を用いないブルー相を示す液晶を用いてもよい。ブルー相は液晶相の一つであり、コレステリック液晶を昇温していくと、コレステリック相から等方相へ転移する直前に発現する相である。ブルー相は狭い温度範囲でしか発現しないため、温度範囲を改善するために数重量%以上のカイラル剤を混合させた液晶組成物を液晶層に用いる。ブルー相を示す液晶とカイラル剤とを含む液晶組成物は、応答速度が短く、光学的等方性であるため配向処理が不要である。また配向膜を設けなくてもよいのでラビング処理も不要となるため、ラビング処理によって引き起こされる静電破壊を防止することができ、作製工程中の液晶表示装置の不良や破損を軽減することができる。また、ブルー相を示す液晶材料は、視野角依存性が小さい。 In addition, when the horizontal electric field method is adopted, a liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase without using an alignment film may be used. The blue phase is one of the liquid crystal phases. When the temperature of the cholesteric liquid crystal is increased, the blue phase appears immediately before the transition from the cholesteric phase to the isotropic phase. Since the blue phase appears only in a narrow temperature range, a liquid crystal composition mixed with several percent by weight or more of a chiral agent is used for the liquid crystal layer in order to improve the temperature range. A liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase and a chiral agent has a short response speed and is optically isotropic, so that alignment treatment is unnecessary. Further, since it is not necessary to provide an alignment film, a rubbing process is not required, so that electrostatic breakdown caused by the rubbing process can be prevented, and defects or breakage of the liquid crystal display device during the manufacturing process can be reduced. . A liquid crystal material exhibiting a blue phase has a small viewing angle dependency.

 また、表示素子として液晶素子を用いる場合、TN(Twisted Nematic)モード、IPS(In−Plane−Switching)モード、FFS(Fringe Field Switching)モード、ASM(Axially Symmetric aligned Micro−cell)モード、OCB(Optical Compensated Birefringence)モード、FLC(Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal)モード、AFLC(AntiFerroelectric Liquid Crystal)モードなどを用いることができる。 In addition, when a liquid crystal element is used as a display element, a TN (Twisted Nematic) mode, an IPS (In-Plane-Switching) mode, an FFS (Fringe Field Switching) mode, an ASM (Axial Symmetrical Aligned MicroOcell) mode. A Compensated Birefringence mode, an FLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal) mode, an AFLC (Antiferroelectric Liquid Crystal) mode, and the like can be used.

 また、ノーマリーブラック型の液晶表示装置、例えば垂直配向(VA)モードを採用した透過型の液晶表示装置としてもよい。垂直配向モードとしては、いくつか挙げられるが、例えば、MVA(Multi−Domain Vertical Alignment)モード、PVA(Patterned Vertical Alignment)モード、ASVモードなどを用いることができる。 Alternatively, a normally black liquid crystal display device such as a transmissive liquid crystal display device employing a vertical alignment (VA) mode may be used. There are several examples of the vertical alignment mode. For example, an MVA (Multi-Domain Vertical Alignment) mode, a PVA (Patterned Vertical Alignment) mode, an ASV mode, and the like can be used.

<3−3.発光素子を用いる表示装置>
 図29に示す表示装置700は、発光素子782を有する。発光素子782は、導電膜784、EL層786、及び導電膜788を有する。図29に示す表示装置700は、発光素子782が有するEL層786が発光することによって、画像を表示することができる。
<3-3. Display device using light emitting element>
A display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 29 includes a light-emitting element 782. The light-emitting element 782 includes a conductive film 784, an EL layer 786, and a conductive film 788. The display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 29 can display an image when the EL layer 786 included in the light-emitting element 782 emits light.

 また、導電膜784は、トランジスタ750が有するソース電極及びドレイン電極として機能する導電膜に接続される。導電膜784は、平坦化絶縁膜770上に形成され画素電極、すなわち表示素子の一方の電極として機能する。導電膜784としては、可視光において透光性のある導電膜、または可視光において反射性のある導電膜を用いることができる。可視光において透光性のある導電膜としては、例えば、インジウム(In)、亜鉛(Zn)、錫(Sn)の中から選ばれた一種を含む材料を用いるとよい。可視光において反射性のある導電膜としては、例えば、アルミニウム、または銀を含む材料を用いるとよい。 Further, the conductive film 784 is connected to a conductive film functioning as a source electrode and a drain electrode of the transistor 750. The conductive film 784 is formed over the planarization insulating film 770 and functions as a pixel electrode, that is, one electrode of a display element. As the conductive film 784, a conductive film that transmits visible light or a conductive film that reflects visible light can be used. As the conductive film that transmits visible light, for example, a material containing one kind selected from indium (In), zinc (Zn), and tin (Sn) may be used. As the conductive film having reflectivity in visible light, for example, a material containing aluminum or silver is preferably used.

 また、図29に示す表示装置700には、平坦化絶縁膜770及び導電膜784上に絶縁膜730が設けられる。絶縁膜730は、導電膜784の一部を覆う。なお、発光素子782はトップエミッション構造である。したがって、導電膜788は透光性を有し、EL層786が発する光を透過する。なお、本実施の形態においては、トップエミッション構造について、例示するが、これに限定されない。例えば、導電膜784側に光を射出するボトムエミッション構造や、導電膜784及び導電膜788の双方に光を射出するデュアルエミッション構造にも適用することができる。 29, an insulating film 730 is provided over the planarization insulating film 770 and the conductive film 784. In the display device 700 illustrated in FIG. The insulating film 730 covers part of the conductive film 784. Note that the light-emitting element 782 has a top emission structure. Therefore, the conductive film 788 has a light-transmitting property and transmits light emitted from the EL layer 786. In the present embodiment, the top emission structure is illustrated, but is not limited thereto. For example, a bottom emission structure in which light is emitted to the conductive film 784 side or a dual emission structure in which light is emitted to both the conductive film 784 and the conductive film 788 can be used.

 また、発光素子782と重なる位置に、着色膜736が設けられ、絶縁膜730と重なる位置、引き回し配線部711、及びソースドライバ704に遮光膜738が設けられている。また、着色膜736及び遮光膜738は、絶縁膜734で覆われている。また、発光素子782と絶縁膜734の間は封止膜732で充填されている。なお、図29に示す表示装置700においては、着色膜736を設ける構成について例示したが、これに限定されない。例えば、EL層786を塗り分けにより形成する場合においては、着色膜736を設けない構成としてもよい。 Further, a coloring film 736 is provided at a position overlapping with the light emitting element 782, and a light shielding film 738 is provided at a position overlapping with the insulating film 730, the routing wiring portion 711, and the source driver 704. Further, the coloring film 736 and the light shielding film 738 are covered with an insulating film 734. A space between the light emitting element 782 and the insulating film 734 is filled with a sealing film 732. Note that in the display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 29, the structure in which the colored film 736 is provided is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, in the case where the EL layer 786 is formed by separate coating, the coloring film 736 may not be provided.

 なお発光素子を用いた表示素子と、液晶素子を用いた表示素子と、は、重ねて設けてもよい。この場合の断面図を図30に示す。図30には、トランジスタM1、M2と、液晶素子LCと、発光素子ELと、を図示している。 Note that a display element using a light-emitting element and a display element using a liquid crystal element may be provided to overlap each other. A cross-sectional view in this case is shown in FIG. FIG. 30 illustrates the transistors M1 and M2, the liquid crystal element LC, and the light emitting element EL.

 本実施の形態に示す構成は、他の実施の形態に示す構成と適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 The structure described in this embodiment can be combined as appropriate with any of the structures described in the other embodiments.

(実施の形態4)
 本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の表示装置について、図31を用いて説明を行う。
(Embodiment 4)
In this embodiment, a display device of one embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.

<4.表示装置の回路構成>
 図31(A)に示す表示装置は、表示素子の画素を有する領域(以下、画素部502という)と、画素部502の外側に配置され、画素を駆動するための回路を有する回路部(以下、駆動回路部504という)と、素子の保護機能を有する回路(以下、保護回路506という)と、端子部507と、を有する。なお、保護回路506は、設けない構成としてもよい。
<4. Circuit configuration of display device>
A display device illustrated in FIG. 31A includes a region having a pixel of a display element (hereinafter referred to as a pixel portion 502) and a circuit portion (hereinafter referred to as a pixel portion 502) that is disposed outside the pixel portion 502 and includes a circuit for driving the pixel. , A driver circuit portion 504), a circuit having a function of protecting elements (hereinafter referred to as a protection circuit 506), and a terminal portion 507. Note that the protection circuit 506 may be omitted.

 駆動回路部504の一部、または全部は、画素部502と同一基板上に形成されていることが望ましい。これにより、部品数や端子数を減らすことが出来る。駆動回路部504の一部、または全部が、画素部502と同一基板上に形成されていない場合には、駆動回路部504の一部、または全部は、COGやTAB(Tape Automated Bonding)によって、実装することができる。 It is desirable that part or all of the drive circuit portion 504 is formed on the same substrate as the pixel portion 502. Thereby, the number of parts and the number of terminals can be reduced. When part or all of the driver circuit portion 504 is not formed over the same substrate as the pixel portion 502, part or all of the driver circuit portion 504 is formed by COG or TAB (Tape Automated Bonding). Can be implemented.

 画素部502は、X行(Xは2以上の自然数)Y列(Yは2以上の自然数)に配置された複数の表示素子を駆動するための回路(以下、画素回路501という)を有する。駆動回路部504は、画素を選択する信号(走査信号)を出力する回路(以下、ゲートドライバ504aという)、画素の表示素子を駆動するための信号(データ信号)を供給するための回路(以下、ソースドライバ504b、デマルチプレクサ504c)などの駆動回路を有する。 The pixel unit 502 includes a circuit (hereinafter referred to as a pixel circuit 501) for driving a plurality of display elements arranged in X rows (X is a natural number of 2 or more) and Y columns (Y is a natural number of 2 or more). The driving circuit unit 504 outputs a signal for selecting a pixel (scanning signal) (hereinafter referred to as a gate driver 504a) and a circuit for supplying a signal (data signal) for driving a display element of the pixel (hereinafter referred to as a data signal). , Source driver 504b, demultiplexer 504c) and the like.

 ゲートドライバ504aは、シフトレジスタ等を有する。ゲートドライバ504aは、端子部507を介して、シフトレジスタを駆動するための信号が入力され、信号を出力する。例えば、ゲートドライバ504aは、スタートパルス信号、クロック信号等が入力され、パルス信号を出力する。ゲートドライバ504aは、走査信号が与えられる配線(以下、走査線GL_1乃至GL_Xという)の電位を制御する機能を有する。なお、ゲートドライバ504aを複数設け、複数のゲートドライバ504aにより、走査線GL_1乃至GL_Xを分割して制御してもよい。または、ゲートドライバ504aは、初期化信号を供給することができる機能を有する。ただし、これに限定されず、ゲートドライバ504aは、別の信号を供給することも可能である。 The gate driver 504a has a shift register and the like. The gate driver 504a receives a signal for driving the shift register via the terminal portion 507, and outputs a signal. For example, the gate driver 504a receives a start pulse signal, a clock signal, and the like and outputs a pulse signal. The gate driver 504a has a function of controlling the potential of a wiring to which a scan signal is supplied (hereinafter referred to as scan lines GL_1 to GL_X). Note that a plurality of gate drivers 504a may be provided, and the scanning lines GL_1 to GL_X may be divided and controlled by the plurality of gate drivers 504a. Alternatively, the gate driver 504a has a function of supplying an initialization signal. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the gate driver 504a can supply another signal.

 ソースドライバ504bは、シフトレジスタ等を有する。ソースドライバ504bは、端子部507を介して、シフトレジスタを駆動するための信号の他、データ信号の元となる信号(画像信号)が入力される。ソースドライバ504bは、画像信号を元に画素回路501に書き込むデータ信号を生成する機能を有する。また、ソースドライバ504bは、スタートパルス、クロック信号等が入力されて得られるパルス信号に従って、データ信号の出力を制御する機能を有する。ただし、これに限定されず、ソースドライバ504bは、別の信号を供給することも可能である。 The source driver 504b has a shift register and the like. In addition to a signal for driving the shift register, the source driver 504b receives a signal (image signal) as a source of a data signal through the terminal portion 507. The source driver 504b has a function of generating a data signal to be written in the pixel circuit 501 based on the image signal. In addition, the source driver 504b has a function of controlling output of a data signal in accordance with a pulse signal obtained by inputting a start pulse, a clock signal, or the like. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the source driver 504b can supply another signal.

 デマルチプレクサ504cは、例えば上記実施の形態で説明したトランジスタなどを用いて構成される。デマルチプレクサ504cは、複数のトランジスタを順次オン状態にすることにより、データ信号を時分割して、データ信号が与えられる配線(以下、データ線DL_1乃至DL_Yという)に出力できる。 The demultiplexer 504c is configured using, for example, the transistor described in the above embodiment. The demultiplexer 504c can time-divide the data signal by sequentially turning on the plurality of transistors, and can output the data signal to wirings to which the data signal is applied (hereinafter referred to as data lines DL_1 to DL_Y).

 複数の画素回路501のそれぞれは、走査信号が与えられる複数の走査線GLの一つを介してパルス信号が入力され、データ信号が与えられる複数のデータ線DLの一つを介してデータ信号が入力される。また、複数の画素回路501のそれぞれは、ゲートドライバ504aによりデータ信号のデータの書き込み及び保持が制御される。例えば、m行n列目の画素回路501は、走査線GL_m(mはX以下の自然数)を介してゲートドライバ504aからパルス信号が入力され、走査線GL_mの電位に応じてデータ線DL_n(nはY以下の自然数)を介してデマルチプレクサ504cからデータ信号が入力される。 Each of the plurality of pixel circuits 501 receives a pulse signal through one of the plurality of scanning lines GL to which the scanning signal is applied, and receives the data signal through one of the plurality of data lines DL to which the data signal is applied. Entered. In each of the plurality of pixel circuits 501, writing and holding of data signals are controlled by the gate driver 504a. For example, the pixel circuit 501 in the m-th row and the n-th column receives a pulse signal from the gate driver 504a through the scanning line GL_m (m is a natural number equal to or less than X), and the data line DL_n (n Is a natural number less than or equal to Y), the data signal is input from the demultiplexer 504c.

 図31(A)に示す保護回路506は、例えば、ゲートドライバ504aと画素回路501の間の配線である走査線GLに接続される。または、保護回路506は、ソースドライバ504bと画素回路501の間の配線であるデータ線DLに接続される。または、保護回路506は、ゲートドライバ504aと端子部507との間の配線に接続することができる。または、保護回路506は、ソースドライバ504bと端子部507との間の配線に接続することができる。または、保護回路506は、デマルチプレクサ504cと端子部507との間の配線に接続することができる。なお、端子部507は、外部の回路から表示装置に電源及び制御信号、及び画像信号を入力するための端子が設けられた部分をいう。 The protection circuit 506 shown in FIG. 31A is connected to, for example, the scanning line GL which is a wiring between the gate driver 504a and the pixel circuit 501. Alternatively, the protection circuit 506 is connected to a data line DL that is a wiring between the source driver 504 b and the pixel circuit 501. Alternatively, the protection circuit 506 can be connected to a wiring between the gate driver 504 a and the terminal portion 507. Alternatively, the protection circuit 506 can be connected to a wiring between the source driver 504 b and the terminal portion 507. Alternatively, the protection circuit 506 can be connected to a wiring between the demultiplexer 504 c and the terminal portion 507. Note that the terminal portion 507 is a portion where a terminal for inputting a power supply, a control signal, and an image signal from an external circuit to the display device is provided.

 保護回路506は、自身が接続する配線に一定の範囲外の電位が与えられたときに、該配線と別の配線とを導通状態にする回路である。 The protection circuit 506 is a circuit that brings the wiring and another wiring into a conductive state when a potential outside a certain range is applied to the wiring to which the protection circuit 506 is connected.

 図31(A)に示すように、画素部502と駆動回路部504にそれぞれ保護回路506を設けることにより、ESD(Electro Static Discharge:静電気放電)などにより発生する過電流に対する表示装置の耐性を高めることができる。 As shown in FIG. 31A, by providing a protection circuit 506 in each of the pixel portion 502 and the driver circuit portion 504, resistance of the display device to an overcurrent generated by ESD (Electro Static Discharge) is increased. be able to.

 また、図31(A)に示す複数の画素回路501は、例えば、図31(B)に示す構成とすることができる。 In addition, the plurality of pixel circuits 501 illustrated in FIG. 31A can have a structure illustrated in FIG. 31B, for example.

 図31(B)に示す画素回路501は、液晶素子570と、トランジスタ550と、容量素子560と、を有する。トランジスタ550に先の実施の形態に示すトランジスタを適用することができる。 A pixel circuit 501 illustrated in FIG. 31B includes a liquid crystal element 570, a transistor 550, and a capacitor 560. The transistor described in the above embodiment can be applied to the transistor 550.

 液晶素子570の一対の電極の一方の電位は、画素回路501の仕様に応じて適宜設定される。液晶素子570は、書き込まれるデータにより配向状態が設定される。なお、複数の画素回路501のそれぞれが有する液晶素子570の一対の電極の一方に共通の電位(コモン電位)を与えてもよい。また、各行の画素回路501の液晶素子570の一対の電極の一方に異なる電位を与えてもよい。 One potential of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570 is appropriately set according to the specification of the pixel circuit 501. The alignment state of the liquid crystal element 570 is set by written data. Note that a common potential (common potential) may be applied to one of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570 included in each of the plurality of pixel circuits 501. Further, a different potential may be applied to one of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570 of the pixel circuit 501 in each row.

 例えば、液晶素子570を備える表示装置の駆動方法としては、TNモード、STNモード、VAモード、ASM(Axially Symmetric Aligned Micro−cell)モード、OCB(Optically Compensated Birefringence)モード、FLC(Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal)モード、AFLC(AntiFerroelectric Liquid Crystal)モード、MVAモード、PVA(Patterned Vertical Alignment)モード、IPSモード、FFSモード、又はTBA(Transverse Bend Alignment)モードなどを用いてもよい。また、表示装置の駆動方法としては、上述した駆動方法の他、ECB(Electrically Controlled Birefringence)モード、PDLC(Polymer Dispersed Liquid Crystal)モード、PNLC(Polymer Network Liquid Crystal)モード、ゲストホストモードなどがある。ただし、これに限定されず、液晶素子及びその駆動方式として様々なものを用いることができる。 For example, as a driving method of a display device including the liquid crystal element 570, a TN mode, an STN mode, a VA mode, an ASM (axially aligned micro-cell) mode, an OCB (Optically Compensated Birefringence) mode, and an FLC (Frequential) mode. AFLC (Anti Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal) mode, MVA mode, PVA (Patterned Vertical Alignment) mode, IPS mode, FFS mode, TBA (Transverse Bend Alignment) mode, etc. may be used. In addition to the above-described driving methods, there are ECB (Electrically Controlled Birefringence) mode, PDLC (Polymer Dispersed Liquid Crystal) mode, PNLC (Polymer Network Liquid Crystal mode), and other driving methods for the display device. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and various liquid crystal elements and driving methods thereof can be used.

 m行n列目の画素回路501において、トランジスタ550のソース電極またはドレイン電極の一方は、データ線DL_nに電気的に接続され、他方は液晶素子570の一対の電極の他方に電気的に接続される。また、トランジスタ550のゲート電極は、走査線GL_mに電気的に接続される。トランジスタ550は、オン状態またはオフ状態になることにより、データ信号のデータの書き込みを制御する機能を有する。 In the pixel circuit 501 in the m-th row and the n-th column, one of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 550 is electrically connected to the data line DL_n, and the other is electrically connected to the other of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570. The In addition, the gate electrode of the transistor 550 is electrically connected to the scan line GL_m. The transistor 550 has a function of controlling data writing of the data signal by being turned on or off.

 容量素子560の一対の電極の一方は、電位が供給される配線(以下、電位供給線VL)に電気的に接続され、他方は、液晶素子570の一対の電極の他方に電気的に接続される。なお、電位供給線VLの電位の値は、画素回路501の仕様に応じて適宜設定される。容量素子560は、書き込まれたデータを保持する保持容量としての機能を有する。 One of the pair of electrodes of the capacitor 560 is electrically connected to a wiring to which a potential is supplied (hereinafter, potential supply line VL), and the other is electrically connected to the other of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570. The Note that the value of the potential of the potential supply line VL is appropriately set according to the specifications of the pixel circuit 501. The capacitor 560 functions as a storage capacitor for storing written data.

 例えば、図31(B)の画素回路501を有する表示装置では、例えば、図31(A)に示すゲートドライバ504aにより各行の画素回路501を順次選択し、トランジスタ550をオン状態にしてデータ信号のデータを書き込む。 For example, in the display device including the pixel circuit 501 in FIG. 31B, for example, the pixel circuit 501 in each row is sequentially selected by the gate driver 504a illustrated in FIG. Write data.

 データが書き込まれた画素回路501は、トランジスタ550がオフ状態になることで保持状態になる。これを行毎に順次行うことにより、画像を表示できる。 The pixel circuit 501 in which data is written is in a holding state when the transistor 550 is turned off. By sequentially performing this for each row, an image can be displayed.

 また、図31(A)に示す複数の画素回路501は、例えば、図31(C)に示す構成とすることができる。 In addition, the plurality of pixel circuits 501 illustrated in FIG. 31A can have a structure illustrated in FIG. 31C, for example.

 また、図31(C)に示す画素回路501は、トランジスタ552、554と、容量素子562と、発光素子572と、を有する。トランジスタ552及びトランジスタ554のいずれか一方または双方に先の実施の形態に示すトランジスタを適用することができる。 In addition, the pixel circuit 501 illustrated in FIG. 31C includes transistors 552 and 554, a capacitor 562, and a light-emitting element 572. The transistor described in any of the above embodiments can be applied to one or both of the transistor 552 and the transistor 554.

 トランジスタ552のソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方は、データ信号が与えられる配線(以下、信号線DL_nという)に電気的に接続される。さらに、トランジスタ552のゲート電極は、ゲート信号が与えられる配線(以下、走査線GL_mという)に電気的に接続される。 One of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 552 is electrically connected to a wiring to which a data signal is supplied (hereinafter referred to as a signal line DL_n). Further, the gate electrode of the transistor 552 is electrically connected to a wiring to which a gate signal is supplied (hereinafter referred to as a scanning line GL_m).

 トランジスタ552は、オン状態またはオフ状態になることにより、データ信号のデータの書き込みを制御する機能を有する。 The transistor 552 has a function of controlling data writing of the data signal by being turned on or off.

 容量素子562の一対の電極の一方は、トランジスタ552のソース電極及びドレイン電極の他方に電気的に接続され、他方は、トランジスタ554のソース電極及びドレイン電極の他方に電気的に接続される。 One of the pair of electrodes of the capacitor 562 is electrically connected to the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 552, and the other is electrically connected to the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 554.

 容量素子562は、書き込まれたデータを保持する保持容量としての機能を有する。 The capacitor element 562 functions as a storage capacitor for storing written data.

 トランジスタ554のソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方は、電位が与えられる配線(以下、電位供給線VL_aという)に電気的に接続される。さらに、トランジスタ554のゲート電極は、トランジスタ552のソース電極及びドレイン電極の他方に電気的に接続される。 One of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 554 is electrically connected to a wiring to which a potential is applied (hereinafter referred to as a potential supply line VL_a). Further, the gate electrode of the transistor 554 is electrically connected to the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 552.

 発光素子572のアノード及びカソードの一方は、電位供給線VL_bに電気的に接続され、他方は、トランジスタ554のソース電極及びドレイン電極の他方に電気的に接続される。 One of an anode and a cathode of the light-emitting element 572 is electrically connected to the potential supply line VL_b, and the other is electrically connected to the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 554.

 発光素子572としては、例えば有機エレクトロルミネセンス素子(有機EL素子ともいう)などを用いることができる。ただし、発光素子572としては、これに限定されず、無機材料からなる無機EL素子を用いても良い。 As the light-emitting element 572, for example, an organic electroluminescence element (also referred to as an organic EL element) or the like can be used. However, the light-emitting element 572 is not limited thereto, and an inorganic EL element made of an inorganic material may be used.

 なお、電位供給線VL_a及び電位供給線VL_bの一方には、高電源電位VDDが与えられ、他方には、低電源電位VSSが与えられる。 Note that one of the potential supply line VL_a and the potential supply line VL_b is supplied with the high power supply potential VDD, and the other is supplied with the low power supply potential VSS.

 図31(C)の画素回路501を有する表示装置では、例えば、図31(A)に示すゲートドライバ504aにより各行の画素回路501を順次選択し、トランジスタ552をオン状態にしてデータ信号のデータを書き込む。 In the display device including the pixel circuit 501 in FIG. 31C, for example, the pixel circuits 501 in each row are sequentially selected by the gate driver 504a illustrated in FIG. Write.

 データが書き込まれた画素回路501は、トランジスタ552がオフ状態になることで保持状態になる。さらに、書き込まれたデータ信号の電位に応じてトランジスタ554のソース電極とドレイン電極の間に流れる電流量が制御され、発光素子572は、流れる電流量に応じた輝度で発光する。これを行毎に順次行うことにより、画像を表示できる。 The pixel circuit 501 in which data is written is in a holding state when the transistor 552 is turned off. Further, the amount of current flowing between the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 554 is controlled in accordance with the potential of the written data signal, and the light-emitting element 572 emits light with luminance corresponding to the amount of flowing current. By sequentially performing this for each row, an image can be displayed.

 本実施の形態に示す構成は、他の実施の形態に示す構成と適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 The structure described in this embodiment can be combined as appropriate with any of the structures described in the other embodiments.

(実施の形態5)
 本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の表示装置を有する表示モジュール及び電子機器について、図32及び図33を用いて説明を行う。
(Embodiment 5)
In this embodiment, a display module and an electronic device each including the display device of one embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.

<5−1.表示モジュール>
 図32に示す表示モジュール8000は、上部カバー8001と下部カバー8002との間に、FPC8003に接続されたタッチパネル8004、FPC8005に接続された表示パネル8006、バックライト8007、フレーム8009、プリント基板8010、バッテリ8011を有する。
<5-1. Display module>
A display module 8000 shown in FIG. 32 includes a touch panel 8004 connected to the FPC 8003, a display panel 8006 connected to the FPC 8005, a backlight 8007, a frame 8009, a printed circuit board 8010, and a battery between the upper cover 8001 and the lower cover 8002. 8011.

 本発明の一態様の表示装置は、例えば、表示パネル8006に用いることができる。 The display device of one embodiment of the present invention can be used for the display panel 8006, for example.

 上部カバー8001及び下部カバー8002は、タッチパネル8004及び表示パネル8006のサイズに合わせて、形状や寸法を適宜変更することができる。 The shape and dimensions of the upper cover 8001 and the lower cover 8002 can be changed as appropriate in accordance with the sizes of the touch panel 8004 and the display panel 8006.

 タッチパネル8004は、抵抗膜方式または静電容量方式のタッチパネルを表示パネル8006に重畳して用いることができる。また、表示パネル8006の対向基板(封止基板)に、タッチパネル機能を持たせるようにすることも可能である。また、表示パネル8006の各画素内に光センサを設け、光学式のタッチパネルとすることも可能である。 As the touch panel 8004, a resistive film type or capacitive type touch panel can be used by being superimposed on the display panel 8006. In addition, the counter substrate (sealing substrate) of the display panel 8006 can have a touch panel function. In addition, an optical sensor can be provided in each pixel of the display panel 8006 to provide an optical touch panel.

 バックライト8007は、光源8008を有する。なお、図32において、バックライト8007上に光源8008を配置する構成について例示したが、これに限定さない。例えば、バックライト8007の端部に光源8008を配置し、さらに光拡散板を用いる構成としてもよい。なお、有機EL素子等の自発光型の発光素子を用いる場合、または反射型パネル等の場合においては、バックライト8007を設けない構成としてもよい。 The backlight 8007 has a light source 8008. Note that although FIG. 32 illustrates the configuration in which the light source 8008 is provided over the backlight 8007, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a light source 8008 may be provided at the end of the backlight 8007 and a light diffusing plate may be used. Note that in the case of using a self-luminous light-emitting element such as an organic EL element, or in the case of a reflective panel or the like, the backlight 8007 may not be provided.

 フレーム8009は、表示パネル8006の保護機能の他、プリント基板8010の動作により発生する電磁波を遮断するための電磁シールドとしての機能を有する。またフレーム8009は、放熱板としての機能を有していてもよい。 The frame 8009 has a function as an electromagnetic shield for blocking electromagnetic waves generated by the operation of the printed circuit board 8010 in addition to the protection function of the display panel 8006. The frame 8009 may have a function as a heat sink.

 プリント基板8010は、電源回路、ビデオ信号及びクロック信号を出力するための信号処理回路を有する。電源回路に電力を供給する電源としては、外部の商用電源であっても良いし、別途設けたバッテリ8011による電源であってもよい。バッテリ8011は、商用電源を用いる場合には、省略可能である。 The printed circuit board 8010 has a power supply circuit, a signal processing circuit for outputting a video signal and a clock signal. As a power supply for supplying power to the power supply circuit, an external commercial power supply may be used, or a power supply using a battery 8011 provided separately may be used. The battery 8011 can be omitted when a commercial power source is used.

 また、表示モジュール8000は、偏光板、位相差板、プリズムシートなどの部材を追加して設けてもよい。 Further, the display module 8000 may be additionally provided with a member such as a polarizing plate, a retardation plate, and a prism sheet.

<5−2.電子機器>
 図33(A)乃至図33(G)は、電子機器を示す図である。これらの電子機器は、筐体9000、表示部9001、スピーカ9003、操作キー9005(電源スイッチ、又は操作スイッチを含む)、接続端子9006、センサ9007(力、変位、位置、速度、加速度、角速度、回転数、距離、光、液、磁気、温度、化学物質、音声、時間、硬度、電場、電流、電圧、電力、放射線、流量、湿度、傾度、振動、におい又は赤外線を測定する機能を含むもの)、マイクロフォン9008、等を有することができる。
<5-2. Electronic equipment>
FIG. 33A to FIG. 33G illustrate electronic devices. These electronic devices include a housing 9000, a display portion 9001, a speaker 9003, operation keys 9005 (including a power switch or operation switch), a connection terminal 9006, and a sensor 9007 (force, displacement, position, speed, acceleration, angular velocity, Includes functions to measure rotation speed, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical, sound, time, hardness, electric field, current, voltage, power, radiation, flow rate, humidity, gradient, vibration, odor or infrared ), A microphone 9008, and the like.

 図33(A)乃至図33(G)に示す電子機器は、様々な機能を有することができる。例えば、様々な情報(静止画、動画、テキスト画像など)を表示部に表示する機能、タッチパネル機能、カレンダー、日付または時刻などを表示する機能、様々なソフトウェア(プログラム)によって処理を制御する機能、無線通信機能、無線通信機能を用いて様々なコンピュータネットワークに接続する機能、無線通信機能を用いて様々なデータの送信または受信を行う機能、記録媒体に記録されているプログラムまたはデータを読み出して表示部に表示する機能、等を有することができる。なお、図33(A)乃至図33(G)に示す電子機器が有することのできる機能はこれらに限定されず、様々な機能を有することができる。また、図33(A)乃至図33(H)には図示していないが、電子機器には、複数の表示部を有する構成としてもよい。また、該電子機器にカメラ等を設け、静止画を撮影する機能、動画を撮影する機能、撮影した画像を記録媒体(外部またはカメラに内蔵)に保存する機能、撮影した画像を表示部に表示する機能、等を有していてもよい。 The electronic devices illustrated in FIGS. 33A to 33G can have a variety of functions. For example, a function for displaying various information (still images, moving images, text images, etc.) on the display unit, a touch panel function, a function for displaying a calendar, date or time, a function for controlling processing by various software (programs), Wireless communication function, function for connecting to various computer networks using the wireless communication function, function for transmitting or receiving various data using the wireless communication function, and reading and displaying the program or data recorded on the recording medium It can have a function of displaying on the section. Note that the functions of the electronic devices illustrated in FIGS. 33A to 33G are not limited to these, and can include a variety of functions. Although not illustrated in FIGS. 33A to 33H, the electronic device may have a plurality of display portions. In addition, the electronic device is equipped with a camera, etc., to capture still images, to capture moving images, to store captured images on a recording medium (externally or built into the camera), and to display captured images on the display unit And the like.

 図33(A)乃至図33(G)に示す電子機器の詳細について、以下説明を行う。 Details of the electronic devices illustrated in FIGS. 33A to 33G will be described below.

 図33(A)は、テレビジョン装置9100を示す斜視図である。テレビジョン装置9100は、表示部9001を大画面、例えば、50インチ以上、または100インチ以上の表示部9001を組み込むことが可能である。 FIG. 33A is a perspective view showing the television device 9100. FIG. The television device 9100 can incorporate the display portion 9001 with a large screen, for example, a display portion 9001 with a size of 50 inches or more, or 100 inches or more.

 図33(B)は、携帯情報端末9101を示す斜視図である。携帯情報端末9101は、例えば電話機、手帳又は情報閲覧装置等から選ばれた一つ又は複数の機能を有する。具体的には、スマートフォンとして用いることができる。なお、携帯情報端末9101は、スピーカ9003、接続端子9006、センサ9007等を設けてもよい。また、携帯情報端末9101は、文字や画像情報をその複数の面に表示することができる。例えば、3つの操作ボタン9050(操作アイコンまたは単にアイコンともいう)を表示部9001の一の面に表示することができる。また、破線の矩形で示す情報9051を表示部9001の他の面に表示することができる。なお、情報9051の一例としては、電子メールやSNS(ソーシャル・ネットワーキング・サービス)や電話などの着信を知らせる表示、電子メールやSNSなどの題名、電子メールやSNSなどの送信者名、日時、時刻、バッテリの残量、アンテナ受信の強度などがある。または、情報9051が表示されている位置に、情報9051の代わりに、操作ボタン9050などを表示してもよい。 FIG. 33B is a perspective view showing the portable information terminal 9101. The portable information terminal 9101 has one or a plurality of functions selected from, for example, a telephone, a notebook, an information browsing device, or the like. Specifically, it can be used as a smartphone. Note that the portable information terminal 9101 may include a speaker 9003, a connection terminal 9006, a sensor 9007, and the like. Further, the portable information terminal 9101 can display characters and image information on the plurality of surfaces. For example, three operation buttons 9050 (also referred to as operation icons or simply icons) can be displayed on one surface of the display portion 9001. Further, information 9051 indicated by a broken-line rectangle can be displayed on another surface of the display portion 9001. As an example of the information 9051, a display that notifies an incoming call such as an e-mail, SNS (social networking service) or a telephone, a title such as an e-mail or SNS, a sender name such as an e-mail or SNS, a date, a time , Battery level, antenna reception strength and so on. Alternatively, an operation button 9050 or the like may be displayed instead of the information 9051 at a position where the information 9051 is displayed.

 図33(C)は、携帯情報端末9102を示す斜視図である。携帯情報端末9102は、表示部9001の3面以上に情報を表示する機能を有する。ここでは、情報9052、情報9053、情報9054がそれぞれ異なる面に表示されている例を示す。例えば、携帯情報端末9102の使用者は、洋服の胸ポケットに携帯情報端末9102を収納した状態で、その表示(ここでは情報9053)を確認することができる。具体的には、着信した電話の発信者の電話番号又は氏名等を、携帯情報端末9102の上方から観察できる位置に表示する。使用者は、携帯情報端末9102をポケットから取り出すことなく、表示を確認し、電話を受けるか否かを判断できる。 FIG. 33C is a perspective view showing the portable information terminal 9102. The portable information terminal 9102 has a function of displaying information on three or more surfaces of the display portion 9001. Here, an example is shown in which information 9052, information 9053, and information 9054 are displayed on different planes. For example, the user of the portable information terminal 9102 can check the display (information 9053 here) in a state where the portable information terminal 9102 is stored in the chest pocket of clothes. Specifically, the telephone number or name of the caller of the incoming call is displayed at a position where it can be observed from above portable information terminal 9102. The user can check the display and determine whether to receive a call without taking out the portable information terminal 9102 from the pocket.

 図33(D)は、腕時計型の携帯情報端末9200を示す斜視図である。携帯情報端末9200は、移動電話、電子メール、文章閲覧及び作成、音楽再生、インターネット通信、コンピュータゲームなどの種々のアプリケーションを実行することができる。また、表示部9001はその表示面が湾曲して設けられ、湾曲した表示面に沿って表示を行うことができる。また、携帯情報端末9200は、通信規格された近距離無線通信を実行することが可能である。例えば無線通信可能なヘッドセットと相互通信することによって、ハンズフリーで通話することもできる。また、携帯情報端末9200は、接続端子9006を有し、他の情報端末とコネクターを介して直接データのやりとりを行うことができる。また接続端子9006を介して充電を行うこともできる。なお、充電動作は接続端子9006を介さずに無線給電により行ってもよい。 FIG. 33D is a perspective view showing a wristwatch-type portable information terminal 9200. The portable information terminal 9200 can execute various applications such as a mobile phone, electronic mail, text browsing and creation, music playback, Internet communication, and computer games. Further, the display portion 9001 is provided with a curved display surface, and can perform display along the curved display surface. In addition, the portable information terminal 9200 can execute short-range wireless communication with a communication standard. For example, it is possible to talk hands-free by communicating with a headset capable of wireless communication. In addition, the portable information terminal 9200 includes a connection terminal 9006 and can directly exchange data with other information terminals via a connector. Charging can also be performed through the connection terminal 9006. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power feeding without using the connection terminal 9006.

 図33(E)(F)(G)は、折り畳み可能な携帯情報端末9201を示す斜視図である。また、図33(E)が携帯情報端末9201を展開した状態の斜視図であり、図33(F)が携帯情報端末9201を展開した状態または折り畳んだ状態の一方から他方に変化する途中の状態の斜視図であり、図33(G)が携帯情報端末9201を折り畳んだ状態の斜視図である。携帯情報端末9201は、折り畳んだ状態では可搬性に優れ、展開した状態では、継ぎ目のない広い表示領域により表示の一覧性に優れる。携帯情報端末9201が有する表示部9001は、ヒンジ9055によって連結された3つの筐体9000に支持されている。ヒンジ9055を介して2つの筐体9000間を屈曲させることにより、携帯情報端末9201を展開した状態から折りたたんだ状態に可逆的に変形させることができる。例えば、携帯情報端末9201は、曲率半径1mm以上150mm以下で曲げることができる。 33 (E), 33 (F), and 33 (G) are perspective views showing a foldable portable information terminal 9201. FIG. FIG. 33E is a perspective view of a state in which the portable information terminal 9201 is expanded, and FIG. 33F is a state in which the portable information terminal 9201 is expanded or is in the middle of changing from the folded state to the other. FIG. 33G is a perspective view of the portable information terminal 9201 folded. The portable information terminal 9201 is excellent in portability in the folded state, and in the expanded state, the portable information terminal 9201 is excellent in display listability due to a seamless wide display area. A display portion 9001 included in the portable information terminal 9201 is supported by three housings 9000 connected by a hinge 9055. By bending between the two housings 9000 via the hinge 9055, the portable information terminal 9201 can be reversibly deformed from the expanded state to the folded state. For example, the portable information terminal 9201 can be bent with a curvature radius of 1 mm to 150 mm.

 本実施の形態に示す構成は、他の実施の形態に示す構成と適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 The structure described in this embodiment can be combined as appropriate with any of the structures described in the other embodiments.

 本発明の一態様のトランジスタとLTPS(Low Temperature Poly Silicon)トランジスタのドレイン電流を比較した。本発明の一態様のトランジスタは、上記<1−5 トランジスタの構成例>で例示したトランジスタ(以下、TGSA−OSという)である。LTPSトランジスタは、一般的なnチャネル型トランジスタ(以下、N−ch LTPSという)およびpチャネル型トランジスタ(以下、P−ch LTPSという)である。 The drain currents of the transistor of one embodiment of the present invention and the LTPS (Low Temperature Poly Silicon) transistor were compared. The transistor of one embodiment of the present invention is the transistor illustrated in the above <1-5 Example of transistor structure> (hereinafter referred to as TGSA-OS). The LTPS transistor is a general n-channel transistor (hereinafter referred to as N-ch LTPS) and a p-channel transistor (hereinafter referred to as P-ch LTPS).

 図34は、左から順にTGSA−OS、N−ch LTPS、およびP−ch LTPSのドレイン電流を同程度のトランジスタサイズで比較したグラフである。図34中では、各トランジスタのチャネル幅(W)とチャネル長(L)を図示している。図34からわかるように、TGSA−OSは、同サイズのN−ch LTPSおよびP−ch LTPSとでドレイン電流に遜色ない特性を有することが確認できた。 FIG. 34 is a graph comparing the drain currents of TGSA-OS, N-ch LTPS, and P-ch LTPS in order of the transistor size from the left. FIG. 34 shows the channel width (W) and channel length (L) of each transistor. As can be seen from FIG. 34, the TGSA-OS was confirmed to have characteristics comparable to the drain current between N-ch LTPS and P-ch LTPS of the same size.

 10  表示装置
20  ソースドライバ
30  データ分配回路
30A  データ分配回路
30B  データ分配回路
40  画素部
50A  ゲートドライバ
50B  ゲートドライバ
31  デマルチプレクサ
31_1  デマルチプレクサ
31_2  デマルチプレクサ
31_n−1  デマルチプレクサ
31_n  デマルチプレクサ
32  トランジスタ
33  トランジスタ
34  デマルチプレクサ
34_1  デマルチプレクサ
34_2  デマルチプレクサ
34_3  デマルチプレクサ
34_4  デマルチプレクサ
35_1  トランジスタ
36_1  トランジスタ
35_2  トランジスタ
36_2  トランジスタ
35_3  トランジスタ
36_3  トランジスタ
35_4  トランジスタ
36_4  トランジスタ
37  デマルチプレクサ
37_1  デマルチプレクサ
37_2  デマルチプレクサ
37_n−1  デマルチプレクサ
37_n  デマルチプレクサ
41  トランジスタ
42  トランジスタ
43  トランジスタ
100  トランジスタ
100B  トランジスタ
100C  トランジスタ
100F  トランジスタ
100G  トランジスタ
102  基板
104  絶縁膜
104_1  絶縁膜
104_2  絶縁膜
104_3  絶縁膜
104_4  絶縁膜
106  導電膜
107  酸化物半導体膜
108  酸化物半導体膜
108_1  酸化物半導体膜
108_2  酸化物半導体膜
108_3  酸化物半導体膜
108b  酸化物半導体膜
108c  酸化物半導体膜
108d  ドレイン領域
108f  領域
108i  チャネル領域
108s  ソース領域
110  絶縁膜
110_0  絶縁膜
112  酸化物半導体膜
112_0  酸化物半導体膜
112a  導電膜
112b  導電膜
114  導電膜
116  絶縁膜
118  絶縁膜
120  導電膜
120a  導電膜
120b  導電膜
122  絶縁膜
140  マスク
141a  開口部
141b  開口部
143  開口部
145  不純物元素
147  中空領域
150  トランジスタ
150B  トランジスタ
158  絶縁膜
300A  トランジスタ
302  基板
304  導電膜
306  絶縁膜
306_1  絶縁膜
306_2  絶縁膜
306_3  絶縁膜
307  絶縁膜
308  酸化物半導体膜
308_1  酸化物半導体膜
308_2  酸化物半導体膜
308_3  酸化物半導体膜
312a  導電膜
312b  導電膜
312c  導電膜
312C  導電膜
314  絶縁膜
316  絶縁膜
317  絶縁膜
318  絶縁膜
320  導電膜
341  開口部
342  開口部
501  画素回路
502  画素部
504  駆動回路部
504a  ゲートドライバ
504b  ソースドライバ
504c  デマルチプレクサ
506  保護回路
507  端子部
550  トランジスタ
552  トランジスタ
554  トランジスタ
560  容量素子
562  容量素子
570  液晶素子
572  発光素子
700  表示装置
701  基板
702  画素部
703  デマルチプレクサ
704  ソースドライバ
705  基板
706  ゲートドライバ
708  FPC端子部
710  信号線
711  配線部
712  シール材
716  FPC
730  絶縁膜
732  封止膜
734  絶縁膜
736  着色膜
738  遮光膜
750  トランジスタ
752  トランジスタ
760  接続電極
770  平坦化絶縁膜
772  導電膜
774  導電膜
775  液晶素子
776  液晶層
778  構造体
780  異方性導電膜
782  発光素子
784  導電膜
786  EL層
788  導電膜
790  容量素子
1280a  p型トランジスタ
1280b  n型トランジスタ
1280c  n型トランジスタ
1281  容量素子
1282  トランジスタ
1311  配線
1312  配線
1313  配線
1314  配線
1315  配線
1316  配線
1317  配線
1351  トランジスタ
1352  トランジスタ
1353  トランジスタ
1354  トランジスタ
1360  光電変換素子
1401  信号
1402  信号
1403  信号
1404  信号
1405  信号
8000  表示モジュール
8001  上部カバー
8002  下部カバー
8003  FPC
8004  タッチパネル
8005  FPC
8006  表示パネル
8007  バックライト
8008  光源
8009  フレーム
8010  プリント基板
8011  バッテリ
9000  筐体
9001  表示部
9003  スピーカ
9005  操作キー
9006  接続端子
9007  センサ
9008  マイクロフォン
9050  操作ボタン
9051  情報
9052  情報
9053  情報
9054  情報
9055  ヒンジ
9100  テレビジョン装置
9101  携帯情報端末
9102  携帯情報端末
9200  携帯情報端末
9201  携帯情報端末
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 Display apparatus 20 Source driver 30 Data distribution circuit 30A Data distribution circuit 30B Data distribution circuit 40 Pixel part 50A Gate driver 50B Gate driver 31 Demultiplexer 31_1 Demultiplexer 31_2 Demultiplexer 31_n-1 Demultiplexer 31_n Demultiplexer 32 Transistor 33 Transistor 34 De Demultiplexer 34_1 Demultiplexer 34_2 Demultiplexer 34_3 Demultiplexer 34_4 Demultiplexer 35_1 Transistor 36_1 Transistor 35_2 Transistor 36_2 Transistor 35_3 Transistor 36_3 Transistor 35_4 Transistor 36_4 Transistor 37 Demultiplexer 37_1 Demultiplexer 37_2 Demal Plexer 37_n-1 demultiplexer 37_n demultiplexer 41 transistor 42 transistor 43 transistor 100 transistor 100B transistor 100C transistor 100F transistor 100G transistor 102 substrate 104 insulating film 104_1 insulating film 104_2 insulating film 104_3 insulating film 104_4 insulating film 106 conductive film 107 oxide semiconductor film 108 Oxide semiconductor film 108_1 Oxide semiconductor film 108_2 Oxide semiconductor film 108_3 Oxide semiconductor film 108b Oxide semiconductor film 108c Oxide semiconductor film 108d Drain region 108f Region 108i Channel region 108s Source region 110 Insulating film 110_0 Insulating film 112 Oxide Semiconductor film 112_0 Oxide semiconductor film 112a Conductive film 112 b conductive film 114 conductive film 116 insulating film 118 insulating film 120 conductive film 120a conductive film 120b conductive film 122 insulating film 140 mask 141a opening 141b opening 143 opening 145 impurity element 147 hollow region 150 transistor 150B transistor 158 insulating film 300A transistor 302 substrate 304 conductive film 306 insulating film 306_1 insulating film 306_2 insulating film 306_3 insulating film 307 insulating film 308 oxide semiconductor film 308_1 oxide semiconductor film 308_2 oxide semiconductor film 308_3 oxide semiconductor film 312a conductive film 312b conductive film 312c conductive film 312C Conductive film 314 Insulating film 316 Insulating film 317 Insulating film 318 Insulating film 320 Conductive film 341 Opening 342 Opening 501 Pixel circuit 502 Pixel part 504 Circuit portion 504a Gate driver 504b Source driver 504c Demultiplexer 506 Protection circuit 507 Terminal portion 550 Transistor 552 Transistor 554 Transistor 560 Capacitance element 562 Capacitance element 570 Liquid crystal element 572 Light emitting element 700 Display device 701 Substrate 702 Pixel portion 703 Demultiplexer 704 Source driver 705 Substrate 706 Gate driver 708 FPC terminal portion 710 Signal line 711 Wiring portion 712 Seal material 716 FPC
730 Insulating film 732 Sealing film 734 Insulating film 736 Colored film 738 Light shielding film 750 Transistor 752 Transistor 760 Connection electrode 770 Flattening insulating film 772 Conductive film 774 Conductive film 775 Liquid crystal element 776 Liquid crystal layer 778 Structure 780 Anisotropic conductive film 782 Light-emitting element 784 Conductive film 786 EL layer 788 Conductive film 790 Capacitor element 1280a P-type transistor 1280b N-type transistor 1280c N-type transistor 1281 Capacitor element 1282 Transistor 1311 Wiring 1312 Wiring 1313 Wiring 1314 Wiring 1315 Wiring 1316 Wiring 1317 Wiring 1351 Transistor 1352 Transistor 1353 Transistor 1354 Transistor 1360 Photoelectric conversion element 1401 Signal 1402 Signal 1403 Signal 140 Signal 1405 signal 8000 display module 8001 top cover 8002 lower cover 8003 FPC
8004 Touch panel 8005 FPC
8006 Display panel 8007 Backlight 8008 Light source 8009 Frame 8010 Printed circuit board 8011 Battery 9000 Case 9001 Display unit 9003 Speaker 9005 Operation key 9006 Connection terminal 9007 Sensor 9008 Microphone 9050 Operation button 9051 Information 9052 Information 9053 Information 9054 Information 9055 Hinge 9100 Television apparatus 9101 portable information terminal 9102 portable information terminal 9200 portable information terminal 9201 portable information terminal

Claims (8)

 デマルチプレクサを有する表示装置であって、
 前記デマルチプレクサは、トランジスタを有し、
 前記トランジスタは、
 第1の導電膜上の第1の絶縁膜と、
 第1の絶縁膜上の第1の酸化物半導体膜と、
 前記第1の酸化物半導体膜上の第2の絶縁膜と、
 前記第2の絶縁膜上の第2の酸化物半導体膜と、
 前記第1の酸化物半導体膜、及び前記第2の酸化物半導体膜上の第3の絶縁膜と、を有し、
 前記第1の導電層と、前記第2の酸化物半導体膜と、は、前記第1の絶縁膜と前記第2の絶縁膜に設けられた開口部で互いに電気的に接続されることを特徴とする表示装置。
A display device having a demultiplexer,
The demultiplexer includes a transistor,
The transistor is
A first insulating film on the first conductive film;
A first oxide semiconductor film on the first insulating film;
A second insulating film on the first oxide semiconductor film;
A second oxide semiconductor film on the second insulating film;
The first oxide semiconductor film, and a third insulating film on the second oxide semiconductor film,
The first conductive layer and the second oxide semiconductor film are electrically connected to each other through an opening provided in the first insulating film and the second insulating film. Display device.
 デマルチプレクサを有する表示装置であって、
 前記デマルチプレクサは、トランジスタを有し、
 前記トランジスタは、
 第1の導電膜上の第1の絶縁膜と、
 第1の絶縁膜上の第1の酸化物半導体膜と、
 前記第1の酸化物半導体膜上の第2の絶縁膜と、
 前記第2の絶縁膜上の第2の酸化物半導体膜と、
 前記第2の酸化物半導体膜上の第2の導電膜と、
 前記第1の酸化物半導体膜、及び前記第2の導電膜上の第3の絶縁膜と、を有し、
 前記第1の導電層と、前記第2の酸化物半導体膜と、は、前記第1の絶縁膜と前記第2の絶縁膜に設けられた開口部で互いに電気的に接続されることを特徴とする表示装置。
A display device having a demultiplexer,
The demultiplexer includes a transistor,
The transistor is
A first insulating film on the first conductive film;
A first oxide semiconductor film on the first insulating film;
A second insulating film on the first oxide semiconductor film;
A second oxide semiconductor film on the second insulating film;
A second conductive film on the second oxide semiconductor film;
The first oxide semiconductor film, and a third insulating film over the second conductive film,
The first conductive layer and the second oxide semiconductor film are electrically connected to each other through an opening provided in the first insulating film and the second insulating film. Display device.
 請求項1または2において、
 前記第1の酸化物半導体膜は、
 前記第2の絶縁膜と接するチャネル領域と、
 前記第3の絶縁膜と接するソース領域と、
 前記第3の絶縁膜と接するドレイン領域と、を有し、
 前記第2の酸化物半導体膜は、
 前記第1の酸化物半導体膜よりもキャリア密度が高いことを特徴とする表示装置。
In claim 1 or 2,
The first oxide semiconductor film includes:
A channel region in contact with the second insulating film;
A source region in contact with the third insulating film;
A drain region in contact with the third insulating film,
The second oxide semiconductor film is
A display device having a carrier density higher than that of the first oxide semiconductor film.
 請求項1または2において、
 前記第3の絶縁膜は、
 窒素または水素のいずれか一方または双方を有する、
 ことを特徴とする表示装置。
In claim 1 or 2,
The third insulating film is
Having one or both of nitrogen and hydrogen,
A display device characterized by that.
 請求項1または2において、
 前記第1の酸化物半導体膜、及び前記第2の酸化物半導体膜のいずれか一方または双方は、
 酸素と、Inと、Znと、M(MはAl、Ga、Y、またはSn)とを有する、
 ことを特徴とする表示装置。
In claim 1 or 2,
One or both of the first oxide semiconductor film and the second oxide semiconductor film are
Oxygen, In, Zn, and M (M is Al, Ga, Y, or Sn),
A display device characterized by that.
 請求項1または2において、
 前記第1の酸化物半導体膜、及び前記第2の酸化物半導体膜のいずれか一方または双方は、
 結晶部を有し、前記結晶部は、c軸配向性を有する、
 ことを特徴とする表示装置。
In claim 1 or 2,
One or both of the first oxide semiconductor film and the second oxide semiconductor film are
Having a crystal part, the crystal part has c-axis orientation,
A display device characterized by that.
 請求項1または2に記載の表示装置と、
 タッチセンサと、
 を有することを特徴とする表示モジュール。
A display device according to claim 1 or 2,
A touch sensor;
A display module comprising:
 請求項1または2に記載の表示装置と、
 操作キーまたはバッテリと、を
 有することを特徴とする電子機器。
A display device according to claim 1 or 2,
An electronic device comprising an operation key or a battery.
PCT/IB2017/050077 2016-01-15 2017-01-09 Display device, display module, and electronic instrument Ceased WO2017122110A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016006175 2016-01-15
JP2016-006175 2016-01-15
JP2016101127 2016-05-20
JP2016-101127 2016-05-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017122110A1 true WO2017122110A1 (en) 2017-07-20

Family

ID=59310893

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2017/050077 Ceased WO2017122110A1 (en) 2016-01-15 2017-01-09 Display device, display module, and electronic instrument

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017122110A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115547194A (en) * 2022-09-21 2022-12-30 武汉华星光电技术有限公司 Display panel and display device

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011090761A (en) * 2009-09-24 2011-05-06 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Drive circuit, display device provided with drive circuit, and electronic equipment provided with display device
JP2012033836A (en) * 2010-08-03 2012-02-16 Canon Inc Top gate type thin film transistor and display device including the same
JP2012151461A (en) * 2010-12-28 2012-08-09 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Semiconductor device and semiconductor manufacturing method
US20150170564A1 (en) * 2013-12-13 2015-06-18 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Organic light emitting diode (oled) display device
JP2015133482A (en) * 2013-12-12 2015-07-23 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Semiconductor device
JP2015179259A (en) * 2014-02-27 2015-10-08 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Semiconductor device, and module and electronic apparatus comprising the same
WO2016189411A1 (en) * 2015-05-22 2016-12-01 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Semiconductor device and display device including semiconductor device
JP2016219801A (en) * 2015-05-22 2016-12-22 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Semiconductor device and display device including the semiconductor device

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011090761A (en) * 2009-09-24 2011-05-06 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Drive circuit, display device provided with drive circuit, and electronic equipment provided with display device
JP2012033836A (en) * 2010-08-03 2012-02-16 Canon Inc Top gate type thin film transistor and display device including the same
JP2012151461A (en) * 2010-12-28 2012-08-09 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Semiconductor device and semiconductor manufacturing method
JP2015133482A (en) * 2013-12-12 2015-07-23 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Semiconductor device
US20150170564A1 (en) * 2013-12-13 2015-06-18 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Organic light emitting diode (oled) display device
JP2015179259A (en) * 2014-02-27 2015-10-08 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Semiconductor device, and module and electronic apparatus comprising the same
WO2016189411A1 (en) * 2015-05-22 2016-12-01 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Semiconductor device and display device including semiconductor device
JP2016219801A (en) * 2015-05-22 2016-12-22 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Semiconductor device and display device including the semiconductor device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115547194A (en) * 2022-09-21 2022-12-30 武汉华星光电技术有限公司 Display panel and display device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7630598B2 (en) Semiconductor Device
JP7599462B2 (en) Liquid crystal display device
JP6803682B2 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor device
US11049468B2 (en) Display device, display module, and electronic device
JP6608633B2 (en) Semiconductor device
US12170337B2 (en) Semiconductor device, manufacturing method of the semiconductor device, or display device including the semiconductor device
JP2023009058A (en) semiconductor equipment
JP2017034251A (en) Semiconductor device and display device having the semiconductor device
JP6942845B2 (en) Semiconductor device
JP2018006732A (en) Semiconductor device, semiconductor device manufacturing method and display device having semiconductor device
JP2017005064A (en) Semiconductor device, and display device having the same
WO2017122110A1 (en) Display device, display module, and electronic instrument
JP7026717B2 (en) Semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17738257

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17738257

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP